Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world’s books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
atthtto: //books.gqoogle.com/
ia Pet BEST eee,
THE GIFT OF
THE PUBLISHERS,
* MACMILLAN & CO.,
oF
LONDON AND CAMBRIDGE,
8 July, 1569.
ΗΝ
Clarendon Press Series
-THE
OEDIPUS REX
SOPHOCLES
FROM THE TEXT OF W. DINDORF
WITH NOTES BY
WILLIAM BASIL JONES, M.A.
Archdeacon and Prebendary of York
Formerly Fellow and. Tutor of Oniversity College.
Oxford
AT THE OLABRENDON PRESS
M.DCCO..LXVII —
OQJY, 22σ-
7722, κεἰς y
bit (fF
4/ or ὁ
Arik Δ» ιέζιδ i J,
4 ous
Ff Soret
“MACMILLAN AND CO.
PUBLISHEBS TO THE UNIVEBSITY OF
@ xford
ADVERTISEMENT.
THE Notes at the end of this little volume do not lay any
claim to originality, but are intended simply as helps to the
learner. Free use has been made of the best editions, and the
author's obligations are freely acknowledged. The main object of
the notes being educational, pains have been taken to elucidate
both the grammatical structure and the logical sequence of such
passages as appeared to need comment, At the same time, oc-
casion has been taken to call the student’s attention to the art of
the poet, as displayed both in the construction of the plot, and
in the representation of character.
TA TOY ΔΡΑΜΑΤῸΣ ΠΡΟΣΩΠΑ
OIAITIOYS.
IEPEYS.
KPEQN.
ΧΟΡΟΣ γερόντων Θηβαίων.
ΤΕΙΡΕΣΙΑΣ
ΙΟΚΑΣΤΗ.
AITEAOS.
ΘΕΡΑΠΩΝ Λαΐου.
ΕΞΑΓΓΈΛΟΣ,
ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
OIATIIOYS.
"a2 TEKNA, Κάδμου τοῦ πάλαι νέα τροφὴ,
τίνας ποθ᾽ ἕδρας τάσδε μοι θοάζετε
ἱκτηρίοις κλάδοισιν ἐξεστεμμένοι ;
πόλις δ᾽ ὁμοῦ μὲν θυμιαμάτων γέμει,
ὁμοῦ δὲ παιάνων τε καὶ στεναγμάτων'"
ἁγὼ δικαιῶν μὴ παρ᾽ ἀγγέλων, τέκνα,
ἄλλων ἀκούειν αὐτὸς ὧδ᾽ ἐλήλυθα,
ὁ πᾶσι κλεινὸς Οἰδίπους καλούμενος.
ἀλλ᾽, ὦ γεραιὲ, φράζ᾽, ἐπεὶ πρέπων ἔφυς
πρὸ τῶνδε φωνεῖν, τίνι τρόπῳ καθέστατε,
δείσαντες ἢ στέρξαντες ; ὡς θέλοντος ἂν
ἐμοῦ προσαρκεῖν πᾶν" δυσάλγητος γὰρ ἂν
εἴην τοιάνδε μὴ οὐ κατοικτείρων ἕδραν.
ΙΕΡΕΥΣ.
ἀλλ᾽, ὦ κρατύνων Οἰδίπους χώρας ἐμῆς,
ὁρᾷς μὲν ἡμᾶς ἡλίκοι προσήμεθα
βωμοῖσι τοῖς σοῖς, οἱ μὲν οὐδέπω μακρὰν
πτέσθαι σθένοντες, οἱ δὲ σὺν γήρᾳ βαρεῖς
ἱερῆς, ἐγὼ μὲν Ζηνὸς, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἠθέων
λεκτοί: τὸ δ᾽ ἄλλο φῦλον ἐξεστεμμένον
B2
10
ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
ἀγοραῖσι θακεῖ, πρός τε Παλλάδος διπλοῖς
ναοῖς ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ισμηνοῦ τε μαντείᾳ σποδῷ.
πόλις γὰρ, ὥσπερ καὐτὸς εἰσορᾷς, ἄγαν
ἤδη σαλεύει κἀνακουφίσαι κάρα
βυθῶν ἔτ᾽ οὐχ οἵα τε φοινίου σάλου,
φθίνουσα μὲν κάλυξιν ἐγκάρποις χθονὸς,
φθίνουσα δ᾽ ἀγέλαις βουνόμοις, τόκοισί τε
ἀγόνοις γυναικῶν" ἐν δ᾽ ὁ πυρφόρος θεὸς
σκήψας ἐλαύνει, λοιμὸς ἔχθιστος, πόλιν,
ὑφ᾽ οὗ κενοῦται δῶμα Καδμεῖον" μέλας δ᾽
“Αἰδης στεναγμοῖς καὶ γόοις πλουτίζεται.
θεοῖσι μέν νυν οὐκ ἰσούμενόν σ᾽ ἐγὼ
οὐδ᾽ οἵδε παῖδες ἑζόμεσθ᾽ ἐφέστιοι,
ἀνδρῶν δὲ πρῶτον ἔν τε συμφοραῖς βίου
κρίνοντες ἔν τε δαιμόνων συναλλαγαῖς"
ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ Καδμεῖον μολὼν
σκληρᾶς ἀοιδοῦ δασμὸν ὃν παρείχομεν,
καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον
οὐδ᾽ ἐκδιδαχθεὶς, ἀλλὰ προσθήκῃ θεοῦ
λέγει νομίζει θ᾽ ἡμὶν ὀρθῶσαι βίον"
νῦν τ᾽, ὦ κράτιστον πᾶσιν Οἰδίπου κάρα,
ἱκετεύομέν σε πάντες οἵδε πρόστροποι
ἀλκήν τιν᾽ εὑρεῖν ἡμὶν, εἴτε τον θεῶν
φήμην ἀκούσας εἴτ᾽ ἀπ᾽ ἀνδρὸς οἶσθά του"
ὡς τοῖσιν ἐμπείροισι καὶ τὰς ξυμφορὰς
ζώσας ὁρῶ μάλιστα τῶν βουλευμάτων.
20
30
35
40
O
μυσή
OIAITIOT2 ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
ἴθ᾽, ὦ βροτῶν ἄριστ᾽, ἀνόρθωσον πόλιν"
ἴθ᾽, εὐλαβήθηθ᾽" ὡς σὲ νῦν μὲν ἥδε" γῇ
σωτῆρα κλήζει τῆς πάρος προθυμίας"
ἀρχῆς δὲ τῆς σῆς μηδαμῶς μεμνώμεθα
στάντες T ἐς ὀρθὸν καὶ πεσόντες ὕστερον,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀσφαλείᾳ τήνδ᾽ ἀνόρθωσον πόλιν.
ὄρνιθι γὰρ καὶ τὴν τότ᾽ αἰσίῳ τύχην
παρέσχες ἡμῖν, καὶ τανῦν ἴσος γενοῦ.
ὡς εἴπερ ἄρξεις τῆσδε γῆς, ὥσπερ κρατεῖς,
ξὺν ἀνδράσιν κάλλιον ἢ κενῆς κρατεῖν᾽
ὡς οὐδέν ἐστιν οὔτε πύργος οὔτε ναῦς
ἔρημος ἀνδρῶν μὴ ξυνοικούντων ἔσω.
. ὦ παῖδες οἰκτροὶ, γνωτὰ κοὐκ ἄγνωτά μοι
προσήλθεθ᾽ ἱμείροντες. εὖ γὰρ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι
νοσεῖτε πάντες, καὶ νοσοῦντες, ὡς ἐγὼ
οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ.
τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὑμῶν ἄλγος els ἕν᾽ ἔρχεται
μόνον καθ᾽ αὑτὸν, κοὐδέν᾽ ἄλλον, ἡ δ᾽ ἐμὴ
ψυχὴ πόλιν τε κἀμὲ καὶ σ᾽ ὁμοῦ στένει.
ὥστ᾽ οὐχ ὕπνῳ γ᾽ εὕδοντά μ᾽ ἐξεγείρετε,
ἀλλ᾽ ἴστε πολλὰ μέν με δακρύσαντα δὴ,
πολλὰς δ᾽ ὁδοὺς ἐλθόντα φροντίδος πλάνοις.
ἣν δ᾽ εὖ σκοπῶν ηὕρισκον ἴασιν μόνην,
ταύτην ἔπραξα’ παῖδα γὰρ Μενοικέως
Κρέοντ᾽, ἐμαυτοῦ γαμβρὸν, ἐς τὰ Πυθικὰ
ἔπεμψα Φοίβον δώμαθ᾽, ὡς πύθοιθ᾽ ὅ τι
δΌ
55
65
7O
6 τ ἢ ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥΣ
δρῶν ἣ τί φωνῶν τήνδε ῥυσαίμην πόλιν.
καί μ᾽ ἦμαρ ἤδη ξυμμετρούμενον χρόνῳ
λυπεῖ τί πράσσει" τοῦ γὰρ εἰκότος πέρα
ἄπεστι πλείω τοῦ καθήκοντος χρόνου.
ὅταν δ᾽ ἵκηται, τηνικαῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ κακὸς
. μὴ δρῶν ἂν εἴην πάνθ᾽ ὅσ᾽ ἂν δηλοῖ θεός.
IE. ἀλλ᾽ ἐς καλὸν σύ τ᾽ εἶπας οἵδε 7’ ἀρτίως
Κρέοντα προσστείχοντα σημαίνουσί μοι.
OI. ὠναξ ἴΑπολλον, εἰ γὰρ ἐν τύχῃ γέ τῳ
σωτῆρι Bain λαμπρὸς ὥσπερ ὄμματι.
TE. ἀλλ᾽ εἰκάσαι μὲν, ἡδύς" οὐ γὰρ ἂν κάρα
πολυστεφὴς ὧδ᾽ εἷρπε παγκάρπον δάφνης.
O
μα
. τάχ᾽ εἰσόμεσθα" ξύμμετρος γὰρ ὡς κλύειν.
ἄναξ, ἐμὸν κήδευμα, παῖ Μενοικέως,
τίν᾽ ἡμὶν ἥκεις τοῦ θεοῦ φήμην φέρων ;
ΚΡΕΩΝ.
ἐσθλήν᾽ λέγω γὰρ καὶ τὰ δύσφορ᾽, εἰ τύχοι΄
κατ᾽ ὀρθὸν ἐξελθόντα, πάντ᾽ ἂν εὐτυχεῖν.
ΟΙ. ἔστιν δὲ ποῖον τοὔπος ; οὔτε γὰρ θρασὺς
οὔτ᾽ οὖν προδείσας εἰμὶ τῷ γε νῦν λόγῳ.
ΚΡ εἰ τῶνδε χρήζεις πλησιαζόντων κλύειν,
ἕτοιμος εἰπεῖν, εἴτε καὶ στείχειν ἔσω.
Ol. ἐς πάντας αὔδα. τῶνδε γὰρ πλέον φέρω
τὸ πένθος 7} καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς πέρι.
ΚΡ λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν of ἤκουσα τοῦ θεοῦ πάρα.
ἄνωγεν ἡμᾶς Φοῖβος ἐμφανῶς ἄναξ
80
95
OIAIIOTS TYPANNOS.
μίασμα χώρας, ὡς τεθραμμένον χθονὶ
ἐν τῇδ᾽, ἐλαύνειν pnd ἀνήκεστον τρέφειν.
ΟἹ. ποίῳ καθαρμῷ : τίς ὁ τρόπος τῆς ξυμφορᾶς ;
ΚΡἀνδρηλατοῦντας, 7) φόνῳ φόνον πάλιν
λύοντας, ὡς τόδ᾽ αἷμα χειμάζον πόλιν.
OL. ποίου γὰρ ἀνδρὸς τήνδε μηνύει τύχην ;
ΚΡ, ἦν ἡμὶν, ὦναξ, Λάϊός ποθ᾽ ἡγεμὼν
γῆς τῆσδε, πρὶν σὲ τήνδ᾽ ἀπευθύνειν πόλιν.
Ol. ἔξοιδ᾽ ἀκούων" οὐ γὰρ εἰσεῖδόν γέ πω.
KP.rovrou θανόντος νῦν ἐπιστέλλει σαφῶς
τοὺς αὐτοέντας χειρὶ τιμωρεῖν τινά.
ΟΙ. οἱ δ᾽ εἰσὶ ποῦ γῆς ; ποῦ τόδ᾽ εὑρεθήσεται
ἴχνος παλαιᾶς δυστέκμαρτον alrias ;
ΚΡ ἐν τῇδ᾽ ἔφασκε γῇ. τὸ δὲ ζητούμενον
ἁλωτὸν, ἐκφεύγει δὲ τἀμελούμενον.
Ol. πότερα δ᾽ ἐν οἴκοις, ἢ ᾽ν ἀγροῖς 6 Adios,
ἣ γῆς ἐπ᾽ ἄλλης τῷδε συμπίπτει φόνῳ ;
ΚΡ θεωρὸς, ὡς ἔφασκεν, ἐκδημῶν, πάλιν
πρὸς οἶκον οὐκέθ᾽ Ie’, ὡς ἀπεστάλη.
ΟΙ. οὐδ᾽ ἄγγελός τις οὐδὲ συμπράκτωρ ὁδοῦ
κατεῖδ᾽, ὅτου τις ἐκμαθὼν ἐχρήσατ᾽ ἄν;
ΚΡ, θνήσκουσι γὰρ, πλὴν εἷς τις, ὃς φόβῳ φυγὼν
ὧν εἶδε πλὴν ἕν οὐδὲν εἶχ᾽ εἰδὼς φράσαι.
ΟΙ. τὸ ποῖον ; ἂν γὰρ πόλλ᾽ ἂν ἐξεύροι μαθεῖν,
ἀρχὴν βραχεῖαν εἰ λάβοιμεν ἐλπίδος.
ΚΡ λῃστὰς ἔφασκε συντυχόντας οὐ μιᾷ
τοο
105
£19
£20
Θ
Clarendon Press Series
-THE
OEDIPUS REX
SOPHOCLES
FROM THE TEXT OF W. DINDORF
rd
WITH NOTES BY
WILLIAM BASIL JONES, MA.
Archdeacon and Prebendary of York
Formerly Fellow and.Tutor of Oniversity College.
“Oxford
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
M.DCCO.LXVII —
SOSOKAEOYS
ἀγοραῖσι θακεῖ, πρός τε Παλλάδος διπλοῖς
ναοῖς én’ ᾿Ισμηνοῦ τε μαντείᾳ σποδῷ.
πόλις γὰρ, ὥσπερ καὐτὸς εἰσορᾷς, ἄγαν
ἤδη σαλεύει κἀνακουφίσαι κάρα
βυθῶν ἔτ᾽ οὐχ οἵα τε φοινίου σάλου,
φθίνουσα μὲν κάλυξιν ἐγκάρποις χθονὸς,
φθίνουσα δ᾽ ἀγέλαις βουνόμοις, τόκοισί τε
ἀγόνοις γυναικῶν" ἐν δ᾽ ὁ πυρφόρος θεὸς
σκήψας ἐλαύνει, λοιμὸς ἔχθιστος, πόλιν,
ὑφ᾽ οὗ κενοῦται δῶμα Καδμεῖον" μέλας δ᾽
“Αἰδης στεναγμοῖς καὶ γόοις πλουτίζεται.
θεοῖσι μέν νυν οὐκ ἰσούμενόν σ᾽ ἐγὼ
οὐδ᾽ οἵδε παῖδες ἑζόμεσθ᾽ ἐφέστιοι,
ἀνδρῶν δὲ πρῶτον ἔν τε συμφοραῖς βίου
κρίνοντες ἔν τε δαιμόνων συναλλαγαῖς"
ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ Καδμεῖον μολὼν
σκληρᾶς ἀοιδοῦ δασμὸν ὃν παρείχομεν,
καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον
οὐδ᾽ ἐκδιδαχθεὶς, ἀλλὰ προσθήκῃ θεοῦ
λέγει νομίζει θ᾽ ἡμὶν ὀρθῶσαι βίον"
νῦν τ᾽, ὦ κράτιστον πᾶσιν Οἰἱδίπον κάρα,
ἱκετεύομέν σε πάντες οἵδε πρόστροποι
ἀλκήν τιν᾽ εὑρεῖν ἡμὶν, εἴτε τον θεῶν
φήμην ἀκούσας εἴτ᾽ ἀπ’ ἀνδρὸς οἷσθά τον"
ὡς τοῖσιν ἐμπείροισι καὶ τὰς ξυμφορὰς
ζώσας ὁρῶ μάλιστα τῶν βουλευμάτων.
20
320
35
40
O
a)
OIAITIOTS TYPANNOS.
ἴθ᾽, ὦ βροτῶν ἄριστ᾽, ἀνόρθωσον πόλιν"
ἴθ᾽, εὐλαβήθηθ᾽" ὡς σὲ νῦν μὲν ἥδε γῆ
σωτῆρα κλήζει τῆς πάρος προθυμίας"
ἀρχῆς δὲ τῆς σῆς μηδαμῶς μεμνώμεθα
στάντες τ᾽ ἐς ὀρθὸν καὶ πεσόντες ὕστερον,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀσφαλείᾳ τήνδ᾽ ἀνόρθωσον πόλιν.
ὄρνιθι γὰρ καὶ τὴν τότ᾽ αἰσίῳ τύχην
παρέσχες ἡμῖν, καὶ τανῦν ἴσος γενοῦ.
ὡς εἴπερ ἄρξεις τῆσδε γῆς, ὥσπερ κρατεῖς,
ξὺν ἀνδράσιν κάλλιον ἣ κενῆς κρατεῖν'
ὡς οὐδέν ἐστιν οὔτε πύργος οὔτε ναῦς
ἔρημος ἀνδρῶν μὴ ξυνοικούντων ἔσω.
. ὦ παῖδες οἰκτροὶ, γνωτὰ κοὐκ ἄγνωτά μοι
προσήλθεθ᾽ ἱμείροντες. εὖ γὰρ old ὅτι
νοσεῖτε πάντες, καὶ νοσοῦντες, ὡς ἐγὼ
οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ.
τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὑμῶν ἄλγος els ἕν᾽ ἔρχεται
μόνον καθ᾽ αὑτὸν, κοὐδέν᾽ ἄλλον, ἡ δ᾽ ἐμὴ
ψυχὴ πόλιν τε κἀμὲ καὶ σ᾽ ὁμοῦ στένει.
dot οὐχ ὕπνῳ γ᾽ εὕδοντά μ᾽ ἐξεγείρετε,
ἀλλ᾽ ἴστε πολλὰ μέν με δακρύσαντα δὴ,
πολλὰς δ᾽ ὁδοὺς ἐλθόντα φροντίδος πλάνοις.
ἣν δ᾽ εὖ σκοπῶν ηὕρισκον ἴασιν μόνην,
ταύτην ἔπραξα᾽ παῖδα γὰρ Μενοικέως
Κρέοντ᾽, ἐμαυτοῦ γαμβρὸν, ἐς τὰ Πυθικὰ
ἔπεμψα Φοίβου δώμαθ᾽, ὡς TUT ὅ τι
δο
65
70
6 τος ἢ ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥΣ
δρῶν ἣ τί φωνῶν τήνδε ῥυσαίμην πόλιν.
καί μ᾽ ἦμαρ ἤδη ξυμμετρούμενον χρόνῳ
λυπεῖ τί πράσσει" τοῦ γὰρ εἰκότος πέρα
ἄπεστι πλείω τοῦ καθήκοντος χρόνου.
ὅταν δ᾽ ἵκηται, τηνικαῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ κακὸς
_ μὴ δρῶν ἂν εἴην πάνθ᾽ ὅσ᾽ ἂν δηλοῖ θεός.
IE. ἀλλ᾽ ἐς καλὸν σύ τ᾽ εἶπας οἵδε τ᾽ ἀρτίως
Κρέοντα προσστείχοντα σημαίνουσί μοι.
OI. vat ἴΑπολλον, εἰ γὰρ ἐν τύχῃ γέ τῳ
σωτῆρι Bain λαμπρὸς ὥσπερ ὄμματι.
IE. ἀλλ᾽ εἰκάσαι μὲν, ἡδύς" οὐ γὰρ ἂν κάρα
πολυστεφὴς ὧδ᾽ εἷρπε παγκάρπου δάφνης.
Ο
ee |
. τάχ᾽ εἰσόμεσθα ξύμμετρος yap ὡς κλύειν.
ἄναξ, ἐμὸν κήδευμα, παῖ Μενοικέως,
τίν᾽ ἡμὶν ἥκεις τοῦ θεοῦ φήμην φέρων ;
ΚΡΕΩΝ.
ἐσθλήν᾽ λέγω γὰρ καὶ τὰ δύσφορ᾽, εἰ τύχοι΄
κατ᾽ ὀρθὸν ἐξελθόντα, πάντ᾽ ἂν εὐτυχεῖν.
OI. ἔστιν δὲ ποῖον τοὔπος ; οὔτε γὰρ θρασὺς
οὔτ᾽ οὖν προδείσας εἰμὶ τῷ γε νῦν λόγῳ.
ΚΡ. εἰ τῶνδε χρήζεις πλησιαζόντων κλύειν,
ἕτοιμος εἰπεῖν, εἴτε καὶ στείχειν ἔσω.
ΟἹ. ἐς πάντας αὔδα. τῶνδε γὰρ πλέον φέρω
τὸ πένθος ἣ καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς πέρι.
ΚΡ λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν οἷ᾽ ἤκουσα τοῦ θεοῦ πάρα.
ἄνωγεν ἡμᾶς Φοῖβος ἐμφανῶς ἄναξ
ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
μίασμα χώρας, ὡς τεθραμμένον χθονὶ
ἐν τῇδ᾽, ἐλαύνειν μηδ᾽ ἀνήκεστον τρέφειν.
OT. ποίῳ καθαρμῷ : τίς ὁ τρόπος τῆς ξυμφορᾶς ;
ΚΡ ἀνδρηλατοῦντας, ἣ φόνῳ φόνον πάλιν
λύοντας, ὡς τόδ᾽ αἷμα χειμάζον πόλιν.
OL. ποίου γὰρ ἀνδρὸς τήνδε μηνύει τύχην ;
ΚΡ ἣν ἡμὶν, ὦναξ, Adids ποθ᾽ ἡγεμὼν
γῆς τῆσδε, πρὶν σὲ τήνδ᾽ ἀπευθύνειν πόλιν.
ΟΙ. ἔξοιδ᾽ ἀκούων" οὐ γὰρ εἰσεῖδόν γέ πω.
KP.rovrov θανόντος νῦν ἐπιστέλλει σαφῶς
τοὺς αὑτοέντας χειρὶ τιμωρεῖν τινά.
ΟΙ. οἱ δ᾽ εἰσὶ ποῦ γῆς ; ποῦ τόδ᾽ εὑρεθήσεται
ἴχνος παλαιᾶς δυστέκμαρτον αἰτίας ;
ΚΡ ἐν τῇδ᾽ ἔφασκε γῇ. τὸ δὲ ζητούμενον
ἁλωτὸν, ἐκφεύγει δὲ τἀμελούμενον..
ΟἹ. πότερα δ᾽ ἐν οἴκοις, 7) ᾽ν ἀγροῖς 6 Adios,
ἣ γῆς ἐπ' ἄλλης τῷδε συμπίπτει φόνῳ ;
ΚΡ.θεωρὸς, ὡς ἔφασκεν, ἐκδημῶν, πάλιν
πρὸς οἶκον οὐκέθ᾽ ἵκεθ᾽, ὡς ἀπεστάλη.
ΟΙ. οὐδ᾽ ἄγγελός τις οὐδὲ συμπράκτωρ ὁδοῦ
κατεῖδ᾽, ὅτου τις ἐκμαθὼν ἐχρήσατ᾽ ἄν ;
ΚΡ θνήσκουσι γὰρ, πλὴν εἷς τις, ὃς φόβῳ φυγὼν
ὧν εἶδε πλὴν ev οὐδὲν εἶχ᾽ εἰδὼς φράσαι.
ΟΙ. τὸ ποῖον ; ἂν γὰρ πόλλ᾽ ἂν ἐξεύροι μαθεῖν,
ἀρχὴν βραχεῖαν εἰ λάβοιμεν ἐλπίδος.
ΚΡ λῃστὰς ἔφασκε συντυχόντας οὐ μιᾷ
ξοο
103
κῖο
20
8 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
ῥώμῃ κτανεῖν νιν, ἀλλὰ σὺν πλήθει χερῶν.
ΟΙ. πῶς οὖν ὁ λῃστὴν, εἴ τι μὴ ξὺν ἀργύρῳ
ἐπράσσετ᾽ ἐνθένδ᾽, ἐς τόδ᾽ ἂν τόλμης ἔβη ;
ΚΡ δοκοῦντα ταῦτ᾽ ἦν Λαΐου δ᾽ ὀλωλότος
οὐδεὶς ἀρωγὸς ἐν κακοῖς ἐγίγνετο.
ΟΙ. κακὸν δὲ ποῖον ἐμποδὼν τυραννίδος
οὕτω πεσούσης εἶργε τοῦτ᾽ ἐξειδέναι ;
ΚΡ. ἡ ποικιλῳδὸς Σφὶγξ τὸ πρὸς ποσὶ σκοπεῖν
μεθέντας ἡμᾶς τἀφανῆ προσήγετο.
ΟΙ. ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς αὖθις αὔτ᾽ ἐγὼ φανῶ.
ἐπαξίως γὰρ Φοῖβος, ἀξίως δὲ σὺ
πρὸ τοῦ θανόντος τήνδ᾽ ἔθεσθ᾽ ἐπιστροφήν"
ὥστ᾽ ἐνδίκως ὄψεσθε κἀμὲ σύμμαχον.
γῇ τῇδε τιμωροῦντα τῷ θεῷ θ᾽ ἅμα.
ὑπὲρ γὰρ οὐχὶ τῶν ἀπωτέρω φίλων,
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ, τοῦτ᾽ ἀποσκεδῶ μύσος.
ὅστις γὰρ ἦν ἐκεῖνο» ὁ κτανὼν τάχ᾽ ἂν
κἄμ᾽ ἂν τοιαύτῃ χειρὶ τιμωρεῖν θέλοι.
κείνῳ προσαρκῶν οὖν ἐμαυτὸν ὠφελῶ.
ἀλλ᾽ ὡς τάχιστα, παῖδες, ὑμεῖς μὲν βάθρων
ἵστασθε, τούσδ᾽ ἄραντες ἱκτῆρας κλάδους,
ἄλλος δὲ Κάδμον λαὸν ὧδ᾽ ἀθροιζέτω,
ὡς πᾶν ἐμοῦ δράσοντος. ἣ γὰρ εὐτνχεῖς
σὺν τῷ θεῷ φανούμεθ᾽, ἣ πεπτωκότες.
IE. ὦ παῖδες, ἱστώεσθα" τῶνδε γὰρ χάριν
καὶ δεῦρ᾽ ἔβημεν ὧν ὅδ᾽ ἐξαγγέλλεται.
130
140
ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ TYPANNOS. 9
Φοῖβος δ᾽ ὁ πέμψας τάσδε μαντείας ἅμα
σωτήρ θ᾽ ἵκοιτο καὶ νόσου παυστήριος. 150
ΧΟΡΟΣ.
ὦ Διὸς ἁδνεπὲς φάτι, τίς ποτε Tas πολυχρύσου
Πυθῶνος ἀγλαὰς ἔβας |
Θήβας ; ἐκτέταμαι φοβερὰν φρένα, δείματι πάλλων,
ἰήιε Δάλιε Παιὰν,
ἀμφὶ σοὶ ἁζόμενος τί μοι 7) νέον, 155
7) περιτελλομέναις ὥραις πάλιν ἐξανύσεις χρέος.
εἶπέ μοι, ὦ χρυσέας τέκνον ᾿Ἐλπίδος, ἄμβροτε Φάμα.
πρῶτά σε κεκλόμενος, θύγατερ Διὸς, ἄμβροτ' ᾿Αθάνα, 159
γαιάοχόν τ᾽ ἀδελφεὰν 160
tn
Αρτεμιν, & κυκλόεντ' ἀγορᾶς θρόνον εὐκλέα θάσσει,
καὶ Φοῖβον ἑκαβόλον, ἰὼ
τρισσοὶ ἀλεξίμοροι προφάνητέ μοι,
εἴ ποτε καὶ προτέρας ἄτας ὑπερορνυμένας πόλει 165
ἠνύσατ᾽ ἐκτοπίαν φλόγα πήματος, ἔλθετε καὶ νῦν.
ὦ πόποι, ἀνάριθμα γὰρ φέρω [ἔγχος
πήματα' νοσεῖ δέ μοι πρόπας στόλος, οὐδ᾽ ἔνι φροντίδος
ᾧ τις ἀλέξεται. οὔτε γὰρ ἔκγονα 171
κλυτᾶς χθονὸς αὔξεται οὔτε τόκοισιν
ἰηίων καμάτων ἀνέχουσι γυναῖκες" 174
ἄλλον δ᾽ ἂν ἄλλῳ προσίδοις ἅπερ εὔπτερον ὄρνιν
κρεῖσσον ἀμαιμακέτου πυρὸς ὄρμενον
ἀκτὰν πρὸς ἑσπέρου θεοῦ"
151..--158.ΞΞ 150.-1ό5. 167..-1 78. τε 179.--180.
10
ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥΣ
ὧν πόλις ἀνάριθμος ὄλλυται"
νηλέα δὲ γένεθλα πρὸς πέδῳ θαναταφόρα κεῖται ἀνοίκτως"
ἐν δ᾽ ἄλοχοι πολιαί τ᾽ ἔπι ματέρες
ἀκτὰν παρὰ βώμιον ἄλλοθεν ἄλλαν
λυγρῶν πόνων ἱκετῆρες ἐπιστενάχουσιν.
παιὰν δὲ λάμπει στονόεσσά τε γῆρυς ὅμαυλος"
ὧν ὕπερ, ὦ χρυσέα θύγατερ Διὸς,
εὐῶπα πέμψον ἀλκάν"
"Αρεά τε τὸν μαλερὸν, ὃς νῦν ἄχαλκος ἀσπίδων
φλέγει με περιβόατον, ἀντιάζω
παλίσσυτον δράμημα νωτίσαι πάτρας
ἄπουρον, εἴτ᾽ ἐς μέγαν
θάλαμον ᾿Αμφιτρίτας
εἴτ᾽ ἐς τὸν ἀπόξενον ὅρμων
Θρήκιον κλύδωνα"
τέλει γὰρ εἴ τι νὺξ ἀφῇ,
τοῦτ᾽ én’ ἦμαρ ἔρχεται"
τὸν, ὦ τἂν πυρφόρων
ἀστραπᾶν κράτη νέμων,
ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ, ὑπὸ σῷ φθίσον κεραυνῷ.
Λύκει᾽ ἄναξ, τά τε σὰ χρυσοστρόφων ἀπ᾽ ἀγκυλᾶν
βέλεα θέλοιμ᾽ ἂν ἀδάματ᾽ ἐνδατεῖσθαι
ἀρωγὰ προσταχθέντα, τάς τε πυρφόρους
᾿Αρτέμιδος αἴγλας, ξὺν αἷς
Λύκι᾽ ὄρεα διάσσει"
190.—202, = 203.-215.
181
190
200
203
205
ΟΙ.
OIAITIOTS ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
τὸν χρυσομίτραν τε κικλήσκω, Σ
τὰσδ᾽ ἐπώνυμον γᾶς,
οἰνῶπα Βάκχον εὔιον,
Μαινάδων ὁμόστολον
πελασθῆναι φλέγοντ᾽
ἀγλαῶπι -Ξ ὦ --
πεύκᾳ ᾽πὶ τὸν ἀπότιμον ἐν θεοῖς θεόν.
αἰτεῖς" ἃ δ᾽ αἰτεῖς, τἄμ᾽ ἐὰν θέλῃς ἔπη
κλύων δέχεσθαι τῇ νόσῳ θ᾽ ὑπηρετεῖν,
ἀλκὴν λάβοις ἂν κἀνακούφισιν κακῶν"
ἁγὼ ξένος μὲν τοῦ λόγου τοῦδ᾽ ἐξερῶ,
ἐένος δὲ τοῦ πραχθέντος. οὐ γὰρ ἂν μακρὰν
ἤχνευον αὐτὸ, μὴ οὐκ ἔχων τι σύμβολον.
νῦν δ᾽, ὕστερος γὰρ ἀστὸς els ἀστοὺς τελῶ,
ὑμῖν προφωνῶ πᾶσι Καδμείοις τάδε"
ὅστις ποθ᾽ ὑμῶν Λάϊον τὸν Λαβδάκου
κάτοιδεν ἀνδρὸς ἐκ τίνος διώλετο,
τοῦτον κελεύω πάντα σημαίνειν ἐμοί"
kel μὲν φοβεῖται, τοὐπίκλημ᾽ ὑπεξελὼν
αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ" πείσεται γὰρ ἄλλο μὲν
ἀστεργὲς οὐδὲν, γῆς δ᾽ ἄπεισιν ἀσφαλής"
εἰ δ᾽ αὖ τις ἄλλον older ἐξ ἄλλης χθονὸς,
τὸν αὐτόχειρα μὴ σιωπάτω" τὸ γὰρ
κέρδος τελῶ ᾽γὼ χὴ χάρις προσκείσεται.
εἰ δ᾽ αὖ σιωπήσεσθε, καί τις ἣ φίλου
δείσας ἀπώσει τοὔπος ἢ χαὐτοῦ τόδε,
11
210
220
220
12 ZOPOKAEOTS
ἀκ τῶνδε δράσω, ταῦτα χρὴ κλύειν ἐμοῦ. 235
τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπαυδῶ τοῦτον, ὅστις ἐστὶ, γῆς
τῆσδ᾽, ἧς ἐγὼ κράτη τε καὶ θρόνους νέμω,
μήτ᾽ ἐσδέχεσθαι μήτε προσφωνεῖν τινὰ,
μήτ᾽ ἐν θεῶν εὐχαῖσι μήτε θύμασιν.
κοινὸν ποιεῖσθαι, μήτε χέρνιβας νέμειν" 240
ὠθεῖν δ᾽ ἀπ’ οἴκων πάντας, ὡς μιάσματος
τοῦδ᾽ ἡμὶν ὄντως, ὡς τὸ Πυθικὸν θεοῦ
μαντεῖον ἐξέφηνεν ἀρτίως ἐμοί.
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν τοιόσδε τῷ τε δαίμονι
τῷ T ἀνδρὶ τῷ θανόντι σύμμαχος πέλω" 245
ὑμῖν δὲ ταῦτα πάντ᾽ ἐπισκήπτω τελεῖν, 252
ὑπέρ τ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ, τοῦ θεοῦ τε, τῆσδέ τε
᾿γῆς ὧδ᾽ ἀκάρπως κἀθέως ἐφθαρμένης.
οὐδ᾽ εἰ γὰρ ἦν τὸ πρᾶγμα μὴ θεήλατον, 255
ἀκάθαρτον ὑμᾶς εἰκὸς ἣν οὕτως ἐᾶν,
ἀνδρός γ᾽ ἀρίστου βασιλέως τ᾽ ὀλωλότος,
GAN ἐξερευνᾶν" νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ κυρῶ τ᾽ ἐγὼ
ἔχων μὲν ἀρχὰς, ἂς ἐκεῖνος εἶχε πρὶν,
ἔχων δὲ λέκτρα καὶ γυναῖχ᾽ ὁμόσπορον, 260
κοινῶν τε παίδων κοίν᾽ ἂν, εἰ κείνῳ γένος
μὴ ᾿δυστύχησεν, ἦν ἂν ἐκπεφυκότα, "
νῦν δ᾽ ἐς τὸ κείνου κρᾶτ᾽ ἐνήλαθ᾽ ἡ τύχη;
ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἐγὼ τἀδ᾽, ὡσπερεὶ τοὐμοῦ πατρὸς,
ὑπερμαχοῦμαι κἀπὶ πάντ᾽ ἀφίξομαι, 265
ζητῶν τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ φόνον λαβεῖν,
ΟἸΙἸΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ TYPANNOS.
τῷ Λαβδακείῳ παιδὶ Πολυδώρου τε καὶ
τοῦ πρόσθε Κάδμου τοῦ πάλαι τ᾽ ᾿Αγήνορο-"
καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς μὴ δρῶσιν εὔχομαι θεοὺς
μήτ᾽ ἄροτον αὐτοῖς γῆς ἀνιέναι τινὰ
μήτ᾽, οὖν γυναικῶν παῖδας, ἀλλὰ τῷ πότμῳ
τῷ νῦν φθερεῖσθαι κἄτι τοῦδ᾽ ἐχθίονι:
κατεύχομαι δὲ τὸν δεδρακότ᾽, εἴτε τις
εἷς ὧν λέληθεν εἴτε πλειόνων μέτα,
κακὸν κακῶς νιν ἄμορον ἐκτρῖψαι βίον.
ἐπεύχομαι δ᾽, οἴκοισιν εἰ ξυνέστιος
ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς γένοιτ᾽ ἐμοῦ συνειδότος,
παθεῖν ἅπερ τοῖσδ᾽ ἀρτίως ἠρασάμην.
ὑμῖν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοισι Καὺμείοις, ὅσοις
τάδ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἀρέσκονθ᾽, ἥ τε σύμμαχος Δίκη
χοὶ πάντες εὖ ξυνεῖεν εἰσαεὶ θεοί.
ΧΟ. ὥσπερ μ᾽ ἀραῖον ἔλαβες, ὧδ᾽, ἄναξ, ἐρῶ.
οὔτ᾽ ἔκτανον γὰρ οὔτε τὸν κτανόντ᾽ ἔχω
δεῖξαι. τὸ δὲ ζήτημα τοῦ πέμψαντος ἣν
Φοίβου τόδ᾽ εἰπεῖν, ὅστις εἴργασταί ποτε.
ΟΙ. δίκαι᾽ ἔλεξας" ἀλλ᾽ ἀναγκάσαι θεοὺς
ἂν μὴ θέλωσιν οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς δύναιτ᾽ ἀνήρ.
ΧΟ.τὰ δεύτερ᾽ ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ἂν λέγοιμ᾽ ἁμοὶ δοκεῖ.
OI. εἰ καὶ τρίτ' ἐστὶ, μὴ παρῇς τὸ μὴ οὐ φράσαι.
ΧΟ. ἄνακτ᾽ ἄνακτι ταὔθ᾽ ὁρῶντ᾽ ἐπίσταμαι
μάλιστα Φοίβῳ Τειρεσίαν, παρ᾽ οὗ τις ἂν
σκοπῶν τάδ᾽, wvat, ἐκμάθοι σαφέστατα.
13
270
246
250
251
275
280
14 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
ΟΙ. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν ἀργοῖς οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἐπραξάμην.
ἔπεμψα γὰρ Κρέοντος εἱπόντος διπλοῦς
πομπούς" πάλαι δὲ μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται.
ΧΟ.καὶ μὴν τά γ᾽ ἄλλα κωφὰ καὶ παλαί᾽ ἔπη.
OI. τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα ; πάντα γὰρ σκοπῶ λόγον.
ΧΟ. θανεῖν ἐλέχθη πρός τινων ὁδοιπόρων.
Ol. ἤκουσα κἀγώ" τὸν δὲ δρῶντ᾽ οὐδεὶς δρᾷς.
ΧΟ.ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τι μὲν δὴ δειμάτων ἔχει μέρος,
τὰς σὰς ἀκούων οὐ μενεῖ τοιάσδ᾽ ἀράς.
ΟἹ. ᾧ μή᾽ στι δρῶντι τάρβος, οὐδ᾽ ἔπος φοβεῖ.
ΧΟ. ἀλλ᾽ οὐξελέγξων αὐτὸν ἔστιν" οἵδε γὰρ
τὸν θεῖον ἤδη μάντιν ὧδ᾽ ἄγουσιν, ᾧ
τἀληθὲς ἐμπέφυκεν ἀνθρώπων μόνῳ.
ΟΙ. ὦ πάντα νωμῶν Τειρεσία, διακτά τε
ἄρρητά τ᾽ οὐράνιά τε καὶ χθονοστιβῆ,
πόλιν μὲν, εἰ καὶ μὴ βλέπεις, φρονεῖς δ᾽ ὅμως
οἵᾳ νόσῳ σύνεστιν" ἧς σε προστάτην
᾿ σωτῆρά τ᾽, ὦναξ, μοῦνον ἐξευρίσκομεν.
- Φοῖβος γὰρ, εἴ τι μὴ κλύεις τῶν ἀγγέλων,
πέμψασιν ἡμῖν ἀντέπεμψεν, ἔκλυσιν
μόνην ἂν ἐλθεῖν τοῦδε τοῦ νοσήματος,
εἰ τοὺς κτκανόντας Λάϊον μαθόντες εὖ
κτείναιμεν, ἣ γῆς φυγάδας ἐκπεμψαίμεθα.
σὺ δ᾽ οὖν φθονήσας μήτ᾽ ἀπ᾿ οἰωνῶν φάτιν
μήτ᾽ εἴ τιν᾽ ἄλλην μαντικῆς ἔχεις ὁδὸν,
ῥῦσαι σεαυτὸν καὶ πόλιν, ῥῦσαι δ᾽ ἐμὲ,
290
΄
295
300.
305
ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥΣ TYPANNOS.
ῥῦσαι δὲ πᾶν μίασμα τοῦ τεθνηκότος.
ἐν σοὶ γὰρ ἐσμέν ἄνδρα δ᾽ ὠφελεῖν ἀφ᾽ ὧν
ἔχοι τε καὶ δύναιτο κάλλιστος πόνος.
ΤΕΙΡΕΣΊΑΣ.
φεῦ φεῦ,. φρονεῖν ὡς δεινὸν ἔνθα μὴ τέλη
λύῃ φρονοῦντι. ταῦτα γὰρ καλῶς ἐγὼ
εἰδὼς διώλεσ᾽" οὐ γὰρ ἂν δεῦρ᾽ ἱκόμην.
ΟΙ. τί δ᾽ ἔστιν; ὡς ἄθυμος εἰσελήλυθας.
ΤΕ ἄφες p’ ἐς οἴκους" ῥᾷστα γὰρ τὸ σόν τε σὺ
κἀγὼ διοίσω τοὐμὸν, ἣν ἐμοὶ πίθη.
ΟΙ. οὔτ᾽ ἔννομ᾽ εἶπας οὔτε προσφιλῆ πόλει
τῇδ᾽, ἢ σ᾽ ἔθρεψε, τήνδ᾽ ἀποστερῶν φάτιν.
ΤῈ ὁρῶ γὰρ οὐδὲ σοὶ τὸ σὸν φώνημ᾽ ἰὸν
πρὸς καιρόν" ὡς οὖν μηδ᾽ ἐγὼ ταυτὸν πάθω.
OI. μὴ πρὸς θεῶν φρονῶν γ᾽ ἀποστραφῇς, ἐπεὶ
πάντες σε προσκυνοῦμεν οἵδ᾽ ἱκτήριοι.
ΤΕ πάντες γὰρ οὐ φρονεῖτ᾽. ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐ μή ποτε
τἄμ᾽ ὡς ἂν εἴπω, μὴ τὰ σ᾽ ἐκφήνω κακά.
OI. τί φής ; ξυνειδὼς οὐ φράσεις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐννοεῖς
ἡμᾶς προδοῦναι καὶ καταφθεῖραι πόλιν:
ΤΕ. ἐγὼ οὔτ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν οὔτε σ᾽ ἀλγυνῶ. τί ταῦτ᾽
ἄλλως ἐλέγχεις ; οὐ γὰρ ἂν πύθοιό μου.
ΟΙ. οὐκ, ὦ κακῶν κάκιστε, καὶ γὰρ ἂν πέτρου
φύσιν σύ γ᾽ ὀργάνειας, ἐξερεῖς ποτὲ,
ἀλλ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἄτεγκτος κἀτελεύτητος φανεῖ:
ΤΕ ὀργὴν ἐμέμψω τὴν ἐμὴν, τὴν σοὶ δ᾽ ὁμοῦ
1ὅ
315
320
325
339
335
16 SOPOKAEOTS
ναίουσαν οὐ κατεῖδες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὲ ψέγεις.
OI. τίς γὰρ τοιαῦτ᾽ ἂν οὐκ ἂν ὀργίζοιτ᾽ ἔπη
κλύων, ἃ νῦν σὺ τήνδ᾽ ἀτιμάζεις πόλιν:
ΤΕ, ἥξει γὰρ αὐτὰ, κἂν ἐγὼ σιγῇ στέγω.
OI. οὐκοῦν ἅ γ᾽ ἥξει καὶ σὲ χρὴ λέγειν ἐμοί.
TE.ovx ἂν πέρα φράσαιμι. πρὸς τάδ᾽, εἰ θέλεις,
τ΄ θυμοῦ δι’ ὀργῆς ἥτις ἀγριωτάτη.
OI. καὶ μὴν παρήσω γ᾽ οὐδὲν, ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω,
ἅπερ ξυνίημ᾽. ἴσθι γὰρ δοκῶν ἐμοὶ
καὶ ξυμφυτεῦσαι τοὔργον, εἰργάσθαι θ᾽, ὅσον
μὴ χερσὶ καίνων᾽ εἰ δ᾽ ἐτύγχανες βλέπων,
καὶ τοὔργον ἂν σοῦ τοῦτ᾽ ἔφην εἶναι μόνου.
ΤΕ. ἄληθες ; ἐννέπω σὲ τῷ κηρύγματι
ᾧπερ προεῖπας ἐμμένειν, Kap’ ἡμέρας
τῆς νῦν προσαυδᾶν μήτε τούσδε μήτ᾽ ἐμὲ,
ὡς ὄντι γῆς τῆσδ᾽ ἀνοσίῳ μιάστορι.
ΟΙ. οὕτως ἀναιδῶς ἐξεκίνησας τόδε ᾿
τὸ ῥῆμα ; καί που τοῦτο φεύξεσθαι δοκεῖς ;
ΤΕ. πέφευγα' τἀληθὲς yap ἰσχϑῦον τρέφω.
ΟΙ. πρὸς τοῦ διδαχθείς ; οὐ γὰρ ἔκ γε τῆς τέχνης.
ΤΕ πρὸς σοῦ" σὺ γάρ μ᾽ ἄκοντα προὐτρέψω λέγειν.
ΟΙ. ποῖον λόγον ; λέγ᾽ αὖθις, ὡς μᾶλλον μάθω.
ΤΕ οὐχὶ ξυνῆκας πρόσθεν ; ἣ ᾿κπειρᾷ λέγειν ;
OI. οὐχ ὥστε γ᾽ εἰπεῖν γνωτόν" ἀλλ᾽ αὖθις φράσον.
ΤΕ φονέα σε φημὶ τἀνδρὸς οὗ ζητεῖς κυρεῖν.
ΟΙ. ἀλλ᾽ οὔ τι χαίρων δίς γε πημονὰς ἐρεῖς.
340
359
360
ΟἸΙἸΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ. 17
ΤΕ εἴπω τι δῆτα κἄλλ᾽, ἵν᾿ ὀργίζῃ πλέον ;
OI. ὅσον γε χρήζεις" ὡς μάτην εἰρήσεται. 365
ΤΕ. λεληθέναι σε φημὶ σὺν τοῖς φιλτάτοις
αἴσχισθ᾽ ὁμιλοῦντ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ὁρᾶν ἵν᾽ εἶ κακοῦ.
OI. ἦ καὶ γεγηθὼς ταῦτ᾽ ἀεὶ λέξειν δοκεῖς ;
ΤΕ εἴπερ τί γ᾽ ἐστὶ τῆς ἀληθείας σθένος.
OI. ἀλλ᾽ ἔστι, πλὴν Gol σοὶ δὲ τοῦτ᾽ οὐκ ἔστ᾽, ἐπεὶ 310
τυφλὸς τά τ᾽ ὦτα τόν τε νοῦν τά τ᾽ ὄμματ᾽ εἶ.
ΤΕ σὺ δ᾽ ἄθλιός γε ταῦτ᾽ ὀνειδίζων, ἃ σοὶ
οὐδεὶς ὃς οὐχὶ τῶνδ᾽ ὀνειδιεῖ τάχα.
ΟΙ. μιᾶς τρέφει πρὸς νυκτὸς, ὥστε μήτ᾽ ἐμὲ
μήτ᾽ ἄλλον, ὅστις φῶς ὁρᾷ, βλάψαι ποτ᾽ ἄν. 375
TE.ov γάρ ce μοῖρα πρός γ᾽ ἐμοῦ πεσεῖν, ἐπεὶ
ἱκανὸς ᾿Απόλλων, ᾧ τάδ᾽ ἐκπρᾶξαι μέλει.
OL. Κρέοντος, ἣ σοῦ ταῦτα τἀξευρήματα ;
ΤΕ Κρέων δέ σοι πῆμ᾽ οὐδὲν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς σὺ σοί.
OI. ὦ πλοῦτε καὶ τυραννὶ καὶ τέχνη τέχνη 380
ὑπερφέρουσα τῷ πολυζήλῳ βίῳ,
ὅσος παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται,
εἰ τῆσδέ γ᾽ ἀρχῆς οὕνεχ᾽, ἣν ἐμοὶ πόλις
δωρητὸν, οὐκ αἰτητὸν, εἰσεχείρισεν,
ταύτης Κρέων 6 πιστὸς, οὐξ ἀρχῆς φίλος, 385
λάθρα μ᾽ ὑπελθὼν ἐκβαλεῖν ἱμείρεται,
ὑφεὶς μάγον τοιόνδε μηχανορράφον,
δόλιον ἀγύρτην, ὅστις ἐν τοῖς κέρδεσιν
μόνον δέδορκε, τὴν τέχνην δ᾽ ἔφυ τυφλός.
σ
18 ᾿ ZOPOKAEOTS
ἐπεὶ, φέρ᾽ εἰπὲ, ποῦ ov μάντις εἶ σαφής ; 390
πῶς οὐχ, ὅθ᾽ ἣ ῥαψῳδὸς ἐνθάδ᾽ ἣν κύων,
ηὔδας τι τοῖσδ᾽ ἀστοῖσιν ἐκλυτήριον ;
καίτοι τό γ᾽ αἴνιγμ᾽ οὐχὶ τοὐπιόντος ἦν
ἀνδρὸς διειπεῖν, ἀλλὰ μαντείας ἔδει"
ἣν οὔτ᾽ ἀπ᾽ οἰωνῶν σὺ προὐφάνης ἔχων 395
οὔτ᾽ ἐκ θεῶν του γνωτόν᾽" ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ μολὼν,
ὁ μηδὲν εἰδὼς Οἰδίπους, ἔπαυσά νιν, ,
γνώμῃ κυρήσας οὐδ᾽ an’ οἰωνῶν μαθών"
ὃν δὴ σὺ πειρᾷς ἐκβαλεῖν, δοκῶν θρόνοις
παραστατήσειν τοῖς Κρεοντείοις πέλας. 400
κλάων δοκεῖς μοι καὶ σὺ χὠ συνθεὶς τάδε
ἁγηλατήσειν" εἰ δὲ μὴ 'δόκεις γέρων
εἶναι, παθὼν ἔγνως ἂν οἷά περ φρονεῖς.
ΧΟ ἡμῖν μὲν εἰκάζουσι καὶ τὰ τοῦδ᾽ ἔπη
ὀργῇ λελέχθαι καὶ τὰ σ᾽, Οἰδίπους, δοκεῖ. 405
δεῖ δ᾽ οὐ τοιούτων, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ
pavrel ἄριστα λύσομεν, τόδε σκοπεῖν.
ΤΕ εἰ καὶ τυραννεῖς, ἐξισωτέον τὸ γοῦν
to’ ἀντιλέξαι' τοῦδε γὰρ κἀγὼ κρατῶ.
ov γάρ τι σοὶ ζῶ δοῦλος, ἀλλὰ Λοξίᾳ 410
ὥστ᾽ οὐ Κρέοντος προστάτου γεγράψομαι.
λέγω δ᾽, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τυφλόν μ᾽ ὠνείδισας"
σὺ καὶ δέδορκας Kot βλέπεις ἵν᾽ εἶ κακοῦ,
οὐδ᾽ ἔνθα ναίεις, οὐδ᾽ ὅτων οἰκεῖς μέτα.
dp οἷσθ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ef; καὶ λέληθας ἐχθρὸς ὧν 415
ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
τοῖς σοῖσιν αὐτοῦ νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω,
καί σ᾽ ἀμφιπλὴξ μητρός τε καὶ τοῦ σοῦ πατρὸς
ἐλᾷ ποτ᾽ ἐκ γῆς τῆσδε δεινόπους ἀρὰ,
βλέποντα νῦν μὲν ὄρθ᾽, ἔπειτα δὲ σκότον.
βοῆς δὲ τῆς σῆς ποῖος οὐκ ἔσται λιμὴν,
ποῖος Κιθαιρὼν οὐχὶ σύμφωνος τάχα,
ὅταν καταίσθῃ τὸν ὑμέναιον, ὃν δόμοις
ἄνορμον εἰσέπλευσας, εὐπλοίας τυχών ;
ἄλλων δὲ πλῆθος οὐκ ἐπαισθάνει κακῶν,
ἅ σ᾽ ἐξισώσει σοί τε καὶ τοῖς σοῖς τέκνοις.
πρὸς ταῦτα καὶ Κρέοντα καὶ τοὐμὸν στόμα
προπηλάκιζε. σοῦ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν βροτῶν
κάκιον ὅστις ἐκτριβήσεταί ποτε.
OI. ἣ ταῦτα δῆτ᾽ ἀνεκτὰ πρὸς τούτου κλύειν :
οὐκ εἰς ὄλεθρον ; οὐχὶ θᾶσσον ; οὐ πάλιν
ἄψορρος οἴκων τῶνδ᾽ ἀποστραφεὶς ἄπει ;
ΤΕ οὐδ᾽ ἱκόμην ἔγωγ᾽ dv, εἰ σὺ μὴ ᾽κάλεις.
OI. οὐ γάρ τί σ᾽ ἤδη μῶρα φωνήσοντ᾽, ἐπεὶ
σχολῇ σ᾽ ἂν οἴκους τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἐστειλάμην.
ΤΕ ἡμεῖς τοιοίδ᾽ ἔφυμεν, ὡς μὲν σοὶ δοκεῖ,
μῶροι, γονεῦσι δ᾽, οἵ σ᾽ ἔφυσαν, ἔμφρονες.
Ol. ποίοισι; μεῖνον. τίς δέ μ᾽ ἐκφύει βροτῶν ;
ΤΕ ἥδ᾽ ἡμέρα φύσει σε καὶ διαφθερεῖ,
ΟΙ. ὡς πάντ᾽ ἄγαν αἰνικτὰ κἀσαφῆ λέγεις.
ΤΕ οὔκουν σὺ ταῦτ᾽ ἄριστος εὑρίσκειν ἔφυς ;
OL. τοιαῦτ᾽ ὀνείδιζ᾽, οἷς ἔμ᾽ εὑρήσεις μέγαν.
C2
19
420
415.
430
435
449
40 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥΣ
ΤΕ αὕτη γε μέντοι σ᾽ ἣ τύχη διώλεσεν.
OI. ἀλλ᾽ εἰ πόλιν τήνδ᾽ ἐξέσῳσ᾽, οὔ μοι μέλει.
ΤΕ. ἄπειμι τοίνυν" καὶ σὺ, παῖ, κόμιζέ με.
OI. κομιζέτω δῆθ᾽ " ὡς παρὼν σύ γ᾽ ἐμποδὼν 445
ὀχλεῖς, συθείς τ᾽ ἂν οὐκ ἂν ἀλγύναις πλέον.
ΤΕ εἰπὼν ἄπειμ᾽ ὧν οὕνεκ᾽ ἦλθον, οὐ τὸ σὸν
δείσας πρόσωπον" οὐ γὰρ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου μ᾽ ὀλεῖς.
λέγω δέ σοι" τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, ὃν πάλαι
ζητεῖς ἀπειλῶν κἀνακηρύσσων φόνον 450
τὸν Λαΐειον, οὗτός ἐστιν ἐνθάδε,
févos λόγῳ μέτοικος, εἶτα δ᾽ ἐγγενὴς
φανήσεται Θηβαῖος, οὐδ᾽ ἡσθήσεται
τῇ ξυμφορᾷ᾽ τυφλὸς γὰρ ἐκ δεδορκότος
καὶ πτωχὸς ἀντὶ πλουσίου ξένην ἔπι 455
σκήπτρῳ προδεικνὺς γαῖαν ἐμπορεύσεται.
φανήσεται δὲ παισὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ ξυνὼν
ἀδελφὸς αὑτὸς καὶ πατὴρ, κἀξ ἧς ἔφν
γυναικὸς υἱὸς καὶ πόσις, καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς
ὁμόσπορός τε καὶ φονεύς. καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἰὼν 460
εἴσω λογίζον᾽ κἂν λάβης ἐψευσμένον,
φάσκειν ἔμ’ ἤδη μαντικῇ μηδὲν φρονεῖν.
XO.ris ὄντιν᾽ & θεσπιέπεια Δελφὶς εἶπε πέτρα 463
ἄρρητ᾽ ἀρρήτων τελέσαντα φοινίαισι χερσίν ; 465
ὥρα νιν ἀελλάδων
ἵππων σθεναρώτερον
463.-472.= 473.--482.
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ TYPANNOS. 21
φυγᾷ πόδα νωμᾶν.
ἔνοπλος γὰρ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐπενθρώσκει
πυρὶ καὶ στεροπαῖς ὁ Διὸς γενέτας, 410
δειναὶ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕπονται Ἔ
Κῆρες ἀναπλάκητοι. Ὁ a
ἔλαμψε yap τοῦ νιφόεντος ἀρτίως φανεῖσα 473
φάμα Παρνασοῦ τὸν ἄδηλον ἄνδρα πάντ᾽ ἰχνεύειν. 475
φοιτᾷ γὰρ ὑπ᾽ ἀγρίαν
ὕλαν ἀνά τ᾽ ἄντρα καὶ
πέτρας ἅτε ταῦρος,
μέλεος μελέῳ ποδὶ χηρεύων;
τὰ μεσόμφαλα γᾶς ἀπονοσφίζων ᾿ς 480
μαντεῖα" τὰ δ᾽ ἀεὶ
ζῶντα περιποτᾶται. :
δεινὰ μὲν οὖν, δεινὰ ταράσσει σοφὸς οἱωνοθέτας, 483
2
οὔτε δοκοῦντ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἀποφάσκονθ᾽" ὅ τι λέξω δ᾽ ἀπορῶ. 485
πέτομαι δ᾽ ἐλπίσιν οὔτ᾽ ἐνθάδ᾽ ὁρῶν οὔτ᾽ ὀπίσω.
τί γὰρ ἣ Λαβδακίδαις [τανῦν πω
ἢ τῷ Πολύβου νεῖκος ἔκειτ᾽ οὔτε πάροιθέν ποτ᾽ ἔγωγ᾽ οὔτε
ἔμαθον, πρὸς Srov δὴ βασάνῳ
ἐπὶ τὰν ἐπίδαμον φάτιν εἶμ᾽ Οἰδιπόδα Λαβδακίδαις 495
ἐπίκουρος ἀδήλων θανάτων. -
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν οὖν Ζεὺς ὅ τ᾿ ᾿Απόλλων ξυνετοὶ καὶ τὰ βροτῶν
εἰδότες" ἀνδρῶν δ᾽ ὅτι μάντις πλέον ἣ ᾽γὼ φέρεται, 500
κρίσις οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής" σοφίᾳ δ᾽ ἂν σοφίαν
483.-497. = 498.-512.
22 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
παραμείψειεν ἀνήρ.
ἀλλ᾽ οὕποτ᾽ ἔγωγ᾽ ἂν, πρὶν ἴδοιμ᾽ ὀρθὸν ἔπος, μεμφομένων
φανερὰ πτερόεσσ᾽ ἦλθε κόρα [ἂν καταφαίην.
ποτὲ, καὶ σοφὸς ὥφθη βασάνῳ θ᾽ ἁδύπολις" τῷ ἀπ᾽ ἐμᾶς
φρενὸς οὔποτ᾽ ὀφλήσει κακίαν.
ΚΡ ἄνδρες πολῖται, δείν᾽ ἔπη πεπυσμένος
κατηγορεῖν μον τὸν τύραννον Οἰδίπουν
πάρειμ᾽ ἀτλητῶν. εἰ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ξυμφοραῖς
ταῖς νῦν νομίζει πρός τί μου πεπονθέναι
λόγοισιν εἴτ᾽ ἔργοισιν ἐς βλάβην φέρον,
οὔτοι βίου μοι τοῦ μακραίωνος πόθος,
φέροντι τήνδε βάξιν. οὐ γὰρ els ἁπλοῦν
ἡ ζημία μοι τοῦ λόγου τούτου φέρει,
ἀλλ᾽ ἐς μέγιστον, εἰ κακὸς μὲν ἐν πόλει,
κακὸς δὲ πρὸς σοῦ καὶ φίλων κεκλήσομαι.
ΧΟ.ἀλλ᾽ ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ᾽ ἂν
ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἣ γνώμῃ φρενῶν.
ΚΡ τοῦ πρὸς δ᾽ ἐφάνθη ταῖς ἐμαῖς γνώμαις ὅτι
πεισθεὶς ὁ μάντις τοὺς λόγους ψευδεῖς λέγοι;
ΧΟ. ηὐδᾶτο μὲν τάδ᾽, οἶδα δ᾽ οὐ γνώμῃ τίνι.
ΚΡ. ἐξ ὀμμάτων δ᾽ ὀρθῶν τε xaf ὀρθῆς φρενὸς
κατηγορεῖτο τοὐπίκλημα τοῦτό μου ;
ΧΟ. οὐκ ofd': & γὰρ δρῶσ᾽ οἱ κρατοῦντες οὐχ ὁρῶ.
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ὅδ᾽ ἤδη δωμάτων ἔξω περᾷ.
OI. οὗτος σὺ, πῶς δεῦρ᾽ ἦλθες ; ἢ τοσόνδ᾽ ἔχεις
τόλμης πρόσωπον ὥστε τὰς ἐμὰς στέγας
511
520
525
530
OIAINOTS TYPANNOS. 23
ixou, φονεὺς ὧν τοῦδε τἀνδρὸς ἐμφανῶς
λῃστής τ᾽ ἐναργὴς τῆς ἐμῆς τυραννίδος ; 535
φέρ᾽ εἰπὲ πρὸς θεῶν, δειλίαν ἣ μωρίαν
ἰδών τιν᾽ ἔν μοι ταῦτ᾽ ἐβουλεύσω ποιεῖν ;
ἢ τοὔργον ὡς οὐ γνωριοῖμί σου τόδε
δόλῳ προσέρπον KovK ἀλεξοίμην μαθών;
dp’ οὐχὶ μῶρόν ἐστι τοὐγχείρημά σου, . 8490
ἄνευ τε πλήθους καὶ φίλων τυραννίδα
θηρᾶν, ὃ πλήθει χρήμασίν θ᾽ ἁλίσκεται ;
KP.oic@" ὡς ποίησον; ἀντὶ τῶν εἰρημένων
lo’ ἀντάκονσον, Kdra kpiv’ ἀὐτὸς μαθών.
ΟΙ. λέγειν σὺ δεινὸς, μανθάνειν δ᾽ ἐγὼ κακὸς 545
σοῦ" δυσμενῆ γὰρ καὶ βαρύν σ᾽ ηὕρηκ ἐμοί.
ΚΡ τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ νῦν μον πρῶτ᾽ ἄκουσον ὡς ἐρῶ.
OI. τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ μή μοι φράζ᾽, ὅπως οὐκ εἶ κακός.
ΚΡ εἴ τοι νομίζεις κτῆμα τὴν αὐθαδίαν
εἶναί τι τοῦ νοῦ χωρὶς, οὐκ ὀρθῶς φρονεῖς. 580
ΟΙ. εἴ τοι νομίζεις ἄνδρα συγγενῆ κακῶς
δρῶν οὐχ ὑφέξειν τὴν δίκην, οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖς.
ΚΡ ξύμφημί σοι ταῦτ᾽ ἔνδικ᾽ εἰρῆσθαι" τὸ δὲ
πάθημ᾽ ὁποῖον φὴς παθεῖν δίδασκέ με.
OL. ἔπειθες, 7) οὐκ ἔπειθες, ὡς χρείη μ᾽ ἐπὶ 555
τὸν σεμνόμαντιν ἄνδρα πέμψασθαί τινα ;
ΚΡ καὶ νῦν ἔθ᾽ αὗὑτός εἰμι τῷ βουλεύματι.
OI. πόσον τιν᾽ ἤδη δῆθ᾽ ὁ Adios χρόνον
ΚΡ δέδρακε ποῖον ἔργον ; οὐ γὰρ ἐννοῶ.
234 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
ΟΙ. ἄφαντος ἔρρει θανασίμῳ χειρώματι;
ΚΡμακροὶ παλαιοί 7 ἂν μετρηθεῖεν χρόνοι.
ΟΙ. τότ᾽ οὖν ὁ μάντις οὗτος ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ;
KP.codds γ᾽ ὁμοίως κἀξ ἴσον τιμώμενος.
ΟΙ. ἐμνήσατ᾽ οὖν ἐμοῦ τι τῷ τότ᾽ ἐν χρόνῳ ;
ΚΡ οὔκουν ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἑστῶτος οὐδαμοῦ πέλας.
ΟΙ. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔρευναν τοῦ θανόντος ἔσχετε;
ΚΡπαρέσχομεν, πῶς δ᾽ οὐχί; κοὐκ ἠκούσαμεν.
ΟΙ. πῶς οὖν τόθ᾽ οὗτος ὁ σοφὸς οὐκ ηὔδα τάδε ;
ΚΡ οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ἐφ᾽ οἷς γὰρ μὴ φρονῶ σιγᾶν φιλῶ.
ΟΙ. τὸ σὸν δέ γ᾽ οἶσθα καὶ λέγοις ἂν εὖ φρονῶν.
ΚΡ ποῖον τόδ᾽; εἰ γὰρ οἷδά γ᾽, οὐκ ἀρνήσομαι.
OI. ὁθούνεκ᾽, εἰ μὴ σοὶ ξυνῆλθε, τἀσδ᾽ ἐμὰς
οὐκ ἄν ποτ᾽ εἶπε Λαΐου διαφθοράς.
ΚΡ, εἰ μὲν λέγει τάδ᾽, αὐτὸς οἶσθ᾽" ἐγὼ δέ σου
μαθεῖν δικαιῶ ταῦθ᾽ ἅπερ κἀμοῦ σὺ νῦν.
ΟΙ. ἐκμάνθαν᾽" οὐ γὰρ δὴ φονεὺς ἁλώσομαι.
ΚΡ, τί δῆτ᾽ ; ἀδελφὴν τὴν ἐμὴν γήμας ἔχεις ;
OI. ἄρνησις οὐκ ἔνεστιν ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς.
ΚΡ. ἄρχεις δ᾽ ἐκείνῃ ταὐτὰ γῆς ἴσον νέμων ;
ΟΙ. ἂν ἦ θέλουσα πάντ᾽ ἐμοῦ κομίζεται.
KP. οὔκουν ἰσοῦμαι σφῷν ἐγὼ δυοῖν τρίτος ;
ΟΙ. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ δὴ καὶ κακὸς φαίνει φίλος.
ΚΡ, οὗκ, εἰ διδοίης γ᾽ ὡς ἐγὼ σαυτῷ λόγον.
σκέψαι δὲ τοῦτο πρῶτον, εἴ Tw ἂν δοκεῖς
ἄρχειν ἑλέσθαι ξὺν φόβοισι μᾶλλον ἣ
56ο
565
570
575
580
585.
OIAIMOYS TYPANNOS. 95
ἄτρεστον εὕδοντ᾽, εἰ τά γ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἕξει κράτη.
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν οὔτ᾽ αὐτὸς ἱμείρων ἔφυν
τύραννος εἶναι μᾶλλον ἢ τύραννα ὃρᾶν,
οὔτ᾽ ἄλλος ὅστις σωφρονεῖν ἐπίσταται.
νῦν μὲν γὰρ ἐκ σοῦ πάντ᾽ ἄνευ φόβου φέρω, 590
εἰ δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἦρχον, πολλὰ κἂν ἄκων ἔδρων.
πῶς δῆτ᾽ ἐμοὶ τυραννὶς ἡδίων ἔχειν
ἀρχῆς ἀλύπου καὶ δυναστείας ἔφυ ;
οὕπω τοσοῦτον ἠπατημένος κυρῶ
ὥστ᾽ ἄλλα xpntew ἣ τὰ σὺν κέρδει καλά . 595
νῦν πᾶσι χαίρω, νῦν με πᾶς ἀσπάζεται,
νῦν οἱ σέθεν χρήζοντες αἰκἀλλουσί με" ¢
τὸ yap τυχεῖν αὐτοῖσι πᾶν ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔνι."
᾿ πῶς δῆτ᾽ ἐγὼ κεῖν᾽ ἂν λάβοιμ᾽ ἀφεὶς τάδε ;
οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο νοῦς κακὸς καλῶς φρονῶν. 600
GAN’ οὔτ᾽ ἐραστὴς τῆσδε τῆς γνώμης ἔφυν
οὔτ᾽ ἂν μετ᾽ ἄλλου δρῶντος ἂν τλαίην ποτέ.
καὶ τῶνδ᾽ ἔλεγχον τοῦτο μὲν Πυθώδ᾽ ἰὼν
πεύθου τὰ χρησθέντ᾽, εἰ σαφῶς ἤγγειλά σοι"
τοῦτ᾽ ἄλλ᾽, ἐάν με τῷ τερασκόπῳ λάβῃς 605
κοινῇ τι βουλεύσαντα, μή μ᾽ ἁπλῇ κτάνῃς
ψήφῳ, διπλῇ δὲ, τῇ τ᾽ ἐμῇ καὶ σῇ, λαβὼν,
γνώμῃ δ᾽ ἀδήλῳ μή με χωρὶς αἰτιῶ.
οὐ γὰρ δίκαιον οὔτε τοὺς κακοὺς μάτην
χρηστοὺς νομίζειν οὔτε τοὺς χρηστοὺς κακούς. 610
φίλον yap ἐσθλὸν ἐκβαλεῖν ἴσον λέγω
46 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
καὶ τὸν παρ᾽ αὑτῷ βίοτον, ὃν πλεῖστον φιλεῖ.
ἀλλ᾽ ἐν χρόνῳ γνώσει τάδ᾽ ἀσφαλῶς, ἐπεὶ
χρόνος δίκαιον ἄνδρα δείκνυσιν μόνος,
κακὸν δὲ κἂν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ γνοίης μιᾷ. 615
XO. καλῶς ἔλεξεν εὐλαβουμένῳ πεσεῖν,
ἄναξ' φρονεῖν γὰρ οἱ ταχεῖς οὐκ ἀσφαλεῖς.
ΟΙ. ὅταν ταχύς τίς μοὐπιβουλεύων λάθρα
χωρῇ, ταχὺν δεῖ κἀμὲ βουλεύειν πάλιν.
εἰ δ᾽ ἡσυχάζων προσμενῶ, τὰ τοῦδε μὲν 620
πεπραγμέν ἔσται, τἀμὰ ὃ ἡμαρτημένα.
KP. τί δῆτα χρήζεις ; ἣ με γῆς ἔξω βαλεῖν ;
PI. ἥκιστα' θνήσκειν, οὐ φυγεῖν σε βούλομαι.
ΚΡ. ὅταν προδείξῃς οἷόν ἐστι τὸ φθονεῖν.
OL. ὡς οὐχ ὑπείξων οὐδὲ πιστεύσων λέγεις ; τ 62
ΚΡ, οὐ γὰρ φρονοῦντά σ᾽ εὖ βλέπω. Ol. τὸ γοῦν ἐμόν.
ΚΡ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἴσον δεῖ κἀμόν. OI. ἀλλ᾽ ἔφυς κακός.
ΚΡ. εἰ δὲ ξυνίης μηδέν ; ΟΙ. ἀρκτέον γ᾽ ὅμως.
KP. οὕτοι κακῶς γ᾽ ἄρχοντος. OL. ὦ πόλις πόλις.
ΚΡ. κἀμοὶ πόλεως μέτεστιν, οὐχὶ σοὶ μόνῳ. 630
XO. παύσασθ᾽, ἄνακτες" καιρίαν δ᾽ ὑμῖν ὁρῶ
τήνδ᾽ ἐκ δόμων στείχουσαν ᾿Ιοκάστην, μεθ᾽ ἧς
τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών.
ΙΟΚΑΣΤΗ.
τί τὴν ἄβουλον, ὦ ταλαίπωροι, στάσιν
γλώσσης ἐπήρασθ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐπαισχύνεσθε γῆς 635
οὕτω νοσούσης ἴδια κινοῦντες κακά ;
OIAIMOTS ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
οὐκ εἶ σύ τ᾽ οἴκους σύ τε, Κρέον, κατὰ στέγας,
καὶ μὴ τὸ μηδὲν ἄλγος ἐς μέγ᾽ οἴσετε ;
ΚΡ ὅμαιμε, δεινά μ᾽ Οἰδίπους ὁ σὸς πόσις
δρᾶσαι δικαιοῖ, θάτερον δυοῖν κακοῖν,
ἢ γῆς ἀπῶσαι πατρίδος, ἣ κτεῖναι λαβών.
OL. ξύμφημι" δρῶντα γάρ νιν, ὦ γύναι, κακῶς
εἴληφα τοὐμὸν σῶμα σὺν τέχνῃ κακῇ.
ΚΡ μή νυν ὀναίμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἀραῖος, εἴ σέ τι
δέδρακ᾽, ὀλοίμην, ὧν ἐπαιτιᾷ pe δρᾶν.
10. ὦ πρὸς θεῶν πίστευσον, Οἰδίπους, τάδε,
μάλιστα μὲν τόνδ᾽ ὅρκον αἰδεσθεὶς θεῶν,
ἔπειτα κἀμὲ τούσδε θ᾽ ot πἀάρεισί σοι.
_ ΧΟ. πιθοῦ θελήσας φρονήσας τ᾽, ἄναξ, λίσσομαι.
ΟΙ. τί σοι θέλεις δῆτ᾽ εἰκάθω ;
27
640
645
649
ΧΟ τὸν οὔτε πρὶν νήπιον νῦν τ᾽ ἐν ὅρκῳ μέγαν καταίδεσαι.
OI. οἶσθ᾽ οὖν ἃ χρήζεις; ΧΟ. οἶδα. ΟἿ. φράζε δὴ τί φής.
ΧΟ «τὸν ἐναγῆ φίλον μήποτ᾽ ἐν αἰτίᾳ
σὺν ἀφανεῖ λόγῳ σ᾽ ἄτιμον βαλεῖν.
OI. εὖ νυν ἐπίστω, ταῦθ᾽ ὅταν ξητῆς, ἐμοὶ
ζητῶν ὄλεθρον ἢ φυγὴν ἐκ τῆσδε γῆς.
ΧΟ.οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον
“Αλιον" ἐπεὶ ἄθεος ἄφιλος ὅ τι πύματον
ὀλοίμαν, φρόνησιν εἰ τάνδ᾽ ἔχω.
ἀλλά μοι δυσμόρῳ γᾶ φθινὰς
τρύχει ψυχὰν, Tad’ εἰ κακοῖς κακὰ
649.-659. = 678.-688. 660.-668. = 689.- 697.
656
98 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥΣ
προσάψει τοῖς πάλαι τὰ πρὸς σφῷν.
OI. ὁ δ᾽ οὖν ἴτω, κεὶ χρή με παντελῶς θανεῖν, ᾿ς θύ9
ἢ γῆς ἄτιμον τῆσδ᾽ ἀπωσθῆναι βίᾳ. 670
τὸ yap σὸν, οὐ τὸ τοῦδ᾽, ἐποικτείρω στόμα
ἐλεινόν" οὗτος δ᾽ ἔνθ᾽ ἂν ἦ στυγήσεται.
ΚΡ στυγνὸς μὲν εἴκων δῆλος εἶ, βαρὺς δ᾽, ὅταν
θυμοῦ περάσῃς. ai δὲ τοιαῦται φύσεις
αὑταῖς δικαίως εἰσὶν ἄλγισται φέρειν. 675
OI. οὔκουν μ᾽ ἐάσεις κἀκτὸς εἶ; ΚΡ. πορεύσομαι,
σοῦ μὲν τυχὼν ἀγνῶτος, ἐν δὲ τοῖσδ᾽ ἴσος.
ΧΟ. γύναι, τί μέλλεις κομίζειν δόμων τόνδ᾽ ἔσω ; 678
10. μαθοῦσά γ᾽ ἥτις ἡ τύχη. 680
XO.ddxnots ἀγνὼς λόγων ἦλθε, δάπτει δὲ καὶ τὸ μὴ ᾽νδικον.
10. ἀμφοῖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῖν; ΧΟ. ναίχι. 10. καὶ τίς ἦν λόγος ;
ΧΟ «ἅλις ἔμοιγ᾽, ἅλις, γᾶς προπονουμένας, 685
φαίνεται ἔνθ᾽ ἔληξεν, αὐτοῦ μένειν.
OF. ὁρᾷς ty’ ἥκεις ; ἀγαθὸς ὧν γνώμην ἀνὴρ
τοὐμὸν παρίης καὶ καταμβλύνεις κέαρ.
ΧΟ. ὦναξ, εἶπον μὲν οὐχ ἅπαξ μόνον, 689
ἔσθι. δὲ παραφρόνιμον, ἄπορον ἐπὶ φρόνιμα
πεφάνθαι μ᾽ ἂν, εἴ σε νοσφίζομαι,
ὅς τ᾽ ἐμὰν γᾶν φίλαν ἐν πόνοις
ἀλύουσαν κατ᾽ ὀρθὸν οὔρισας, 695
τανῦν τ᾽ εὕπομπος εἰ γένοιο"
10. πρὸς θεῶν δίδαξον κἄμ᾽, ἄναξ, ὅτου ποτὲ
μῆνιν τοσήνδε πράγματος στήσας ἔχεις.
ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ. 29
Ol. ἐρῶ" σὲ γὰρ τῶνδ᾽ és πλέον, γύναι, σέβω" 700
Κρέοντος, οἷά μοι βεβουλευκὼς ἔχει.
IO. λέγ᾽, εἰ σαφῶς τὸ νεῖκος ἐγκαλῶν ἐρεῖς.
ΟΙ. φονέα με φησὶ Λαΐου καθεστάναι.
10. αὐτὸς ξυνειδὼς, ἢ μαθὼν ἄλλου πάρα ;
OI. μάντιν μὲν οὖν κακοῦργον ἐσπέμψας, ἐπεὶ 795
τό γ᾽ els ἑαυτὸν πᾶν ἐλευθεροῖ στόμα.
10. σύ νυν ἀφεὶς σεαυτὸν ὧν λέγεις πέρι
ἐμοῦ ᾿πάκουσον καὶ μάθ᾽ οὕνεκ᾽ ἐστί cou
βρότειον οὐδὲν μαντικῆς ἔχον τέχνης.
φανῶ δέ σοι σημεῖα τῶνδε σύντομα. 710
χρησμὸς yap ἦλθε Aatw ποτ᾽, οὐκ ἐρῶ
Φοίβου γ᾽ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, τῶν δ᾽ ὑπηρετῶν ἄπο,
ὡς αὐτὸν ἥξοι μοῖρα πρὸς παιδὸς θανεῖν,
ὅστις γένοιτ᾽ ἐμοῦ τε κἀκείνου πάρα.
καὶ τὸν μὲν, ὥσπερ γ᾽ ἡ φάτις, ξένοι ποτὲ 715
λῃσταὶ φονεύουσ᾽ ἐν τριπλαῖς ἁμαξιτοῖς"
παιδὸς δὲ βλάστας οὐ διέσχον ἡμέραι
τρεῖς, καί νιν ἄρθρα κεῖνος ἐνζεύξας ποδοῖν
ἔρριψεν ἄλλων χερσὶν ἄβατον els ὄρος.
κἀνταῦθ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων οὔτ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ἤνυσεν 720
, φονέα γενέσθαι πατρὸς οὔτε Λάϊον
τὸ δεινὸν οὐφοβεῖτο πρὸς παιδὸς παθεῖν.
τοιαῦτὰ φῆμαι μαντικαὶ διώρισαν,
ὧν ἐντρέπου σὺ μηδέν" ὧν γὰρ ἂν θεὸς
χρείαν ἐρευνᾷ ῥᾳδίως αὐτὸς φανεῖ. 725
90 ZOPOKAEOTS
Ol. οἷόν μ᾽ ἀκούσαντ᾽ ἀρτίως ἔχει, γύναι,
ψυχῆς πλάνημα κἀνακίνησις φρενῶν.
10. ποίας μερίμνης τοῦθ᾽ ὕπο στραφεὶς λέγεις ;
ΟΙ. ἔδοξ᾽ ἀκοῦσαι σοῦ τόδ᾽, ὡς ὁ Λάϊος
κατασφαγείη πρὸς τριπλαῖς ἁμαξιτοῖς. 730
IO. ηὐδᾶτο γὰρ ταῦτ᾽ οὐδέ πω λήξαντ᾽ ἔχει.
OI. καὶ ποῦ ᾽σθ᾽ ὁ χῶρος οὗτος οὗ τόδ᾽ ἣν πάθος ;
10. Φωκὶς μὲν ἡ γῆ κλήζεται, σχιστὴ δ᾽ ὁδὸς
ἐς ταὐτὸ Δελφῶν κἀπὸ Δαυλίας ἄγει.
OL. καὶ τίς χρόνος τοῖσδ᾽ ἐστὶν οὐὑξεληλυθώς ; 735
IO. σχεδόν τι πρόσθεν ἣ σὺ τῆσδ᾽ ἔχων χθονὸς
. ἀρχὴν ἐφαίνου τοῦτ᾽ ἐκηρύχθη πόλει.
OI. ὦ Ζεῦ, τί pov δρᾶσαι βεβούλευσαι πέρι ;
10. τί δ᾽ ἐστί σοι τοῦτ᾽, Οἰδίπους, ἐνθύμιον ;
OL. μήπω μ᾽ ἐρώτα' τὸν δὲ Λάϊον φύσιν 740
τίν᾽ ἦλθε φράζε, τίνα δ᾽ ἀκμὴν ἤβης ἔχων.
10. μέγας, xvod ov ἄρτι λευκανθεὶς κάρα,
μορφῆς δὲ τῆς σῆς οὐκ ἀπεστάτει πολύ.
OI. οἴμοι τάλας" ἔοικ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν εἰς ἀρὰς
δεινὰς προβάλλων ἀρτίως οὐκ εἰδέναι. 745
10. πῶς φής ; ὀκνῶ τοι πρὸς σ᾽ ἀποσκοποῦσ᾽, ἄναξ.
OF. δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις 7.
δείξεις δὲ μᾶλλον, ἣν ἕν ἐξείπῃς ἔτι.
10. καὶ μὴν ὀκνῶ μὲν, ἂν δ᾽ ἔρῃ μαθοῦσ᾽ ἐρῶ.
OI. πότερον ἐχώρει βαιὸς, 7 πολλοὺς ἔχων 750
ἄνδρας λοχίτας, of” ἀνὴρ ἀρχηγέτης ;
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥΣ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
10. πέντ᾽ ἦσαν οἱ ξύμπαντες, ἐν δ᾽ αὐταῖσιν ἦν
κῆρυξ' ἀπήνη δ᾽ ἦγε Λάϊον μία.
. ΟἹ. αἰαῖ, τάδ᾽ ἤδη διαφανῆ. τίς ἦν ποτὲ
-6 τούσδε λέξας τοὺς λόγους ὑμῖν, γύναι;
10. οἰκεύς τις, ὅσπερ ἵκετ᾽ ἐκσωθεὶς μόνος.
OL. ἦ κἀν δόμοισι τυγχάνει τανῦν παρών ;
ΙΟ. οὐ δῆτ᾽" ἀφ᾽ οὗ γὰρ κεῖθεν ἦλθε καὶ κράτη
σέ τ᾽ εἶδ᾽ ἔχοντα Λάϊόν τ᾽ ὀλωλότα,
ἐξικέτευσε τῆς ἐμῆς χειρὸς θιγὼν
ἀγρούς σφε πέμψαι κἀπὶ ποιμνίων νομὰς,
ὡς πλεῖστον εἴη τοῦδ᾽ ἄποπτος ἄστεως.
κἄπεμψ᾽ ἐγώ viv" ἄξιος γὰρ of’ ἀνὴρ
δοῦλος φέρειν ἦν τῆσὸς καὶ μείζω χάριν.
ΟἹ. πῶς ἂν μόλοι δῆθ᾽ ἡμὲν ἐν τάχει πάλιν ;
10. πάρεστιν. ἀλλὰ πρὸς τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐφίεσαι ;
ΟΙ. δέδοικ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν, ὦ γύναι, μὴ πόλλ᾽ ἄγαν
εἰρημέν᾽ ἢ μοι δι᾿ ἅ νιν εἰσιδεῖν θέλω.
10. ἀλλ᾽ ἵξεται μέν" ἀξία δέ που μαθεῖν
κἀγὼ τά γ᾽ ἐν σοὶ δυσφόρως ἔχοντ᾽, ἄναξ.
ΟΙ. κοὺ μὴ στερηθῇς γ᾽ ἐς τοσοῦτον ἐλπίδων
ἐμοῦ βεβῶτος. τῷ γὰρ ἂν καὶ μείζονι
λέξαιμ᾽ ἂν ἣ σοὶ διὰ τύχης τοιᾶσδ᾽ ἰών ;
ἐμοὶ πατὴρ μὲν Πόλυβος ἦν Κορίνθιος,
μήτηρ δὲ Μερόπη Δωρίς. ἠγόμην δ᾽ ἀνὴρ
ἀστῶν μέγιστος τῶν ἐκεῖ, πρίν μοι τύχη
τοιάδ᾽ ἐπέστη, θαυμάσαι μὲν ἀξία,
91
760
765
77°
775
32
ZOPOKAEOTS
σπουδῆς ye μέντοι τῆς ἐμῆς οὐκ ἀξία.
ἀνὴρ γὰρ ἐν δείπνοις μ᾽ ὑπερπλησθεὶς μέθῃ
καλεῖ παρ᾽ οἴνῳ πλαστὸς ὡς εἴην πατρί.
κἀγὼ βαρυνθεὶς τὴν μὲν οὖσαν ἡμέραν
μόλις κατέσχον, θἀτέρᾳ δ᾽ ἰὼν πέλας
μητρὸς πατρός τ᾽ ἤλεγχον οἷ δὲ δυσφόρως
τοὔνειδος ἦγον τῷ μεθέντι τὸν λόγον.
κἀγὼ τὰ μὲν κείνοιν ἐτερπόμην, ὅμως δ᾽
ἔκνιζέ μ᾽ ἀεὶ τοῦθ᾽" ὑφεῖρπε γὰρ πολύ.
λάθρα δὲ μητρὸς καὶ πατρὸς πορεύομαι
Πυθώδε, καί μ᾽ ὁ Φοῖβος ὧν μὲν ἱκόμην
ἄτιμον ἐξέπεμψεν, ἄλλα δ᾽ ἄθλια
καὶ δεινὰ καὶ δύστηνα mpovddrn λέγων,
ὡς μητρὶ μὲν χρείη με μιχθῆναι, γένος δ᾽
ἄτλητον ἀνθρώποισι δηλώσοιμ᾽ ὁρᾶν,
φονεὺς δ᾽ ἐσοίμην τοῦ φυτεύσαντος πατρός.
κἀγὼ ᾿πακούσας ταῦτα τὴν Κορινθίαν
ἄστροις τὸ λοιπὸν ἐκμετρούμενος χθόνα
ἔφευγον, ἔνθα μήποτ᾽ ὀψοίμην κακῶν
χρησμῶν ὀνείδη τῶν ἐμῶν τελούμενα. -.
στείχων δ᾽ ἱκνοῦμαι τούσδε τοὺς χώρους ἐν οἷς
σὺ τὸν τύραννον τοῦτον ὄλλυσθαι λέγεις.
καί σοι, γύναι, τἀληθὲς ἐξερῶ. τριπλῆς
ὅτ᾽ ἦ κελεύθου τῆσδ᾽ ὁδοιπορῶν πέλας,
ἐνταῦθά μοι κῆρυξ τε κἀπὶ πωλικῆς
ἀνὴρ ἀπήνης ἐμβεβὼς, οἷον σὺ φὴς,
780
785
790
795
800
ΟἸΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
ξυνηντίαζον" κἀξ ὁδοῦ μ᾽ ὅ θ᾽ ἡγεμὼν
αὐτός θ᾽ ὁ πρέσβυς πρὸς βίαν ἠλαυνέτην.
κἀγὼ τὸν ἐκτρέποντα τὸν τροχηλάτην,
παίω δι’ ὀργῆς" καί μ᾽ ὁ πρέσβυς ὡς ὁρᾷ,
ὄχους παραστείχοντα τηρήσας μέσον
κάρα διπλοῖς κέντροισί μου καθίκετο.
οὐ μὴν ἴσην γ᾽ ἔτισεν, ἀλλὰ συντόμως
σκήπτρῳ τυπεὶς ἐκ τῆσδε χειρὸς ὕπτιος
μέσης ἀπήνης εὐθὺς ἐκκυλίνδεται"
᾿ κτείνω δὲ τοὺς ξύμπαντας. εἰ δὲ τῷ ξένῳ
τούτῳ προσήκει Λαΐου τι συγγενὲς.
τίς ἐχθροδαίμων μᾶλλον ἂν γένοιτ᾽ ἀνήρ ;
ὃν μὴ ξένων ἔξεστι μηδ᾽ ἀστῶν τινὶ
δόμοις δέχεσθαι, μηδὲ προσφωνεῖν τινὰ,
ὠθεῖν δ᾽ ἀπ᾽ οἴκων. καὶ τάδ᾽ οὔτις ἄλλος ἦν
ἢ ᾽γὼ ᾿π᾿ ἐμαντῷ τάσδ᾽ ἀρὰς ὁ προστιθείς.
λέχη δὲ τοῦ θανόντος ἐν χεροῖν ἐμαῖν
χραίνω, 30 ὧνπερ ὥλετ᾽. Gp ἔφυν κακός ;
Gp οὐχὶ πᾶς ἄναγνος ; εἴ με χρὴ φυγεῖν,
καί μοι φυγόντι μῆστι τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἰδεῖν
μηδ᾽ ἐμβατεύειν πατρίδος, ἣ γάμοις με δεῖ
μητρὸς ζυγῆναι καὶ πατέρα κατακτανεῖν
[Πόλυβον, ὃς ἐξέφυσε κἀξέθρεψέ με].
dp οὐκ am ὠμοῦ ταῦτα δαίμονός τις ἂν
κρίνων ἐπ᾽ ἀνδρὶ τῷδ᾽ ἂν ὀρθοίη λόγον ;
μὴ δῆτα μὴ δῆτ᾽, ὦ θεῶν ἁγνὸν σέβας,
ϑος
ϑιο
814
820
830
84 SOPOKAEOTS
ἴδοιμι ταύτην ἡμέραν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ βροτῶν
βαίην ἄφαντος πρόσθεν 7 τοιάνδ᾽ ἰδεῖν
κηλῖδ᾽ ἐμαυτῷ συμφορᾶς ἀφιγμένην.
ΧΟ. ἡμῖν μὲν, ὡναξ, ταῦτ᾽ ὀκνήρ᾽" ἕως δ᾽ ἂν οὖν
πρὸς τοῦ παρόντος ἐκμάθῃς, ἔχ᾽ ἐλπίδα. 835
ΟΙ. καὶ μὴν τοσοῦτόν γ᾽ ἐστί μοι τῆς ἐλπίδος,
τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν βοτῆρα προσμεῖναι μόνον.
[0. πεφασμένου δὲ τίς ποθ᾽ ἡ προθυμία ;
OI, ἐγὼ διδάξω σ᾽" ἣν γὰρ εὑρεθῇ λέγων
σοὶ ταὔτ᾽, ἔγωγ᾽ ἂν ἐκπεφευγοίην πάθος. 840
10. ποῖον δέ μου περισσὸν ἤκουσας λόγον ;
OL. λῃστὰς ἔφασκες αὐτὸν ἄνδρας ἐννέπειν
ὥς νιν κατακτείνειαν. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἔτι
λέξει τὸν αὐτὸν ἀριθμὸν, οὐκ ἐγὼ ᾽κτανον'
οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν εἷς γε τοῖς πολλοῖς ἴσος" 845
εἰ δ᾽ ἄνδρ᾽ ἕν᾽ οἰόζωνον αὐδήσει, σαφῶς
τοῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἤδη τοὔργον εἰς ἐμὲ ῥέπον.
10. ἀλλ᾽ ὡς φανέν γε τοῦπος ὧδ᾽ ἐπίστασο,
κοὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ τοῦτό γ᾽ ἐκβαλεῖν πάλιν"
πόλις γὰρ ἤκουσ᾽, οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνη, τάδε. 850
εἰ δ᾽ οὖν τι κἀκτρέποιτο τοῦ πρόσθεν λόγου,
οὔτοι ποτ᾽, ὦναξ, σόν ye Λαΐον φόνον
φανεῖ δικαίως ὀρθὸν, ὃν γε Λοξίας
διεῖπε χρῆναι παιδὸς ἐξ ἐμοῦ θανεῖν.
καίτοι νιν οὐ κεῖνός γ᾽ ὁ δύστηνός ποτε 855
κατέκταν᾽, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς πάροιθεν ὥλετο.
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
ὥστ᾽ οὐχὶ μαντείας γ᾽ ἂν οὔτε τῇδ᾽ ἐγὼ 5
βλέψαιμ᾽ ἂν οὕνεκ᾽ οὔτε τῇδ᾽ ἂν ὕστερον.
ΟΙ. καλῶς νομίζεις. ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τὸν ἐργάτην
πέμψον τινὰ στελοῦντα μηδὲ. τοῦτ᾽ ἀφῇς.
10. πέμψω ταχύνασ᾽" ἀλλ᾽ ἴωμεν
ἐς δόμους.
οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν πράξαιμ᾽ ἂν ὧν οὔ σοι φίλον.
ΧΟ.εἴ μοι ξυνείη φέροντι
μοῖρα τὰν εὕσεπτον ἁγνείαν λόγων
ἔργων τε πάντων, ὧν νόμοι πρόκεινται
e 2 3 ’
ὑψίποδες, οὐρανίαν
δι᾿ αἰθέρα τεκνωθέντες, ὧν Ολυμπος
πατὴρ μόνος, οὐδέ νιν
θνατὰ φύσις ἀνέρων
ἔτικτεν, οὐδὲ μήποτε λάθα κατακοιμάσῃ"
μέγας ἐν τούτοις θεὸς, οὐδὲ γηράσκει.
ὕβρις φυτεύει τύραννον'
ὕβρις, εἰ πολλῶν ὑπερπλησθῇ μάταν,
ἃ yr) πίκαιρα μηδὲ συμφέροντα,
ἀκρότατον εἰσαναβᾶσ᾽
αἷπος ἀπότομον ὥρουσεν εἰς ἀνάγκαν,
ἔνθ᾽ οὐ ποδὶ χρησίμῳ
χρῆται. τὸ καλῶς δ᾽ ἔχον
πόλει πάλαισμα μήποτε λῦσαι θεὸν αἰτοῦμαι.
θεὸν οὐ λήξω ποτὲ προστάταν ἴσχων.
εἰ δέ τις ὑπέροπτα χερσὶν ἣ λόγῳ πορεύεται,
863.-872. -- 873.--382.
. 883.~896. = ϑ07.- 910.
D2
3D
860
$65
870
373
875
880
883
96 ZOSOKAEOTS
Δίκας ἀφόβητος, οὐδὲ
δαιμόνων ἔδη σέβων,
κακά νιν ἕλοιτο μοῖρα,
δυσπότμου χάριν χλιδᾶς,
εἰ μὴ τὸ κέρδος κερδανεῖ δικαίως
καὶ τῶν ἀσέπτων ἔρξεται,
7 τῶν ἀθίκτων ἕξεται ματάζων.
τίς ἔτι ποτ᾽ ἐν τοῖσδ᾽ ἀνὴρ θυμοῦ βέλη
εὔξεται ψυχᾶς ἀμύνειν:
εἰ γὰρ ai τοιαίδε πράξεις τίμιαι,
τί δεῖ με χορεύειν;
οὐκέτι τὸν ἄθικτον εἶμι γᾶς ἐπ᾿ ὀμφαλὸν σέβων,
οὐδ᾽ ἐς τὸν ᾿Αβαῖσι ναὸν,
οὐδὲ τὰν ᾿Ολυμπίαν,
εἰ μὴ τάδε χειρόδεικτα
πᾶσιν ἁρμόσει βροτοῖς.
ἀλλ᾽, ὦ κρατύνων, εἴπερ ὄρθ᾽ ἀκούεις,
Ζεῦ, πάντ᾽ ἀνάσσων, μὴ λάθοι
σὲ τάν τε σὰν ἀθάνατον αἰὲν ἀρχάν.
φθίνοντα γὰρ -" ὁ -- --- Λαΐον
θέσφατ᾽ ἐξαιροῦσιν ἤδη,
κοὐδαμοῦ τιμαῖς ᾿Απόλλων ἐμφανής"
ἔρρει δὲ τὰ θεῖα.
10. χώρας ἄνακτες, δόξα μοι παρεστάθη
ναοὺς ἱκέσθαι δαιμόνων, τάδ᾽ ἐν χεροῖν
στέφη λαβούσῃ κἀπιθυμιάματα.
885
890
goo
gio
OIAITIOTS ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ. 37
ὑψοῦ yap αἴρει θυμὸν Οἰδίπους ἄγαν
λύπαισι παντοίαισιν" οὐδ᾽ ὁποῖ᾽ ἀνὴρ 915
ἔννους τὰ καινὰ τοῖς πάλαι τεκμαίρεται,
ἀλλ᾽ ἐστὶ τοῦ λέγοντος, εἰ φόβους λέγοι.
ὅτ᾽ οὖν παραινοῦσ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐς πλέον ποιῶ,
πρὸς σ᾽, ὦ Avxet ἤΑπολλον, ἄγχιστος γὰρ εἶ,
ἱκέτις ἀφῖγμαι τοῖσδε σὺν κατάργμασιν, 920
ὅπως λύσιν τιν᾽ ἡμὶν εὐαγῇ πόρῃς".
ὡς νῦν ὀκνοῦμεν πάντες ἐκπεπληγμένον
κεῖνον βλέποντες ὡς κυβερνήτην νεώς.
ΑΓΓΕΛΟΣ.
ap ἂν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὦ ξένοι, μάθοιμ᾽ ὅπου
τὰ τοῦ τυράννου δώματ᾽ ἐστὶν Οἰδίπου ; 925
μάλιστα δ᾽ αὐτὸν εἴπατ᾽, εἰ κἀτισθ᾽ ὅπου.
ΧΟ.στέγαι μὲν αἵδε, καὐτὸς ἔνδον, ὦ ξένε"
γυνὴ δὲ μήτηρ ἥδε τῶν κείνου τέκνων.
ΑΓ.ἀλλ᾽ ὀλβία τε καὶ ξὺν ὀλβίοις ἀεὶ
γένοιτ᾽, ἐκείνου γ᾽ οὖσα παντελὴς δάμαρ. 930
10. αὕτως δὲ καὶ σύ γ᾽, ὦ ξέν᾽" ἄξιος γὰρ εἶ
τῆς εὐεπείας οὕνεκ᾽. ἀλλὰ φράζ᾽ ὅτου
χρήζων ἀφῖξαι xo τι σημῆναι θέλων.
ΑΓ. ἀγαθὰ δόμοις τε καὶ πόσει τῷ σῷ, γύναι.
10. τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα ; παρὰ τίνος δ᾽ ἀφιγμένος ; 935
ΑΓ. ἐκ τῆς Κορίνθου. τὸ δ᾽ ἔπος οὑξερῶ τάχ᾽ ἂν
ἤδοιο μὲν, πῶς δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν, ἀσχάλλοις δ᾽ ἴσως.
10. τί δ᾽ ἔστι ; ποίαν δύναμιν ὧδ᾽ ἔχει διπλῆν ;
38 7 SOPOKAEOTS .
AI. τύραννον αὐτὸν οὑπιχώριοι χθονὸς
τῆς ᾿Ισθμίας στήσουσιν, ὡς nvdar’ ἐκεῖ.
10. τί δ᾽; οὐχ ὁ πρέσβυς Πόλυβος ἐγκρατὴς ἔτι ;
AT. οὐ δῆτ᾽, ἐπεί νιν θάνατος ἐν τάφοις ἔχει.
10. πῶς εἶπας ; 7} τέθνηκε Πόλυβος, ὦ γέρον ;
ΑΓ, εἰ μὴ λέγω τἀληθὲς, ἀξιῶ θανεῖν.
10. ὦ πρόσπολ᾽, οὐχὶ δεσπότῃ τάδ᾽ ὡς τάχος
μολοῦσα λέξεις ; ὦ θεῶν μαντεύματα,
ἵν᾽ ἐστέ" τοῦτον Οἱδίπους πάλαι τρέμων
τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ ἔφευγε μὴ κτάνοι, καὶ νῦν ὅδε
πρὸς τῆς τύχης ὅλωλεν οὐδὲ τοῦδ᾽ ὕπο.
ΟΙ. ὦ φίλτατον γυναικὸς Ἰοκάστης κάρα,
τί μ᾽ ἐξεπέμψω δεῦρο τῶνδε δωμάτων ;
IO. ἄκουε τἀνδρὸς τοῦδε, καὶ σκόπει κλύων
τὰ σέμν᾽ ἵν᾽ ἥκει τοῦ θεοῦ μαντεύματα.
OI. οὗτος δὲ τίς ποτ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ τί μοι λέγει;
10. ἐκ τῆς Κορίνθου, πατέρα τὸν σὸν ἀγγελῶν
ὡς οὐκέτ᾽ ὄντα Πόλυβον, ἀλλ᾽ ὀλωλότα.
OI. τί φὴς, ξέν᾽ ; αὐτός μοι σὺ σημήνας γενοῦ.
AT. εἰ τοῦτο πρῶτον δεῖ μ᾽ ἀπαγγεῖλαι σαφῶς,
εὖ ἴσθ᾽ ἐκεῖνον θανάσιμον βεβηκότα.
OI. πότερα δόλοισιν, ἣ νόσου ξυναλλαγῇ ;
ΑΓ. σμικρὰ παλαιὰ σώματ᾽ εὐνάζει ῥοπή.
ΟΙ. νόσοις ὁ πλήμων, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἔφθιτο.
AT. καὶ τῷ μακρῷ γε συμμετρούμενος χρόνῳ.
ΟΙ. φεῦ φεῦ, τί δῆτ᾽ ἂν, ὦ γύναι, σκοποῖτό τις
940
945
960
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ TYPANNOS.
τὴν Πυθόμαντιν ἑστίαν, ἣ τοὺς ἄνω
κλάζντας ὄρνις, ὧν ὑφηγητῶν ἐγὼ
κτενεῖν ἔμελλον πατέρα τὸν ἐμόν ; ὁ δὲ θανὼν
κεύθει κάτω δὴ γῆς" ἐγὼ δ᾽ 53° ἐνθάδε
ἄψαυστος ἔγχους, εἴ τι μὴ τὠμῷ πόθῳ
κατέφθιθ᾽ " οὕτω δ᾽ ἂν θανὼν εἴη ’£ ἐμοῦ.
τὰ δ᾽ οὖν παρόντα συλλαβὼν θεσπίσματα
κεῖται tap “Αἰιδῃ Πόλυβος ἄξι᾽ οὐδενός.
IO. οὔκουν ἐγώ σοι ταῦτα προὔλεγον πάλαι ;
OL. ηὔδας" ἐγὼ δὲ τῷ φόβῳ παρηγόμην"
10. μὴ νῦν ἔτ᾽ αὐτῶν μηδὲν ἐς θυμὸν βάλῃς.
O
10. τί δ᾽ ἂν φοβοῖτ᾽ ἄνθρωπος ᾧ τὰ τῆς τύχης
κρατεῖ, πρόνοια δ᾽ ἐστὶν οὐδενὸς σαφής ;
an
. καὶ πῶς τὸ μητρὸς οὐκ ὀκνεῖν λέχος pe δεῖ;
εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν, ὅπως δύναιτό τις.
σὺ δ᾽ ἐς τὰ μητρὸς μὴ φοβοῦ νυμφεύματα'
πολλοὶ γὰρ ἤδη κἀν ὀνείρασιν βροτῶν
μητρὶ ξυνηυνάσθησαν. ἀλλὰ ταῦθ᾽ ὅτῳ
παρ᾽ οὐδέν ἐστι, ῥᾷστα τὸν βίον φέρει.
ΟΙ. καλῶς ἅπαντα ταῦτ᾽ ἂν ἐξείρητό σοι,
εἰ μὴ ᾿κύρει ζῶσ᾽ ἡ τεκοῦσα νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ
(i, πᾶσ᾽ ἀνάγκη, κεὶ καλῶς λέγεις, ὀκνεῖν.
TO. καὶ μὴν μέγας γ᾽ ὀφθαλμὸς of πατρὸς τάφοι.
OF. μέγας, ξυνίημ᾽" ἀλλὰ τῆς ζώσης φόβος.
ΑΓ, ποίας δὲ καὶ γυναικὸς ἐκφοβεῖσθ᾽ ὕπερ ;
ΟΙ. Μερόπης, γεραιὲ, Πόλυβος ἧς ᾧκει μέτα.
910
985
40 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥΣ
AI. τί δ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἐκείνης ὑμὶν ἐς φόβον φέρον ;
Ol. θεήλατον μάντευμα δεινὸν, ὦ ξένε.
ΑΓ, ἦ ῥητόν ; 7) οὐχὶ θεμιτὸν ἄλλον εἰδέναι ;
ΟΙ. μάλιστά γ᾽" εἶπε γάρ με Λοξίας ποτὲ
χρῆναι μιγῆναι μητρὶ τὐἠμαυτοῦ, τό τε 995
πατρῷον αἷμα χερσὶ ταῖς ἐμαῖς ἑλεῖν.
ὧν οὕνεχ᾽ ἡ Κόρινθος ἐξ ἐμοῦ πάλαι
μακρὰν ἀπῳκεῖτ᾽ " εὐτυχῶς μὲν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως
τὰ τῶν τεκόντων ὄμμαθ᾽ ἥδιστον βλέπειν.
AT..7) yap τἀδ᾽ ὀκνῶν κεῖθεν ἦσθ᾽ ἀπόπτολις ; 1000
OI. πατρός τε χρήζων μὴ φονεὺς εἶναι, γέρον.
ΑΓ. τί δῆτ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐχὶ τοῦδε τοῦ φόβου σ᾽, ἄναξ,
ἐπείπερ εὔνους ἦλθον, ἐξελυσάμην ;
ΟΙ. καὶ μὴν χάριν γ᾽ ἂν ἀξίαν λάβοις ἐμοῦ.
ΑΓ, καὶ μὴν μάλιστα τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως 1005
σοῦ πρὸς δόμους ἐλθόντος εὖ πράξαιμί τι...
OI. ἀλλ᾽ οὔποτ᾽ εἶμι τοῖς φυτεύσασίν γ᾽ ὁμοῦ.
ΑΓ, ὦ παῖ, καλῶς εἶ δῆλος οὐκ εἰδὼς τί δρᾷς.
ΟΙ. πῶς, ὦ γεραιέ; πρὸς θεῶν δίδασκέ με.
ΑΓ. εἰ τῶνδε φεύγεις οὕνεκ᾽ εἰς οἴκους μολεῖν. 1010
Ol. ταρβῶν ye μή μοι Φοῖβος ἐξέλθῃ σαφής.
ΑΓ. ἦ μὴ μίασμα τῶν φυτευσάντων λάβης;
Ol. τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ, πρέσβυ, τοῦτό p’ εἰσαεὶ φοβεῖ.
ΑΓ.ἄρ᾽ οἶσθα δῆτα πρὸς δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων:
OI. πῶς δ᾽ οὐχὶ, παῖς γ᾽ εἰ τῶνδε γεννητῶν ἔφυν ; 1015
ΑΓ. ὁθούνεκ᾽ ἣν σοι Πόλυβος οὐδὲν ἐν γένει.
ΟἸΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ TYPANNOS.
Ol. πῶς εἶπας ; οὐ γὰρ Πόλυβος ἐξέφυσέ με:
ΑΓ οὐ μᾶλλον οὐδὲν τοῦδε τἀνδρὸς, GAN ἴσον.
OI. καὶ πῶς ὁ φύσας ἐξ ἴσου τῷ μηδενί ;
ΑΓ. ἀλλ᾽ οὔ σ᾽ ἐγείνατ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἐκεῖνος οὔτ᾽ ἐγώ.
OI. ἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ τοῦ δὴ παῖδά p’ ὠνομάζετο:
ΑΓ δῶρόν ποτ᾽, ἴσθι, τῶν ἐμῶν χειρῶν λαβών.
Ol. κᾷθ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἀπ’ ἄλλης χεϊρὸς ἔστερξεν μέγα;
ΑΓ.ἡ γὰρ πρὶν αὐτὸν ἐξέπεισ᾽ ἀπαιδία.
OL. σὺ δ᾽ ἐμπολήσας, ἣ τυχών μ᾽ αὐτῷ δίδως ;
ΑΓ. εὑρὼν ναπαίαις ἐν Κιθαιρῶνος πτυχαῖς.
OI. ὡδοιπόρεις δὲ πρὸς τί τούσδε τοὺς τόπους ;
AT. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ὀρείοις ποιμνίοις ἐπεστάτουν.
OL ποιμὴν γὰρ ἦσθα κἀπὶ θητείᾳ πλάνης ;
AT. σοῦ δ᾽, ὦ τέκνον, σωτήρ γε τῷ τότ᾽ ἐν χρόνῳ.
ΟΙ. τί δ᾽ ἄλγος ἴσχοντ᾽ ἐν κακοῖς με λαμβάνεις ;
ΑΓ. ποδῶν ἂν ἄρθρα μαρτυρήσειεν τὰ σά.
OI. οἴμοι, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἀρχαῖον ἐννέπεις κακόν;
ΑΓ. λύω σ᾽ ἔχοντα διατόρους ποδοῖν ἀκμάς.
ΟἹ. δεινόν γ᾽ ὄνειδος σπαργάνων ἀνειλόμην.
ΑΓ. ὥστ᾽ ὠνομάσθης ἐκ τύχης ταύτης ὃς εἶ.
ΟΙ. ὦ πρὸς θεῶν, πρὸς μητρὸς, ἣ πατρὸς, φράσον.
AT. οὐκ 01d" 6 δοὺς δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἐμοῦ λῷον φρονεῖ.
ΟΙ. 7 γὰρ παρ᾽ ἄλλου μ᾽ ἔλαβες οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸς τυχών:
ΑΓ. οὗκ, ἀλλὰ ποιμὴν ἄλλος ἐκδίδωσί μοι.
ΟἹ. τίς οὗτος ; ἢ κάτοισθα δηλῶσαι λόγῳ;
ΑΓ. τῶν Λαΐου δήπου τις ὠνομάζετο.
41]
1020
1025
1030
1035
1040
42 ZOSPOKAEOTS
᾿
OL. rot τυράννου τῆσδε γῆς πάλαι ποτέ;
AT μάλιστα" τούτου τἀνδρὸς οὗτος ἣν βοτήρ.
ΟἹ. ἡ κἄστ᾽ ἔτι ζῶν οὗτος, ὥστ᾽ ἰδεῖν ἐμέ:
AT. ὑμεῖς γ᾽ ἄριστ᾽ εἰδεῖτ᾽ ἂν οὑπιχώριοι.
ΟἿ. ἔστιν τὶς ὑμῶν τῶν παρεστώτων πέλας,
ὅστις κάτοιδε τὸν βοτῆρ᾽, ὃν ἐννέπει,
εἴτ᾽ οὖν ἐπ’ ἀγρῶν εἴτε κἀνθάδ᾽ εἰσιδών;
σημήναθ᾽, ὡς ὃ καιρὸς ηὑρῆσθαι τάδε.
XO.oipas μὲν οὐδέν᾽ ἄλλον ἣ τὸν ἐξ ἀγρῶν,
ὃν κἀμάτευες πρόσθεν εἰσιδεῖν" ἀτὰρ
ἥδ᾽ ἂν τάδ᾽ οὐχ ἥκιστ᾽ ἂν ᾿Ιοκάστη λέγοι.
OI. γύναι, νοεῖς ἐκεῖνον, ὅντιν᾽ ἀρτίως
μολεῖν ἐφιέμεσθα τόν θ᾽ οὗτος λέγει ;
ΤΟ. τί δ᾽ ὅντιν᾽ εἶπε; μηδὲν ἐντραπῇς. τὰ δὲ
ῥηθέντα βούλου μηδὲ μεμνῆσθαι μάτην.
OI. οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ᾽, ὅπως ἐγὼ λαβὼν
σημεῖα τοιαῦτ᾽ οὐ φανῶ τοὐμὸν γένος.
10. μὴ πρὸς θεῶν, εἴπερ τι τοῦ σαυτοῦ βίου
κήδει, ματεύσῃς τοῦθ᾽" ἅλις νοσοῦσ᾽ ἐγώ.
ΟΙ. θάρσει: σὺ μὲν γὰρ οὐδ᾽ ἐὰν τρίτης ἐγὼ
μητρὸς φανῶ τρίδουλος, ἐκφανεῖ κακή.
TO. ὅμως πιθοῦ μοι, λίσσομαι" μὴ δρᾶ τάδε.
ΟἹ. οὐκ ἂν πιθοίμην μὴ οὐ τάδ᾽ ἐκμαθεῖν σαφῶς.
10. καὶ μὴν φρονοῦσά γ᾽ εὖ τὰ λῷστά σοι λέγω.
ΟΙ. τὰ λῷστα τοίνυν ταῦτά μ᾽ ἀλγύνει πάλαι.
10.6 δύσποτμ᾽, εἴθε μήποτε γνοίης ὃς εἶ.
1045
1050
1055
1060
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ TYPANNOS. 43,
. OL. ἄξει τις ἐλθὼν δεῦρο τὸν βοτῆρά μοι;
ταύτην δ᾽ ἐᾶτε πλουσίῳ χαίρειν γένει. 1070
IO. ἰοὺ ἰοὺ, δύστηνε" τοῦτο γάρ σ᾽ ἔχω
μόνον προσειπεῖν, ἄλλο δ᾽ οὔποθ᾽ ὕστερον.
ΧΟ.τί ποτε βέβηκεν, Οἰδίπους, ὑπ᾽ ἀγρίας
Gfaca λύπης ἡ γυνή ; δέδοιχ᾽ ὅπως
μὴ K τῆς σιωπῆς τῆσδ᾽ ἀναρρήξει κακά. 1075
OI. ὁποῖα χρήζει ῥηγνύτω" τοὐμὸν δ᾽ ἐγὼ,
kel σμικρόν ἐστι, σπέρμ᾽ ἰδεῖν βονλήσομαι.
αὕτη δ᾽ ἴσως, φρονεῖ γὰρ ὡς γυνὴ μέγα,
τὴν δυσγένειαν τὴν ἐμὴν αἰσχύνεται.
ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν παῖδα τῆς Τύχης νέμων 1080
. τῆς εὖ διδούσης οὐκ ἀτιμασθήσομαι.
τῆς γὰρ πέφυκα μητρός" οἱ δὲ συγγενεῖς
μῆνές με μικρὸν καὶ μέγαν διώρισαν.
_ τοιόσδε δ᾽ ἐκφὺς οὐκ ἂν ἐξέλθοιμ᾽ ἔτι
mot ἄλλος, ὥστε μὴ ᾿κμαθεῖν τοὐμὸν γένος. 1085
ΧΟ. εἴπερ ἐγὼ μάντις εἰμὶ καὶ κατὰ γνώμαν ἴδρις,
ov τὸν Ολυμπον ἀπείρων,
ὦ Κιθαιρὼν, οὐκέτι τὰν ἑτέραν 1090
πανσέληνον, μὴ οὐ σέ ye καὶ πατριώταν Οἰδίπου
καὶ τροφὸν καὶ ματέρ᾽ αὔξειν, [τυράννοις.
καὶ χορεύεσθαι πρὸς ἡμῶν, ὡς ἐπίηρα φέροντα τοῖς ἐμοῖς
ἰήϊε Φοῖβε, σοὶ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἀρέστ᾽ εἴη.
τίς σε, τέκνον, τίς σ᾽ ἔτικτε τῶν μακραιώνων dpa το98
1086.—1097. = Ιο98.-Ἴ100.
44 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥΣ
Νύμφα ὀρεσσιβάτᾳ που 1100
Πανὶ πλαθεῖσ᾽ ; 7 σύ ye καὶ yeveras
Λοξίου ; τῷ γὰρ πλάκες ἀγρόνομοι πᾶσαι φίλαι"
εἴθ᾽ ὁ Κνλλάνας ἀνάσσων, 1104
εἴθ᾽ ὁ Βακχεῖος θεὸς ναίων ἐπ᾽ ἄκρων ὀρέων σ᾽ εὕρημα δέξατ᾽
Νυμφᾶν ᾿Ἑλικωνίδων, αἷς πλεῖστα συμπαίζει. [ἔκ του
OL. εἰ χρή τι κἀμὲ μὴ συναλλάξαντά πω, 1110
πρέσβεις, σταθμᾶσθαι, τὸν βοτῆρ᾽ ὁρᾶν δοκῶ,
ὅνπερ πάλαι ζητοῦμεν. ἔν τε γὰρ μακρῷ
γήρᾳ ξυνάδει τῷδε τἀνδρὶ σύμμετρος,
ἄλλως τε τοὺς ἄγοντας ὥσπερ οἰκέτας
ἔγνωκ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ" τῇ δ᾽ ἐπιστήμῃ σύ μον 1115
προὔχοις τάχ᾽ ἄν που, τὸν βοτῆρ᾽ ἰδὼν πάρος.
ΧΟ. ἔγνωκα γὰρ, σάφ᾽ ἴσθι" Λαΐου γὰρ. ἦν
᾿ς εἴπερ τις ἄλλος πιστὸς ὡς νομεὺς ἀνήρ.
ΟΙ. σὲ πρῶτ᾽ ἐρωτῶ, τὸν Κορίνθιον ξένον, !
ἢ τόνδε φράζεις; AT. τοῦτον, ὅνπερ εἰσορᾷς. 1120
ΟΙ. οὗτος σὺ, πρέσβυ, δεῦρό μοι φώνει βλέπων
ὅσ᾽ ἄν σ᾽ ἐρωτῶ. Λαΐου ποτ᾽ ἦσθα ov;
ΘΕΡΑΠΩΝ.
ἢ δοῦλος οὐκ ὠνητὸς, ἀλλ᾽ οἴκοι τραφείς.
ΟΙ. ἔργον μεριμνῶν ποῖον ἣ βίον τίνα ;
ΘΕ ποίμναις τὰ πλεῖστα τοῦ βίου συνειπόμην. 1125
ΟἹ. χώροις μάλιστα πρὸς τίσι ξύνανλος ὦν;
ΘΕ ἦν μὲν Κιθαιρὼν, ἣν δὲ πρόσχωρος τόπος.
ΟἹ. τὸν ἄνδρα τόνδ᾽ οὖν οἶσθα τῇδέ πον μαθών;
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ. 4
ΘΕ. τί χρῆμα δρῶντα ; ποῖον ἄνδρα καὶ λέγεις ;
_ ΟἹ. τόνδ᾽ ὃς πάρεστιν" ἢ ξυναλλάξας τί πως: 1130
ΘΕ. οὐχ ὥστε γ᾽ εἰπεῖν ἐν τάχει μνήμης ὕπο.
AT κοὐδέν γε θαῦμα, δέσποτ᾽. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ σαφῶς
ἀγνῶτ᾽ ἀναμνήσω νιν. εὖ γὰρ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι
κάτοιδεν ἦμος τὸν Κιθαιρῶνος τόπον
ὁ μὲν διπλοῖσι ποιμνίοις, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἑνὶ 1135
ἐπλησίαζον τῷδε τἀνδρὶ τρεῖς ὅλους
ἐξ ἦρος els ἀρκτοῦρον ἑκμήνους χρόνους"
χειμῶνα δ᾽ ἤδη τἀμά τ᾽ εἰς ἔπαυλ᾽ ἐγὼ
ἤλαυνον οὗτός T ἐς τὰ Λαΐον σταθμά.
λέγω τι τούτων, ἣ οὐ λέγω πεπραγμένον. 1140
OE.Adyets ἀληθῆ, καίπερ ἐκ μακροῦ χρόνον.
ΑΤ᾿ φέρ᾽ εἰπὲ νῦν, τότ᾽ οἶσθα παῖδά μοί τινα
δοὺς, ws ἐμαυτῷ θρέμμα θρεψαίμην ἐγώ ;
ΘῈ τί δ᾽ ἔστι πρὸς τί τοῦτο τοὔπος ἱστορεῖς ;
AI.88 ἐστὶν, ὦ τᾶν, κεῖνος ὃς τότ᾽ ἣν νέος. 1145
ΘΕ οὐκ εἰς ὄλεθρον; ov σιωπήσας ἔσει;
OI. ἃ, μὴ κόλαζε, πρέσβυ, τόνδ᾽, ἐπεὶ τὰ σὰ
δεῖται κολαστοῦ μᾶλλον 7 τὰ τοῦδ᾽ ἔπη.
ΘΕ.τί δ᾽, ὦ φέριστε δεσποτῶν, ἁμαρτάνω ;
ΟΙ. οὐκ ἐννέπων τὸν παῖδ᾽ ὃν οὗτος ἱστορεῖ. 1180
ΘΕ λέγει γὰρ εἰδὼς οὐδὲν, GAN’ ἄλλως πονεῖ.
Ol. σὺ πρὸς χάριν μὲν οὐκ ἐρεῖς, κλάων δ᾽ ἐρεῖς.
ΘΕ μὴ δῆτα, πρὸς θεῶν, τὸν γέροντά μ᾽ αἰκίσῃ. .
OI. οὐχ ὡς τάχος τις τοῦδ᾽ ἀποστρέψει χέρας ;
46 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
ΘΕ δύστηνος, ἀντὶ rod; τί προσχρήξζων μαθεῖν ; 1155
OL. τὸν παῖδ᾽ ἔδωκας τῷδ᾽ ὃν οὗτος ἱστορεῖ;
ΘΕ, ἔδωκ᾽. ὀλέσθαι δ᾽ ὄφελον τῇδ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ.
ΟΙ. ἀλλ᾽ ἐς τόδ᾽ ἥξεις μὴ λέγων γε τοὔνδικον.
ΘΕ πολλῷ γε μᾶλλον, ἣν φράσω, διόλλυμαι.
Ol. ἁνὴρ ὅδ᾽, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐς τριβὰς ἐλᾷ. 1160
ΘΕ. οὐ δῆτ᾽ ἔγωγ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ εἶπον ὡς δοίην πάλαι.
OT. πόθεν λαβών; οἰκεῖον, ἢ ᾿ξ ἄλλου τινός ;
ΘΕ ἐμὸν μὲν οὐκ ἔγωγ᾽, ἐδεξάμην δέ του.
ΟΙ. τίνος πολιτῶν τῶνδε κὰκ ποίας στέγης ;
ΘΕ μὴ πρὸς θεῶν, μὴ, δέσποθ᾽, ἱστόρει πλέον. 1165
ΟἹ. ὄλωλας, εἴ σε ταῦτ᾽ ἐρήσομαι πάλιν.
ΘΕ τῶν Λαΐου τοίνυν τις ἣν γεννημάτων.
OI. 7 δοῦλος, ἢ κείνου τις ἐγγενὴς γεγώς ;
ΘΕ οἴμοι, πρὸς αὐτῷ γ᾽ εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν.
OI. κἄγωγ᾽ ἀκούειν" ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἀκουστέον. 1170
ΘΕ κείνου γέ τοι δὴ παῖς ἐκλήζεθ᾽" ἡ δ᾽ ἔσω
κἀλλιστ᾽ ἂν εἴποι σὴ γυνὴ τἀδ᾽ ὡς ἔχει.
ΟἹ. ἡ γὰρ δίδωσιν ἥδε σοι; OE. μάλιστ᾽, ἄναξ.
OL. ὡς πρὸς τί χρείας; OE. ὡς ἀναλώσαιμί νιν.
ΟἹ. τεκοῦσα τλήμων; OE. θεσφάτων γ᾽ ὄκνῳ κακῶν. τι}
OL. ποίων; OE. κτενεῖν νιν τοὺς τεκόντας ἦν λόγος.
ΟἹ. πῶς δῆτ᾽ ἀφῆκας τῷ γέροντι τῷδε σύ;
ΘΕ κατοικτίσας, ὦ δέσποθ᾽, ὡς ἄλλην χθόνα
δοκῶν ἀποίσειν, αὑτὸς ἔνθεν ἦν ὁ δὲ
κἀκ᾽ ἐς μέγιστ᾽ ἔσωσεν. εἰ γὰρ οὗτος εἶ 1180
ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ TYPANNOS. 47
ὅν φησιν οὗτος, ἴσθι δύσποτμος γεγώς.
OI. ἰοὺ ἰού’ τὰ πάντ᾽ ἂν ἐξήκοι σαφῆ.
ὦ φῶς, τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν,
ὅστις πέφασμαι gus τ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν οὐ χρῆν, ξὺν οἷς τ᾽
ov χρῆν ὁμιλῶν, οὖς τέ μ᾽ οὐκ ἔδει κτανών. 1185
ΧΟ. ἰὼ γενεαὶ βροτῶν,
ὡς ὑμᾶς ἴσα καὶ τὸ μηδὲν ζώσας ἐναριθμῶ.
τίς γὰρ, τίς ἀνὴρ πλέον
τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει 1190
ἣ τοσοῦτον ὅσον δοκεῖν
καὶ δόξαντ᾽ ἀποκλῖναι 5
τὸν σόν τοι παράδειγμ᾽ ἔχων,
τὸν σὸν δαίμονα, τὸν σὸν, ὦ τλᾶμον Οἰδιπόδα, βροτῶν 1195
οὐδὲν μακαρίζω" |
ὅστις καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὰν
τοξεύσας ἐκράτησε τοῦ πάντ᾽ εὐδαίμονος ὄλβου,
ὦ Ζεῦ, κατὰ μὲν φθίσας
τὰν γαμψώνυχα παρθένον
χρησμῳδὸν, θανάτων δ᾽ ἐμᾷ 1200
χώρᾳ πύργος ἀνέστα"
ἐξ οὗ καὶ βασιλεὺς καλεῖ
ἐμὸς καὶ τὰ μέγιστ᾽ ἐτιμάθης, ταῖς μεγάλαισιν ἐν
Θήβαισιν ἀνάσσων.
τανῦν δ᾽ ἀκούειν τίς ἀθλιώτερος ; 1204
τίς ἄταις ἀγρίαις, τίς ἐν πόνοις
1186.-11905.- 1106.-1203. 1204.-1212.-:1213.-1222.
48
ZOPOKAEOTS
ξύνοικος ἀλλαγᾷ βίου ;
ἰὼ κλεινὸν Οἰδίπου κάρα,
ᾧ μέγας Away . 1208
αὑτὸς ἤρκεσεν
παιδὶ καὶ πατρὶ
θαλαμηπόλῳ πεσεῖν,
πῶς ποτε πῶς ποθ᾽ αἱ πατρῷαί σ᾽ ἄλοκες φέρειν, τάλας,
σῖγ᾽ ἐδυνάθησαν ἐς τοσόνδε ;
ἐφηῦρέ σ᾽ ἄκονθ᾽ ὁ πάνθ᾽ ὁρῶν χρόνος, 1213
δικάζει τ᾽ ἄγαμον γάμον» πάλαι
τεκνοῦντα καὶ τεκνούμενον. , 12:8
ἰὼ Λαΐειον τέκνον,
εἴθε σ᾽ εἴθε σε
μήποτ᾽ εἰδόμαν.
δύρομαι γὰρ ὡς
περίαλλ᾽ ἰακχίων
ἐκ στομάτων. τὸ δ᾽ ὀρθὸν εἰπεῖν, ἀνέπνευσά τ᾽ ἐκ σέθεν
καὶ κατεκοίμησα τοὐμὸν ὄμμα. ΠΧ222
ΕΞΑΓΓΕΛΟΣ.
ὦ γῆς μέγιστα τῆσδ᾽ ἀεὶ τιμώμενοι,
of’ ἔργ᾽ ἀκούσεσθ᾽, οἷα δ᾽ εἰσόψεσθ᾽, ὅσον δ᾽ .
ἀρεῖσθε πένθος, εἴπερ ἐγγενῶς ἔτι 1214
τῶν Λαβδακείων ἐντρέπεσθε δωμάτων.
οἶμαι γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἼἼστρον οὔτε Φᾶσιν ἂν
νίψαι καθαρμῷ τήνδε τὴν στέγην, ὅσα
κεύθει, τὰ δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ἐς τὸ φῶς φανεῖ κακὰ
OIAINOYTS TYPANNOS.. 49
ἑκόντα κοὺκ ἄκοντα. τῶν δὲ πημονῶν 1230
μάλιστα λυποῦσ᾽ at φανῶσ᾽ αὐθαίρετοι.
ΧΟ. λείπει μὲν οὐδ᾽ ἃ πρόσθεν ἤδεμεν τὸ μὴ οὗ
βαρύστον᾽ εἶναι" πρὸς δ᾽ ἐκείνοισιν τί φής ;
EZ.6 μὲν τάχιστος τῶν λόγων εἰπεῖν τε καὶ
μαθεῖν, τέθνηκε θεῖον ἸΙοκάστης κάρα. 1235
ΧΟ. ὦ δυστάλαινα, πρὸς τίνος ποτ᾽ αἰτίας ;
ΕΞ. αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτῆς. τῶν δὲ πραχθέντων τὰ μὲν
ἄλγιστ᾽ ἄπεστιν" ἡ γὰρ ὄψις οὐ πάρα.
ὅμως δ᾽, ὅσον γε κὰν ἐμοὶ μνήμης ἔνι,
πεύσει τὰ κείνης ἀθλίας παθήματα. 1240
ὅπως γὰρ ὀργῇ χρωμένη παρῆλθ᾽ ἔσω
θυρῶνος, ler’ εὐθὺ πρὸς τὰ νυμφικὰ
λέχη, κόμην σπῶσ᾽ ἀμφιδεξίοις ἀκμαῖς"
πύλας δ᾽, ὅπως εἰσῆλθ᾽, ἐπιρράξασ᾽ ἔσω,
καλεῖ τὸν ἤδη Λάϊον πάλαι νεκρὸν, 1245
μνήμην παλαιῶν σπερμάτων ἔχουσ᾽, ὑφ᾽ Sv
θάνοι μὲν αὐτὸς, τὴν δὲ τίκτουσαν λίποι
τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ δύστεκνον παιδουργίαν.
yoaro δ᾽ εὐνὰς, ἔνθα δύστηνος διπλοῦς
ἐξ ἀνδρὸς ἄνδρα καὶ τέκν᾽ ἐκ τέκνων τέκοι. 1250
χῶπως μὲν ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ οἶδ᾽ ἀπόλλυται ὁ
βοῶν γὰρ εἰσέπαισεν Οἰδίπους, ὑφ᾽ οὗ
οὐκ ἣν τὸ κείνης ἐκθεάσασθαι κακὸν,
ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἐκεῖνον περιπολοῦντ᾽ ἐλεύσσομεν.
φοιτᾷ γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἔγχος ἐξαιτῶν πορεῖν, 1255
E
δ0
ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
γυναῖκά τ᾽ οὐ γυναῖκα, μητρῴαν δ᾽ ὅπου
κίχοι διπλῆν ἄρουραν οὗ τε καὶ τέκνων.
λυσσῶντι δ᾽ αὐτῷ δαιμόνων δείκνυσί τις’
οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀνδρῶν, ot παρῆμεν ἐγγύθεν.
δεινὸν δ᾽ ἀύσας ὡς ὑφηγητοῦ τινὸς
πύλαις διπλαῖς ἐνήλατ᾽, ἐκ δὲ πυθμένων
ἔκλινε κοῖλα κλῇθρα κἀμπίπτει στέγῃ.
οὗ δὴ κρεμαστὴν τὴν γυναῖκ᾽ εἰσείδομεν,
πλεκταῖς ἐώραις ἐμπεπλεγμένην. ὁ δὲ
ὅπως ὁρᾷ νιν, δεινὰ βρυχηθεὶς τάλας,
χαλᾷ κρεμαστὴν ἀρτάνην. ἐπεὶ δὲ γῇ
ἔκειτο τλήμων, δεινὰ δ᾽ ἣν τἀνθένδ᾽ ὁρᾶν.
ἀποσπάσας γὰρ εἱμάτων χρυσηλάτους
περόνας an’ αὐτῆς, alow ἐξεστέλλετο,
ἄρας ἔπαισεν ἄρθρα τῶν αὑτοῦ κύκλων,
αὐδῶν τοιαῦθ᾽, ὁθούνεκ᾽ οὐκ ὄψοιντό νιν
οὔθ᾽ οἷ" ἔπασχεν οὔθ᾽ ὁποῖ᾽ ἔδρα κακὰ,
ἀλλ᾽ ἐν σκότῳ τὸ λοιπὸν ods μὲν οὐκ ἔδει
ὀψοίαθ᾽, obs δ᾽ ἔχρῃζεν οὐ γνωσοίατο.
τοιαῦτ᾽ ἐφυμνῶν πολλάκις τε κοὐχ ἅπαξ
ἤρασσ᾽ ἐπαίρων βλέφαρα. φοίσνιαι δ᾽ ὁμοῦ
γλῆναι γένει᾽ ἔτεγγον, οὐδ᾽ ἀνίεσαν
φόνου μυδώσας σταγόνας, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ μέλας
ὄμβρος χἀλαζά θ᾽ αἱματοῦσσ᾽ ἐτέγγετο.
ὁ πρὶν παλαιὸς δ᾽ ὄλβος ἣν πάροιθε μὲν
ὄλβος δικαίως, νῦν δὲ τῇδε θήμέρᾳ
1260
1265
1270
1275
1299
1282
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ. ς δ]
στεναγμὸς, ἄτη, θάνατος, αἰσχύνη, κακῶν
ὅσ᾽ ἐστὶ πάντων ὀνόματ᾽, οὐδέν ἐστ᾽ ἀπόν. 1385
XO.viv δ᾽ ἔσθ᾽ ὁ τλήμων ἐν τίνι σχολῇ κακοῦ ;
ΕΞ. βοᾷ διοίγειν κλῇθρα καὶ δηλοῦν τινὰ
τοῖς πᾶσι Καδμείοισι τὸν πατροκτόνον,
τὸν μητρὸς, αὐδῶν avdov οὐδὲ ῥητά μοι,
ὡς ἐκ χθονὸς ῥίψων ἑαυτὸν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτι 1290
μενῶν δόμοις ἀραῖος, ὡς ἠράσατο.
ῥώμης γε μέντοι καὶ προηγητοῦ τινὸς
δεῖται" τὸ γὰρ νόσημα μεῖζον ἣ φέρειν.
δείξει δὲ καὶ σοί. κλῇθρα γὰρ πυλῶν τάδε
διοίγεται' θέαμα δ᾽ εἰσόψει τάχα 1205
τοιοῦτον οἷον καὶ στυγοῦντ᾽ ἐποικτίσαι.
ΧΟ. ὦ δεινὸν ἰδεῖν πάθος ἀνθρώποις,
ὦ δεινότατον πάντων ὅσ᾽ ἐγὼ
προσέκυρσ᾽ ἤδη. τίς σ᾽, ὦ τλῆμον,
προσέβη μανία ; τίς ὁ πηδήσας 1300
μείζνα δαίμων τῶν μακίστων
πρὸς σῇ δυσδαίμονι μοίρᾳ ;
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐσιδεῖν δύναμαί σ᾽, ἐθέλων
πόλλ᾽ ἀνερέσθαι, πολλὰ πυθέσθαι,
πολλὰ δ᾽ ἀθρῆσαι' 1305
τοίαν φρίκην παρέχεις μοι.
OJ. αἰαῖ αἰαῖ, δύστανος ἐγὼ,
ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι τλάμων ; πᾶ μοι
φθογγὰ διαπέταται φοράδην ; 1310
Ἑ 2
δῷ ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
ἰὼ δαῖμον, ἵν᾽ ἐξήλλου.
ΧΟ ἐς δεινὸν, οὐδ᾽ ἀκουστὸν, οὐδ᾽ ἐπόψιμον.
OI. ἰὼ σκότον
νέφος ἐμὸν ἀπότροπον, ἐπιπλόμενον ἄφατον,
ἀδάματόν τε καὶ ener dv.
οἴμοι, ᾿
οἴμοι μάλ᾽ αὖθις" οἷον εἰσέδυ μ᾽ ἅμα
κέντρων τε τῶνδ᾽ οἴστρημα καὶ μνήμη κακῶν.
ΧΟ.καὶ θαῦμά γ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐν τοσοῖσδε πήμασιν
διπλᾶ σε πενθεῖν καὶ διπλᾶ φορεῖν κακά.
OI. ἰὼ φίλος,
σὺ μὲν ἐμὸς ἐπίπολος ἔτι μόνιμος" ἔτι γὰρ
ὑπομένεις με τὸν τυφλὸν κηδεύων.
φεῦ φεῦ.
οὗ γάρ με λήθεις, ἀλλὰ γιγνώσκω σαφῶς,
καίπερ σκοτεινὸς, τήν γε σὴν αὐδὴν ὅμως.
ΧΟ. ὦ δεινὰ δράσας, πῶς ἔτλης τοιαῦτα σὰς
ὄψεις μαρᾶναι ; τίς σ᾽ ἐπῆρε δαιμόνων ;
ΟΙ. ᾿Απόλλων τάδ᾽ ἦν, ᾿Απόλλων, φίλοι,
ὁ κακὰ κακὰ τελῶν ἐμὰ τάδ᾽ ἐμὰ πάθεα.
ἔπαισε δ᾽ αὐτόχειρ νιν οὔτις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ τλέμον:
τί γὰρ ἔδει μ᾽ ὁρᾶν,
ὅτῳ γ᾽ ὁρῶντι μηδὲν ἣν ἰδεῖν γλυκύ ;
ΧΟ.ἦν ταῦθ᾽ ὅπωσπερ καὶ σὺ φῇς.
ΟΙ. τί δῆτ᾽ ἐμοὶ βλεπτὸν, ἣ
1329.-1348, = 1349.-1 368, 1313.-1320. = 1321.-1328.
1315
1320
132§
1330
1335
ΟἸΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
στερκτὸν, 7) προσήγορον
ἔτ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἀκούειν ἁδονᾷ, φίλοι ;
ἀπάγετ᾽ ἐκτόπιον ὅτι τάχιστά με,
ἀπάγετ᾽, ὦ φίλοι, τὸν ὄλεθρον μέγαν,
τὸν καταρατότατον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ θεοῖς
ἐχθρότατον βροτῶν.
ΧΟ. δείλαιε τοῦ νοῦ τῆς τε συμφορᾶς ἴσον,
ὡς ἠθέλησα μηδέ o ἂν γνῶναί ποτε.
ΟΙ. ὅλοιθ᾽ ὅστις ἦν ὃς ἀγρίας πέδας
νομάδ᾽ ἐπιποδίας ἔλαβέ μ᾽ ἀπό τε φόνου
ἔρυτο κἀνέσωσεν, οὐδὲν ἐς χάῤιν πράσσων.
τότε γὰρ ἂν θανὼν
οὐκ ἦ φίλοισιν οὐδ᾽ ἐμοὶ τοσόνδ᾽ ἄχος.
ΧΟ. θέλοντι κἀμοὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἂν ἦν.
ΟΙ. οὔκουν πατρός γ᾽ ἂν φονεὺς
ἦλθον, οὐδὲ νυμφίος
βροτοῖς ἐκλήθην ὧν ἔφυν ἄπο.
νῦν δ᾽ ἄθεος μέν εἰμ᾽, ἀνοσίων δὲ παῖς,
ὁμολεχὴς δ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν αὐτὸς ἔφυν τάλας.
εἰ δέ τι πρεσβύτερον ἔτι κακοῦ κακὸν,
τοῦτ᾽ ἔλαχ᾽ Οἰδίπους.
XO.ovx οἵδ᾽ ὅπως σε φῶ βεβουλεῦσθαι καλῶς.
κρείσσων γὰρ ἦσθα μηκέτ᾽ ὧν ἣ (Gv τυφλός.
ΟΙ. ὡς μὲν τάδ᾽ οὐχ ὧδ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἄριστ᾽ εἰργασμένα,
μή μ᾽ ἐκδίδασκε, μηδὲ συμβούλεν᾽ ἔτι.
ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ὄμμασιν ποίοις βλέπων
1350
1355
ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
πατέρα ποτ᾽ ἂν προσεῖδον εἰς “Αἰδου μολὼν,
οὐδ᾽ αὖ τάλαιναν μητέρ᾽, οἷν ἐμοὶ δυοῖν
ἔργ᾽ ἐστὶ κρείσσον᾽ ἀγχόνης εἰργασμένα.
ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τέκνων δῆτ᾽ ὄψις ἦν ἐφίμερος,
βλαστοῦσ᾽ ὅπως ἔβλαστε, προσλεύσσειν ἐμοί ;
οὐ δῆτα τοῖς γ᾽ ἐμοῖσιν ὀφθαλμοῖς ποτέ
οὐδ᾽ ἄστυ γ᾽, οὐδὲ πύργος, οὐδὲ δαιμόνων
ἀγάλμαθ᾽ ἱρὰ, τῶν ὁ παντλήμων ἐγὼ
κάλλιστ᾽ ἀνὴρ εἷς ἔν γε ταῖς Θήβαις τραφεὶς
ἀπεστέρησ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν, αὐτὸς ἐννέπων
ὠθεῖν ἅπαντας τὸν ἀσεβῆ, τὸν ἐκ θεῶν
φανέντ᾽ ἄναγνον καὶ γένους τοῦ Λαΐου,
τοιάνδ᾽ ἐγὼ κηλῖδα μηνύσας ἐμὴν
ὀρθοῖς ἔμελλον ὄμμασιν τούτους ὁρᾶν ;
ἥκιστά γ᾽" ἀλλ᾽ εἰ τῆς ἀκονούσης ἔτ᾽ ἦν
πηγῆς δι᾿ ὥτων φραγμὸς, οὐκ ἂν ἐσχόμην
τὸ μἀάποκλῇσαι τοὐμὸν ἄθλιον δέμας,
ἵν᾽ ἢ τυφλός τε καὶ κλύων μηδέν᾽ τὸ γὰρ
τὴν φροντίδ᾽ ἔξω τῶν κακῶν οἰκεῖν γλυκύ.
ἰὼ Κιθαιρὼν, τί μ᾽ ἐδέχου ; τί μ᾽ οὐ λαβὼν
ἔκτεινας εὐθὺς, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε
ἐμαυτὸν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔνθεν ἣ γεγώς ;
ὦ Πόλυβε καὶ Κόρινθε καὶ τὰ πάτρια
λόγῳ παλαιὰ δώμαθ', οἷον Gpd με
κάλλος κακῶν ὕπουλον ἐξεθρέψατε.
νῦν γὰρ κακός τ᾽ ὧν κἀκ κακῶν εὑρίσκομαι.
1380
1385
1390
OIANIOTS ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ. 55
ὦ τρεῖς κέλευθοι καὶ κεκρυμμένη νάπη
δρυμός τε καὶ στενωπὸς ἐν τριπλαῖς ὁδοῖς,
at τοὐμὸν αἷμα τῶν ἐμῶν χειρῶν ἄπο 1400
ἐπίετε πατρὸς, ἄρά pov μέμνησθ᾽ ὅτι
οἷ᾽ ἔργα δράσας ὑμὶν εἶτα δεῦρ᾽ ἰὼν
ὁποῖ᾽ ἔπρασσον αὖθις ; ὦ γάμοι γάμοι,
ἐφύσαθ᾽ ἡμᾶς, καὶ φυτεύσαντες πάλιν
ἀνεῖτε ταυτὸν σπέρμα, κἀπεδείξατε, 1.405
πατέρας, ἀδελφοὺς, παῖδας, αἷμ᾽ ἐμφύλιον,
νύμφας γυναῖκας μητέρας τε, χὠπόσα
αἴσχιστ᾽ ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔργα γίγνεται.
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γὰρ αὐδᾶν ἔσθ᾽ & μηδὲ δρᾶν καλὸν, 1410
ὅπως τάχιστα πρὸς θεῶν ἔξω μέ πον
καλύψατ᾽, ἣ φονεύσατ᾽, ἢ θαλάσσιον
ἐκρίψατ᾽, ἔνθα μήποτ᾽ εἰσόψεσθ᾽ ἔτι.
ἴτ᾽, ἀξιώσατ᾽ ἀνδρὸς ἀθλίου θιγεῖν.
πίθεσθε, μὴ δείσητε. τἀμὰ γὰρ κακὰ
οὐδεὶς οἷός τε πλὴν ἐμοῦ φέρειν βροτῶν. 1415
ΧΟ.ἀλλ᾽ ὧν ἐπαιτεῖς ἐς δέον πάρεσθ᾽ ὅδε
Κρέων τὸ πράσσειν καὶ τὸ βουλεύειν, ἐπεὶ
χώρας λέλειπται μοῦνος ἀντὶ σοῦ φύλαξ.
ΟΙ. οἴμοι, τί δῆτα λέξομεν πρὸς τόνδ᾽ ἔπος ;
τίς μοι φανεῖται πίστις ἔνδικος ; τὰ γὰρ 1420
πάρος πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντ᾽ ἐφηύρημαι κακός.
KP. ody ὡς γελαστὴς, Οἰδίπους, ἐλήλυθα,
οὐδ᾽ ὡς ὀνειδιῶν τι τῶν πάρος κακῶν.
56 | ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ τὰ θνητῶν μὴ καταισχύνεσθ᾽ ἔτι
γένεθλα, τὴν γοῦν πάντα βόσκουσαν φλόγα
αἰδεῖσθ᾽ ἄνακτος Ἡλίου, τοιόνδ᾽ ἄγος
ἀκάλυπτον οὕτω δεικνύναι, τὸ μήτε γῆ
μήτ᾽ ὄμβρος ἱρὸς μήτε φῶς προσδέξεται.
ἀλλ᾽ ὡς τάχιστ᾽ εἰς οἶκον ἐσκομίζετε'
τοῖς ἐν γένει γὰρ τἀγγενῆ μάλισθ᾽ ὁρᾶν
μόνοις τ᾽ ἀκούειν εὐσεβῶς ἔχει κακά.
ΟΙ. πρὸς θεῶν, ἐπείπερ ἐλπίδος μ᾽ ἀπέσπασας,
ἄριστος ἐλθὼν πρὸς κάκιστον ἄνδρ᾽ ἐμὲ,
πιθοῦ τί μοι" πρὸς σοῦ γὰρ, οὐδ᾽ ἐμοῦ, φράσω.
ΚΡ. καὶ τοῦ με χρείας ὧδε λιπαρεῖς τυχεῖν ;
OL. ῥῇψόν με γῆς ἐκ τῆσδ᾽ ὅσον τἀχισθ᾽ ὅπου
θνητῶν φανοῦμαι μηδενὸς προσήγορος.
ΚΡ. ἔδρασ᾽ ἂν εὖ τοῦτ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ἂν, εἰ μὴ τοῦ θεοῦ
πρώτιστ᾽ ἔχρῃζον ἐκμαθεῖν τί πρακτέον.
ΟΙ. ἀλλ᾽ ἥ γ᾽ ἐκείνον πᾶσ᾽ ἐδηλώθη φάτις,
τὸν πατροφόντην, τὸν ἀσεβῆ μ᾽ ἀπολλύναι.
ΚΡ. οὕτως ἐλέχθη ταῦθ᾽" ὅμως δ᾽ ἵν᾽ ἕσταμεν
χρείας ἄμεινον ἐκμαθεῖν τί δραστέον.
OI. οὕτως ἄρ᾽ ἀνδρὸς ἀθλίου πεύσεσθ᾽ ὕπερ;
ΚΡ. καὶ γὰρ σὺ νῦν τὰν τῷ θεῷ πίστιν φέροις.
ΟΙ. καὶ σοί γ᾽ ἐπισκήπτω τε καὶ προτρέψομαι,
τῆς μὲν Kat’ οἴκους αὐτὸς ὃν θέλεις τάφον
θοϑ' καὶ γὰρ ὀρθῶς τῶν γε σῶν τελεῖς ὕπερ"
ἐμοῦ δὲ μήποτ᾽ ἀξιωθήτω τόδε
1415
1430
1438
1440
1445
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ. 57
πατρῷον ἄστυ ζῶντος οἰκητοῦ τυχεῖν, 1480
ἀλλ᾽ ἔα με ναίειν ὄρεσιν, ἔνθα κλήζεται
οὑμὸς Κιθαιρὼν οὗτος, ὃν μήτηρ τέ μοι
πατήρ t ἐθέσθην ζῶντι κύριον τάφον,
ἵν᾽ ἐξ ἐκείνων, οἵ μ᾽ ἀπωλλύτην, θάνω.
καίτοι τοσοῦτόν γ᾽ οἶδα, μήτε μ᾽ ἂν νόσον 1455
μήτ᾽ ἄλλο πέρσαι μηδέν' οὐ yap ἄν ποτε
θνήσκων ἐσώθην, μὴ mi τῳ δεινῷ κακῷ.
ἀλλ᾽ ἡ μὲν ἡμῶν μοῖρ᾽, ὅποιπερ eto’, ἴτω"
παίδων δὲ τῶν μὲν ἀρσένων μή μοι, Κρέον,
προθῇ μέριμναν" ἄνδρες εἰσὶν, ὥστε μὴ 1460
σπάνιν ποτὲ σχεῖν, ἔνθ᾽ ἂν ὦσι, τοῦ Blov' 5
ταῖν δ᾽ ἀθλίαιν οἰκτραῖν τε παρθένοιν ἐμαῖν,
αἷν οὔποθ᾽ ἡμὴ χωρὶς ἐστάθη βορᾶς
τράπεζ ἄνευ τοῦδ᾽ ἀνδρὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσων ἐγὼ
ψαύοιμι, πάντων τῶνδ᾽ ἀεὶ μετειχέτην᾽ 1465
aly pot μέλεσθαι" καὶ μάλιστα μὲν χεροῖν
ψαῦσαί μ᾽ ἔασον κἀποκλαύσασθαι κακά.
ἴθ᾽ ὠναξ,
ἴθ᾽ ὦ γονῇ γενναῖε. χερσί τὰν θιγὼν
δοκοῖμ᾽ ἔχειν σφὰς, ὥσπερ ἡνίκ᾽ ἔβλεπον. 1470
τί φημί;
οὐ δὴ κλύω που πρὸς θεῶν τοῖν μοι φίλοιν
δακρυρρούντοιν, καί μ᾽ ἐποικτείρας Κρέων
ἔπεμψέ μοι τὰ φίλτατ᾽ ἐκγόνοιν ἐμοῖν ;
λέγω τι; 1415
F
58 | ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ
ΚΡ. λέγεις" ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμ᾽ ὁ πορσύνας τάδε,
γνοὺς τὴν παροῦσαν τέρψιν, ἥ σ᾽ εἶχεν πάλαι.
ΟΙ. ἀλλ᾽ εὐτυχοίης, καί σε τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ
δαίμων ἄμεινον ἣ ᾽μὲ φρουρήσας τύχοι.
ὦ τέκνα, ποῦ ToT ἐστέ; δεῦρ᾽ ἴτ᾽, ἔλθετε
ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς τάσδε τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας,
at τοῦ φυτουργοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῖν ὧδ᾽ ὁρᾶν
τὰ πρόσθε λαμπρὰ προὐξένησαν ὄμματα’
ὃς ὑμὶν, ὦ τέκν᾽, οὔθ᾽ ὁρῶν οὔθ᾽ ἱστορῶν
πατὴρ ἐφάνθην ἔνθεν αὐτὸς ἠρόθην.
καὶ σφὼ δακρύω" προσβλέπειν γὰρ ov σθένω"
νοούμενος τὰ λοιπὰ τοῦ πικροῦ βίου,
οἷον βιῶναι σφὼ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων χρεών.
ποίας γὰρ ἀστῶν ἥξετ᾽ els ὁμιλίας,
ποίας δ᾽ ἑορτὰς, ἔνθεν οὐ κεκλαυμέναι
πρὸς οἶκον ἵξεσθ᾽ ἀντὶ τῆς θεωρίας ;
ἀλλ᾽ ἡνίκ᾽ ἂν δὴ πρὸς γάμων ἥκητ᾽ ἀκμὰς,
τίς οὗτος ἔσται, τίς παραρρίψει, τέκνα,
τοιαῦτ᾽ ὀνείδη λαμβάνων, ἃ τοῖς ἐμοῖς
γονεῦσιν ἔσται σφῷν θ᾽ ὁμοῦ δηλήματα :
τί γὰρ κακῶν ἄπεστι ; τὸν πατέρα πατὴρ
ὑμῶν ἔπεφνε" τὴν τεκοῦσαν ἤροσεν,
ὅθεν περ αὐτὸς ἐσπάρη, κὰκ τῶν ἴσων
ἐκτήσαθ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ὧνπερ αὐτὸς ἐξέφυ.
τοιαῦτ᾽ ὀνειδιεῖσθε. κἄτα τίς γαμεῖ;
οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεὶς, ὦ τέκν᾽, ἀλλὰ δηλαδὴ
:
1480
1485
1490
1495
ΟἸΙΔΙΠΟΥ͂Σ ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ. 59
χέρσους φθαρῆναι κἀγάμους ὑμᾶς χρεών.
ὦ παῖ Μενοικέως, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ μόνος πατὴρ
ταύταιν λέλειψαι, νὼ γὰρ, ὦ ᾿φυτεύσαμεν,
ὀλώλαμεν δύ᾽ ὄντε, μή σφε περιίδῃς 1505
πτωχὰς ἀνάνδρους exyeveis ἀλωμένας,
μηδ᾽ ἐξισώσῃς τάσδε τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς.
ἀλλ᾽ οἴκτισόν σφας, ὧδε τηλικάσδ᾽ ὁρῶν
πάντων ἐρήμους, πλὴν ὅσον τὸ σὸν μέρος.
ξύννευσον, ὦ γενναῖε, σῇ ψαύσας χερί. 1510
σφῷν δ᾽, ὦ τέκν᾽, εἰ μὲν εἰχέτην ἤδη φρένας,
πόλλ᾽ ἂν παρήνουν᾽ νῦν δὲ τοῦτ᾽ ηὔχθω μόνον,
οὗ καιρὸς ἐᾷ ζῆν, τοῦ Blov δὲ λῴονος
ὑμᾶς κυρῆσαι τοῦ φυτεύσαντος πατρός.
ΚΡ. ἅλις ἵν’ ἐξήκεις δακρύων" ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι στέγης ἔσω. 1515
Ol. πειστέον, xel μηδὲν ἡδύ. ΚΡ. πάντα γὰρ καιρῷ καλά.
OI. οἶσθ᾽ ἐφ᾽ οἷς οὖν εἶμι; ΚΡ. λέξεις, καὶ τότ᾽ εἴσομαι κλύων.
OL. γῆς p ὅπως πέμψεις ἄποικον. ΚΡ. τοῦ θεοῦ μ᾽ αἰτεῖς δόσιν.
OL. ἀλλὰ θεοῖς γ᾽ ἔχθιστος ἥαεω. ΚΡ. τοιγαροῦν τεύξει τάχα.
ΟΙ. φὴς τάδ᾽ οὖν; ΚΡ. ἃ μὴ φρονῶ γὰρ οὐ φιλῶ λέγειν μάτην.
ΟΙ. ἄπαγέ νύν p ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη. ΚΡ. στεῖχέ νυν, τέκνων δ᾽ ἀφοῦ.
OI. μηδαμῶς ταύτας γ᾽ ἕλῃμου. KP.advra μὴ βούλου κρατεῖν"
καὶ γὰρ ἁκράτησας οὔ σοι τῷ βίῳ ξυνέσπετο.
ΧΟ. ὦ πάτρας Θήβης ἔνοικοι, λεύσσετ᾽, Οἰδίπους ὅδε,
ὃς τὰ κλείν᾽ αἰνίγματ᾽ ἤδη καὶ κράτιστος ἣν ἀνὴρ, 525
ὅστις οὐ ζήλῳ πολιτῶν καὶ τύχαις ἐπιβλέπων,
60 ΣΟΦΟΚΛΕΟΥ͂Σ OTA. ΤΥΡΑΝΝΟΣ.
εἰς ὅσον κλύδωνα δεινῆς συμφορᾶς ἐλήλυθεν.
ὥστε θνητὸν ὄντ᾽ ἐκείνην τὴν τελευταίαν ἰδεῖν
ἡμέραν ἐπισκοποῦντα μηδέν᾽ ὀλβίζειν, πρὶν ἂν
τέρμα τοῦ βίου περάσῃ μηδὲν ἀλγεινὸν παθών.
1530
ARGUMENT AND ANALYSIS.
Latus the son of Labdacus, of the line of Cadmus, king of Thebes,
married Jocasta, the daughter of Mencceus and sister of Creon, and
was childless. He consulted the Delphic oracle on the subject, and was
told that his son by Jocasta should take his life. A male child was
born, and (for fear of the predicted consequence) exposed, with his feet
pierced and fastened together, on the mountain pastures of Citheron.
Many years afterwards Laius was on his way to Delphi, and was met in
@ narrow road by a foot passenger, whom his charioteer endeavoured to
turn out of the way. A conflict took place, in which Laius and his
attendants, with a single exception, were slain. Soon afterwards Thebes
was visited by a strange affliction. The Sphinx fixed herself on the top
of a rock, where she proposed a riddle to all that passed by. Death
was to be the penalty of failure. The people offered the crown of their
country and the hand of their widowed queen to him who should de-
liver them. A young stranger, who had just appeared in Thebes,
offered to solve the enigma. It ran as follows :—
Ἔστι δίπουν ἐπὶ γῆς καὶ τετράπον, ob μία φωνὴ,
καὶ τρίπον' ἀλλάσσει δὲ φυὴν μόνον ὅσσ᾽ ἐπὶ γαῖαν
ἐρτετὰ κινεῖται ἀνά τ᾽ αἰθέρα καὶ κατὰ πόντον.
ἀλλ᾽ ὁκόταν πλείστοισιν ἐρειδόμενον ποσὶ βαίνῃ,
ἔνθα τάχος γνίοισιν ἀφαυρότατον πέλει αὐτῷ.
(Edipus answered that it was Man: the Sphinx threw herself from the
rock ; and (Edipus obtained the promised reward. By Jocasta he be-
came the father of four children. The country was some time after-
wards visited by a plague. The king sent his brother-in-law Creon to
consult the Delphic oracle as to the means of removing it. It is at this
point that the action of the play commences.
9 ARGUMEN® AND ANALYSIS.
At the opening a body of the people are seen in the attitude of sup-
plication before the palace of (idipus. The king comes out to them,
and they invoke his aid in removing the plague. He announces that
Creon has been sent to Delphi, and that he is probably on his way
home. Presently Creon enters (85), and informs (Edipus that the oracle
requires the Thebans to cleanse their land of bloodguiltiness by putting
to death or expelling the murderer of Laius. (E£dipus gives directions
for convening a general assembly of the people, and the interlocutors
leave the stage (150).
Upon this the Chorus, which consists of Theban elders, enters singing
the Parodos (151-215), and takes up its position im the orchestra.
They have not yet heard the response of the oracle.
After this a general assembly of the people is held (216), and C&dipus
makes a formal proclamation, requiring those who know the murderer
of Laius to delate him, but allowing the murderer himself to withdraw
privately from the Theban territory. Upon those who fail to comply
with the proclamation terrible curses are pronounced.
In the mean time Cdipus has sent for the blind soothsayer Tiresias,
and endeavours, upon his arrival (300), to elicit the secret from him.
Tiresias is unwilling to reveal it, but when pressed in angry terme by
(Edipus, insinuates unmistakeably that (ΕἸ ΡΒ is himself the murderer,
and finally that he is a parricide and incestuous. M£dipus, who has for
some time been jealous of the influence of Creun, supposes that Tiresias
speaks by his inspiration.
The Chorus sings the first Stasimon (464-512), expressing confidence
in CGdipus.
Creon has heard of the suspicions of Cidipus, and comes forward to
defend himself (513). Angry words pass between them, and Jocasta
comes out of the palace to appease them (634). In order to calm (idi-
pus, she assures him that the predictions of Tiresias are worthless, and
as an illustration, tells him the story of the oracle given to Laius, the
exposure of the child, and the murder of Laius by a stranger (707-725).
(Edipus is struck by the description of the scene of the murder, and
after making further inquiries of Jocasta, recites his own history
(771-833). He was the son of Polybus king of Corinth and his wife
Merope. A chance expression, however, dropped by a companion, had
ARGUMENT AND AN ALYSIS. 3
led him to suspect that he was not really their son. He went to Delphi
to consult the oracle on this point. The oracle replied that he would
have children by his mother, and murder his father. Accordingly he
determined not to return to Corinth, and travelled towards Thebes.
On his way thither he encountered an old man with his attendants at
the place mentioned by Jocasta. A quarrel took place, and (idipus
slew the old man and his companions. He suspects that it was Laius,
but is cheered by one slight discrepancy. The sole survivor of the con-
flict, a herdsman of Laius, had reported that the king and his compa-
nions were overcome by numbers. The herdsman is sent for, to clear
-up this point.
The Chorus, in the second Stasimon (863-910), finds fault with the
tone of Jocasta in depreciating the oracles.
A messenger arrives from Corinth (924) to announce the death of
Polybus, and the probable succession of Gidipus. Qidipus and Jocasta
now speak triumphantly of the worthlessness of the oracle, but the for-
mer is checked by the reflection that his mother still lives. The mes-
senger assures him that Merope was not his mother, but that he was a
foundling brought up by Polybus as his own son. Upon further in-
quiry it appears that the messenger had received him when a child from
one of the herdsmen of Laius ; the same, as it appears, who has already
been sent for. Jocasta sees the whole truth, and begs Cidipus to desist
from further inquiry. He is determined to persevere, and she hastily
quits the stage (1085).
The Chorus sings a short ode (1086-1109), speculating on the origin
of Gédipus.
The herdsman arrives (1110), and is at first unwilling to give inform-
ation, but when pressed by (idipus and the messenger, relates that
the child delivered by him to the latter was the offspring of Laius and
Jocasta, who had ordered him to expose it on Citheron. C&dipus with-
draws into the palace in despair (1185).
The Chorus, in the last Stasimon (1186-1222), mourns over the
changed fortunes of (dipus.
One of the servants comes out of the palace (1223), and informs the
Chorus that Jocasta had destroyed herself by hanging, and that Cidipus
has put his eyes out with the large pins taken from her dress. Pre-
4 ARGUMENT AND ANALYSIS.
sently the central doors of the palace are opened (1297), and (idipus
totters out. He bewails his fate, and justifies his own act. Creon ar-
rives and urges him to withdraw (1422). He requests Creon to send
him beyond his frontier. The two daughters of (idipus, Antigone and
Ismene, are brought to their father (1471), who entrusts them to the
care of Creon. Médipus is then led back into the palace.
The characters were probably distributed as follows among the
actors :—
I. PROTAGONISTES...... Cédipus.
The Priest, Jocasta, Herdsman, and Second
Messenger.
3. TRITAGONISTES ...... Creon, Tiresias, and Messengers.
2. DEUTERAGONISTES
There is no direct evidence of the date of the play.
NOTES, δα
1. THE scene represents the front of the royal palace at Thebes, look-
ing upon the place of public assembly. The palace has a central en-
trance as well as side doors, the former being reserved for the king
himself. Images and altars of the gods, among others of Apollo, Ar-
temis, and Athene, are ranged along the front. The city is supposed
to lie on the left hand of the spectators, and the country on the right.
A deputation of the people, headed by the priest of Zeus, enter from
the city, bearing olive branches wreathed with wool, and sit before the
palace in the attitude of suppliants. To them CEdipus enters, attended,
from the centre door. νέα] Opp. to τοῦ πάλαι. τροφή] Un-
usual signification : cf. Eur. Cycl. 189, μηκάδων ἀρνῶν τροφαί.
2. θοάζετε] Either (1) = θαάσσετε, Schol. &c., ἕδρας being an acc.
cogn.: or (2)=owedSere, Hermann.
3. ἱκτηρίοις κλάδοισιν ἐξεστεμμένοι] = ἱκετηρίους κλάδους στέμματι ἐστεμ-
μένους κατέχοντες, Schol. Cf. Asch. Eum. 43, ἔχοντ᾽ ἐλάας ὑψιγέννητον
κλάδον λήνει μεγίστῳ σωφρόνως ἐστεμμένον. The dative is used (as infr.
25, φθίνουσα μὲν κάλυξιν: Ant. 121, γένυσιν πλησθῆναι) where the acc.
(of remote reference) is usual. For the pass. ἐξεστεμμένοι, cf. Hor.
Sat. I. vi. 74, “‘Levo suspensi loculos tabulamque lacerto.”
4. πόλις 8—orevayydrov] The question is virtually, though not in
form, extended over these two lines. ὁμοῦ μέν x.7.A.] The repeti-
tion of a word at the beginning of two clauses of a sentence, introduced
by μέν and δέ respectively, gives it a peculiar emphasis. Cf. 25 infr.,
φθίνουσα μὲν κάλυξιν..... φθίνουσα δ᾽ ἀγέλαις κ. τ. A.: 521, el κακὸς μὲν
ἐν πόλει, κακὸς δὲ πρὸς σοῦ : Demosath. de Cor. p. 248, περιείργασμαι
μὲν ἐγὼ περὶ τούτων εἰπὼν, περιείργασται δ᾽ ἡ πόλις ἡ πεισθεῖσα ἐμοί.
6. &] “These matters,” i. 6. the reason of them. ἀγγέλων ἄλλω»
= ἄλλων, ἀγγέλων ὄντων : cf. Eur. Or. 531. τί μαρτύρων ἄλλων ἀκούειν δεῖ ;
AS
6 SOPHOCLIS
7. αὐτός] Opp. to ἄλλων.
8. ὁ πᾶσι «.7.A.] This line is needlessly condemned by Wunder.
It is virtually addressed to the spectators, rather than to the Priest,
and is designed to arouse in their minds a feeling of the greatness and
prosperity of (idipus, and, as a consequence, to heighten the effect of
the catastrophe : cf. 1524 sqq.
11. δείσαντες ἣ oréptayres ;] Epexegesis of τίνι τρόπῳ καθέστατε ;=
πῶς ἔχετε; στέρξαντες, either (1) “in supplication,” (as Cid. C. 1094,
στέργω διπλᾶς ἀρωγὰς wodew,) Wunder, Dindorf, ὅσ. : or (2) ‘ acqui-
escing,” Herm. : or, in the latter sense, as an euphemism for ἤδη πα-
θόντες, opp. to δείσαντες, Schneidewin : στέξαντες is also read in the last
meaning.. ὡς θέλοντος ἄν] ὧς with gen. absol. = “considering that ;”
ἄν gives to the participle a potential force.
13. μὴ οὗ xarourelpwy] μὴ od is used with an infinitive, or, less com-
monly, with a participle, where the principal clause is actually or vir-
tually negative; as here, where it may be accounted for by the negative
implied in δυσάλγητος. μὴ οὗ κατοικτείρων, either (1) ΞΞ εἰ μὴ κατοι-
κτείροιμι : or (2) as explained by Dr. Kennedy in the Journal of Classical
and Sacred Philology, No. III. p. 310, an epexegesis of δυσάλγητος
(vid. ad 221 infr.), supplying, as ἃ protasis to δυσάλγητος γὰρ εἴην, (vid.
ad 82 infr.) εἰ μὴ θέλοιμι προσαρκεῖν πᾶν. To 2 it may be objected,
that μὴ οὐ---δραν would be a weak epexegesis of δυσάλγ.---εἴην : to I it
is objected by Dr. Kennedy and others, that μὴ οὐ is not found with a
part. used conditionally. But it is so found in Herodot. ii. 110, οὔκουν
δίκαιον εἶναι ἱστάναι ἔμπροσθε τῶν ἐκείνον ἀναθημάτων μὴ οὐκ ὑπερβαλ-
λόμενον τοῖσι ἔργοισι, and in what is virtually a participial clause im--
plying condition, in Dem. De Fals. Leg. p. 379, af πόλεις πολλαὶ καὶ xa-
λεπαὶ λαβεῖν μὴ οὐ χρόνῳ καὶ πολιορκίᾳ. Dr. Kennedy further quotes
Schneidewin as suggesting μὴ xarouwr. The suggestion does not find
place in the posthumous edition of 1856.
15. dpas μὲν ἡμᾶς] Opp. to rd δ᾽ ἄλλο φῦλον, 10. ἡλίκοι) Expl.
by οἱ μὲν---λεκτοί,
16. τοῖς gots} 1.6. those before the palace ; opp. to ἀγοραῖσι κι τ.λ., 20.
17. πτέσθαι For the metaphor, cf. Aisch. Cho. 247-259.
18. ἱερῆς] Epexegesis of οἱ---βαρεῖς. ὀγὼ μὲν Zhvos] Parenthetic,
and opp. to of δὲ τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν, which is easily supplied. οἱ δ᾽
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 7
ἐπ᾽ ἠθέων λεκτοί] Either ἐπ᾽ (1) used adverbially, (as infr. 181, ἐν δ᾽ ἄχοχοι
πολιαί τ᾽ ἔπι pdrepes: Asch. Cho. 252, εἰς δὲ θηρίων γραφήν) : or (2)
ἐπὶ ἠθέων, as Ant. 787, ἁμερίων ἐπ' ἀνθρώπων, Dind.: or (3) by tmesis
for ἐπιλεκτοί. οἵδε τ᾽, Herm. οἵδε δ᾽, Schneidewin.
19. ἐξεστεμμένον)] Supr. 3.
10. διπλοῖς] Two temples of Athene at Thebes, dedicated to her
under the respective titles of “Oyxa (cf. Aisch. Sept. 164) and ᾿Ισμηνία,
or, according to others, of ᾿Αλαλκομενία and Καδμεία, Schol.
21. Ἰσμηνοῦ κ. τ. λ.1] The temple of the Ismenian Apollo, Schol.
25. φθίνουσα μὲν κάλυξιν)] Vid. ad 3, 4, supr.
26. τόκοισί τε ἀγόνοι] Oxymoron. For the association of these
divine judgments, cf. infr. 171, 270; Ausch. Eum. 784-787, 907-909 ;
Herodot. iii. 65 ; Adschin. in Ctes. § 111; Deut. xxviii. 18.
27. ἐν] Hither (1) Adverbially = ἐν τούτοις, Dind. &c.; cf. infr. 181,
ἐν δ᾽ ἄλοχοι πολιαί τ᾽ ἔπι μάτερες ; CEd. C. 55, ἐν δ᾽ 5 πυρφόρος θεὸς Τίταν
Προμηθεύς : or (2) separated by tmesis from σκήψας, Wund., Schneide-
win ; which is less probable. πυρφόρος θεός I. 6. the plague.
28. ἐλαύνει] Cf. Aj. 756, ἐλᾷ γὰρ αὐτὸν---᾿Αθάνας μῆνις.
29. μέλας 8°] Observe the elision at the end of the verse, and cf. 332
infr.: Cid. C. 1164, ἐλθεῖν μολόντ᾽.
31. θεοῖσι μέν] Opp. to ἀνδρῶν δέ, 33. ἰσούμενον)] Depd. on
κρίνοντες, 34. ᾿
33. συμφοραῖ)] Used here in its primary and indifferent sense,
‘‘events.” Its secondary and more usual signification, ‘‘ calamities,”
is originally an euphemism.
34. κρίνοντες) Causal. guvadAayais] As infr. g60, νόσου συναλ-
λαγῇ.
35. ὅς Ὑ Causal. Elmsley, Wund. &. read ὅς 7’, after Schol., to
answer to νῦν 7’, 40. ἐξέλυσας...... δασμόν] For the construction,
cf. El. 939, πημονῆς λύσεις Bdpos: Ausch. Sept. 270, λύουσα πολέμιον
φόβον.
37. καὶ ταῦθ] Adverbially ; “and that too.” οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον]
I. 6. ignorant of the interpretation, infr. 391-398.
38. ἀλλά] An irregular construction : the conjunction contrasts the
finite verbs λέγει νομίζει θ᾽ with the participles ἐξειδ, ἐκδιδ, : vid. ad 42
infr, προσθήκῃ θεοῦ] Emphatic, and opp. to ὕφ᾽ ἡμῶν.
8 SOPHOCLIS
40. viv τ᾽) Connects their expectations (implied in ἱκετεύομεν x.7.A.)
with their previous experience, (ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας κ. τ. A.); “and now
too.” πᾶσιν] Masculine, the ethical dat. (“‘ omniwm judicio”) depd.
on κράτιστον : vid. ad 436 infr.
42. elre—dxotoas, efre—olo6a] For similar anacolutha, cf. 38 supr.:
452 infr., ξένος λόγῳ μέτοικος, εἶτα δ᾽ ἐγγένης φανήσεται Θηβαῖος : 11098
-1201 infr.
43. φήμην] This word is regularly applied to a diwime communica-
tion, 6. g.that of an oracle. ἀνδρός] Opp. to τοῦ θεῶν, and so
nearly = ἀνθρώπου : cf. 33, supr. ; 499 infr.
44. ἐμπείροισιν] This word is marked out by its position, as the most
important in the sentence, “ men of experience,” i. e. such men 88
(Edipus himself, which was their reason for seeking succour at his
hands. καὶ] Renders ras ξυμφοράς emphatic, and opposes it to
ἐμπειρία, implied in ἐμπείροισιν. - ξυμφοράς] = ἀποβάσεις, Schol.: for
this meaning of the word Dind. compares Thue. i. 140, καίπερ εἰδὼς τοὺς
ἀνθρώπου----πρὸς τὰς ξυμφορὰς καὶ τὰς γνώμας τρεπομένους. Dr. Ken-
nedy, 1]. c., says that ξυμφοράς is used here ‘in the rarer but certainly
admissible sense ‘ comparison,’” (sc. of counsels.) It does not appear
that it ever bears that sense, though συμφέρειν does: cf. Ausch. Pers.
520, as quoted by the writer, πιστοῖσι πιστὰ συμφέρειν βουλεύματα.
45. (éoas]=obn ἀπολλυμένας, Schol. βουλευμάτων] Depd. on
ξυμφοράς. The gist of the whole passage is, that ‘experience is the best
counsellor (Schneidewin), and therefore we come to you as an expe-
rienced man.’ :
47. ὡς Causal, and properly referring only to the clause νῦν μέν----
προθυμίας. νῦν μέν κι. τ. λ.---ἀρχῆς δέ «.7.A.] For this compari-
son between the experience and the expectations of the speaker, cf.
supr. 40 Βα. ,
48. προθυμία] The genitive follows σωτῆρα κλύζει on the same prin-
ciple on which it is found after θαυμάζειν, ἐπαινεῖν, &. Dind.
49. μεμνώμεθα] Conjunctivus hortativus.
50. στάντες x.7.A.] Explains μεμγώμεθα >“ for having stood,” &c.
51. ἀσφαλείᾳ] Prolepsis.
52. SpmOcn.7.A.] Hyperbaton ; πεὔρνιθι γὰρ aloly, καὶ τὴν τότε τύχην
κι τ΄ λ. καὶ---καὶ] “As—so,” &c. For this use of copulative con-
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 9
janctions in comparison, cf. Aisch. Agam, 322, ὄξος τ᾽ ἄλειφά τ᾽ ἐγχέας
ταὐτῷ κύτει, διχοστατοῦντ᾽ ἂν οὐ φίλω προΞεννέποις, καὶ τῶν ἁλόντων καὶ
κρατησάντων δίχα φθογγὰς ἀκούειν ἔστι : Hor. Carm. iii. 5, 27, “Ν᾿ ͵οαὺθ
amissos colores Lana refert medicata fuco, Nec vera virtus, cum semel
excidit, Curat reponi deterioribus.”
55. ξὺν ἀνδράσι»] To be taken with γῆς, opp. to κενῆς. For the
sentiment, cf. Ant. 739. καλῶς ἐρήμης y ἂν σὺ γῆς ἄρχοις μόνος.
56. οὐδέν͵] Predicate: of. Asch. Eum. 38, δείσασα γὰρ γραῦς οὐδέν’
ἀντίπαις μὲν οὖν.
57. &pnuos—tow] For a similar pleonasm, see (hd. Ο. 258, τί κλήδο-
vos καλῆς μάτην ῥεούσης ὠφέλημα γίγνεται.
58. γνῶτα κοὺκ ἄγνωτα)] Cf. 1230 infr., ἑκόντα κοὺκ ἄκοντα.
60. νοσοῦντε5] Constructio ad sensum: ὡς ὀγὼ---νοσεῖ-- οὐ νοσεῖτε
& ἴσου ὡς ἐγά.
61. ἐξ ἴσου] Cf. Trach. 395, ὡς ἐκ ταχεία----ἄσσ εις.
62. ἔν Elmsl. and Wund. read ἕν, which quite spoils the aan tabee::
63. κοὐδὲν ἄλλον] Opp. to ἕν.
64. καὶ σἼ Wund. reads καί σ᾽, erroneously. For the elision of σέ
emphatic, cf. 332 infr.
65. εὕδοντα] Infr. 586, ξὺν φόβοισι μᾶλλον ἣ ἄτρεστον εὕδοντ᾽.
67. φροντίδοο] Depd. on πλάνοις. Cf. Ant. 225, πολλὰς γὰρ ἔσχον
φροντίδων ἐπιστάσεις, ὅδοῖς κυκλῶν ἐμαυτὸν εἰς ἀναστροφήν. :
68. ἴασιν] Alludes to νοσεῖτε, 60.
72. Spiv—oavey] Gerundial. δυσαίμην] Linwood conjectures
ῥυσοίμην, which seems to be required by the context.
73. Χρόνῳ] Seo. τῷ τοῦ ἀπεῖναι, Wund., or τῷ καθήκοντι.
74. λυπεῖ τί πράσσει] Condeused construction; as infr. 155, ἀμφὶ
σοὶ Afdpevos τί μοι---ἐξανύσειξ χρέος : Aj. 794, Sore μ᾽ ὠδίνειν τί
φής. εἰκότος πέρα] Refers to the entire clause, and not only to
ἄπεστι, to which the words πλείω «. τ. A. especially belong.
78. χρόνου] We should have expected χρόνον : a sort of attraction.
76. Here Gidipus for the first time pledges himself, as he afterwards
does more formally, to the inquiry which brings about his own ruin.
77. δηλοῖ] Conjunctive.
78. els καλόν] -Ξ εἰς καιρόν : it refers, as appears from the position of
τ᾽, both to εἶπας and to προσστείχοντα.
10 SOPHOCLIS
80. σωτῆρι) For the more common feminine owrelpq: cf. Phil. 1471,
Νύμφαις ἁλίαισιν ἐπευξάμενοι νόστου σωτῆρας ἱκέσθαι.
82. εἰκάσαι Used as as εἰκάσαι. ἡδύς] “ With good tidings :”
cf. Trach. 122, ἀδεῖα μὲν, ἀντία δ᾽ οἴσω. ob γὰρ ἄν] Sc. εἰ μὴ ἡδὺς ἦ,
ἃ. common ellipsis. +
84. ξύμμετρος x. 7.A.] Μέτρον ἔχων τοῦ ἀκούειν 8:4 τὸ πλησίον γενέ-
σθαι, Schol. Creon enters from the right hand, or country side.
' 8 5. κήδευμα)] For κηδεστής : abstract for concrete.
86. φήμην] Vid. ad 40 supr.
87. ἐσθλήν] An indirect answer, as if (id. had asked, not tlva; but
ποίαν ; Creon hesitates to deliver his message in public (infr. 91), and
therefore evades the question, and wraps up his reply in vague gene-
ralities (λέγω γὰρ κ- τ. A.)
89. οὔτε γὰρ x.7.A.] There is something like a rebuke in this: “1
can make nothing of what you have told me as yet.’
go. οὔτ᾽ οὖν] Ody is frequently subjoined to εἴτε and οὔτε, most com-
monly in the latter, but sometimes in the former, of two alternative
clauses. In these cases it may be considered to retain its proper in-
ferential force: as, " εἴτε a, εἴτ᾽ οὖν β,᾽ 1. 6. ‘either A, or (if not A, then)
B;’ “οὔτε a, οὔτ᾽ οὖν B,’ 1. 6. * Neither A, nor (consequently) B.’ Aceord-
ingly, οὖν is very often, although not always, used to introduce the less
* probable alternative, or that which is most strongly denied. Perhaps
this may be the case here. τῷ ye νῦν λόγῳ] Causal dative: cf.
Ant 691, τὸ σὸν γὰρ ὄμμα δεινὸν ἀνδρὶ δημότῃ λόγοις τοιούτοις οἷς σὺ μὴ
τέρψει κλύων.
92. εἴτε κ. τ. λ.} -- εἴτε στείχειν ἔσω χρήζεις, ἕτοιμός εἶμι καὶ στείχειν
ἔσω, Dind. :
93. és πάντας αὔδα] The high spirit of Οὐ ἀΐρυβ does not brook con-
cealment, (cf Ant. 86, οἴμοι" xarav6a,) and the confident tone in which
he speaks, arising from the entire absence of any suspicion that he is
himself the person pointed out by the oracle, reifders the catastrophe
the more affecting. τῶνδε] Depd.on περίἔ. A preposition is often
expressed with the second only of two nouns, to both of which it applies
equally ; as inf. 734, és ταὐτὸ Δελφῶν κἀπὸ Aavalas ἄγει : 761, ἀγρούς
σφε πέμψαι κἀπὶ ποιμνίων νομάς : Pind. Pyth.iv.16;Nem.x.71. πλέον
tow] “ Make more of.”
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. il
94. τὸ πένθος} 1. 6. “ the grief which I feel.” This may be called an. |
‘assumptive’ article, as asswming the existence:of that which its noun
denotes : accordingly τῶνδε πέρι is the virtual predicate of the sentence :
cf. 526 infr., ταῖς ἐμαῖς γνώμαις ὅτι πεισθεὶς ὁ μάντις τοὺς Adyous ψευδεῖς
λέγοι : Ant. 189, ταύτης ἔπι πλέοντες ὀρθῆς τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα.
96. ἐμφανῶς) Infr. 106, ἐπιστέλλει σαφῶς ; in contrast to the ordi-
nary obscurity of the oracles.
99. καθαρμῷ] Instrumental dative, depd. on ἐλαύνειν.
100. avipyAarotyras—aAvoyras| Gerundial, to be taken with éAaty.,
in answer to ποίῳ καθαρμῶ ; πάλιν] “ In turn.”
ΙΟΙ. &s—xeyd{ov] The acc. absol. is common with és, ὥςπερ, &c.:
of. Cid. C. 380, ὡς αὐτίκ᾽ “Apyos ἣ τὸ Καδμείων πέδον τιμῇ καθέξον 4 πρὸς
οὐρανὸν β : Demosth. de Cor. p. 268, Sswep—Adyy τοὺς πολιτικοὺς,
GAA’ οὐ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς πολιτεύμασι γιγνωσκομένους. τόδ᾽
αἷμα] The demonstrative τόδ᾽ apparently refers to μίασμα χώρας, 97, and
φόνον, 100. xecud(ov] For the metaphor, cf. 23 supr.
102. τήνδε---τύχην] Refers to φόνον, 100, and αἷμα, 101.
105. ἀκούων] Emphatic, opp. to εἰσεῖδον.
106. τούτου] Not gen. absol., but depd. on αὐτοέντας.
107. avroévras] As in El. 272,=av0évras. The word is used, like
αὐτόχειρ, for a suicide, for the murderer of a kinsman, and for a mwr-
derer generally. Probably it merely means a perpetrator, and is there-
fore an euphemism. τιμωρεῖν] Vid. ad 140 infr. τινά) So Dind.,
Wund., after Schafer : vulg. τινάς. The common reading is perhaps
to be preferred, τιμωρεῖν being in that case used impersonally after
ἐπιστέλλει, 8.8 is often the case after κελεύω, &c., and τινάς being added
to τοὺς αὐτοέντας, to shew that the murderers were unknown, “ the
murderers, whoever they may be.” For this use of an indef. pron. with a
noun preceded by the article, cf. (id. C. 288, ὅταν δ᾽ ὃ κύριος παρῇ TH.
110. τὸ δὲ---τἀμελούμενοκ] Proverbial.
112. πότερα δ᾽ κι τ.λ.}] The events prior to the commencement of the
action, which Euripides would have narrated in a set prologue, are
thus elicited from Creon by the questions of (idipus for the benefit
of the spectators. The ignorance of the previous history of Thebes,
here displayed by CEdipus, is accounted for inf. 130. See also infr.
754-764.
12 - ~ §OPHOCLIS
113. συμπίπτει) Cf. Trach. 876, τῷ μόρῳ----ξυντρέχει ;
114. ὧς ἔφασκεν} Sc. Laius; referring to θεωρός.
115. @s] Temporal, =éwel: “ ex quo tempore.”
117. 8rov] Depd. on ἐκμαθών. For κατεῖδ᾽ ὅτου Dind. suggests
κατεῖφ᾽, ὅτῳ, the relative depending on ἐχρήσατ᾽, and having the object
of κατεῖφ᾽ for its antecedent. ἐκμαθὼκ ἐχρήσατ᾽ ty|=ei ἐξέμαθεν,
ἐχρήσατ᾽ ἄν.
118. θνήσκουσι] Historic present. γάρ] “ Why’—"No, for”—
γάρ after the first word of a speech, shews the existence of an ellipsis
of some kind, and frequently implies a negative answer.
119. εἰδώς] --- σαφῶς : cf. El. 41, ὅπως ἂν εἰδὼς ἡμὶν ayyelAns σαφῆ.
120. &] Alluding to πλὴν ἕν, 110. πόλλ᾽) Opp. to ἕν. πόλλ᾽
ἂν ἐξεύροι)͵ An unconscious prediction, the fulfilment of which is de-
clared in similar terms, inf. 1182, ἰοὺ ἰού" τὰ πάντ᾽ ἂν ἐξήκοι capi. μα-
θεῖν] Epexegesis.
123. σὺν πλήθει] Opp. to μιᾷ ῥώμῃ. This point serves, in the con-
duct of the play, to conceal from Cdipus his identity with the murderer
of Laius ; and it is upon this-that Gidipus rests his hopes, infr. 845, οὐ
᾿ γὰρ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν εἷς γε τοῖς πολλοῖς ἴσος. Wund. supposes this part of the
story to have been fabricated by the surviving attendant, like Falstaff’s
eleven men in buckram, to excuse his own defection.
124. ὁ λῃστής} I. 6. the principal robber: cf. 246 infr., τὸν δεδρα-
κότ᾽, εἴτε τις εἷς ὧν λέληθεν εἴτε πλειόνων μέτα. But: (id. is here made
to designate himself unconsciously ; and, as we have just seen, the
question of identity is ultimately made to turn upon the number of the
robbers.
125. ἐπράσσετ᾽ ] Either (1) ‘‘was practised on,” i. 6. “bribed,” (a very |
doubtful signification of πράσσω), λῃστής being the subj., Schol., Wund.,
in which case εἴ τι μή = “‘ nist forte :” or (2) making τι the subj., “there
was some practice,” Linwood. ; cf. Thuc. iv. 121, καί τι αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπράσ-
wero és τὰς πόλεις προδοσίας περί : id. iv. 89; v. 83. Cid. probably
suspects Creon : cf. 378-389, 555-573 inf.
126. Λαΐου--- ἀρωγὸς] Cf. 495 infr., Λαβδακίδαις ἐπίκουρος ἀδήλων θανάτων.
127. ἐν κακοῖς} “Ἢ In owr misfortunes,” i. 6. the Sphinx.
128. κακόν] Referring to κακοῖς, 127. ποῖον] ποῖος frequently.
marks an indignant or ironical question : the tone of the question here
" C:DIPUS TYRANNUS. 13
is accounted for by τυραννίδος οὕτω πεσούσης, as Cid. is speaking from a
king’s point of view. ἐμποδών] To be taken closely with εἶργε.
» 131. τἀφανῇ) Opp. to τὸ πρὸς ποσί.
132. αὔτ᾽ So. τἀφανῆ, to which φανῶ is opposed. (Mid. here again
pledges himself to the enquiry which is to prove fatal: cf. 76 supr.
134. πρό] τεὑπέρ.
137. ὑπὲρ γάρ κ΄ τ. λ. Cid. means to say that, as the same fate which
has befallen Laius may befal his successor, (139, 140), it is a duty
which he owes to himself to discover the murder, (ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ) : but
the words may also be understood to signify that the person on whose
behalf he is making this enquiry is a near kinsman. Accordingly Cid.
unconsciously declares his relation to the murdered man. Cf. 124 supr.
138. αὐτὸς αὗτοῦῇἙ The reflexive pronoun. of the 3d person is fre-
quently used for the rst and 2d persons, but especially in connection
with αὐτός. The idiom αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ is parallel to κακὸν κακῶς, &c.
There is also an intentional ambiguity in this line, as αὑτοῦ might be
taken as depd. on μύσος.
139. τάχ᾽ ἄν] This ἄν is not an anticipation of that which follows, but
coalesces with τάχα, so as virtually to form one word: vid. ad 523 infr.
140. xeipf] Frequently involves the idea of ‘ violence,’ ‘murder,’ as
in the comp. αὐτόχειρ, and in Asch. Eum. 260, ὑπόδικος χερῶν γενέσθαι
θέλει. τιμωρεῖν] Here = τιμωρεῖσθαι : unusual with acc. of the
person, in the sense of “‘ punish.” Cf. 107 supr.: Eur. Or. 433, Παλα-
μήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνος : Ken. Cyr. iv. vi. 8, τιμωρήσειν σοι τοῦ παιδὸς
τὸν φονέα σὺν θεοῖς ὑπισχνοῦμαι.
141. κείνῳ] Sc. Λαΐφ. ἐμαυτὸν ὠφελῶ) τὰ ἐναντία ἀποβήσεται,
Schol.
142, ὑμεῖς μέν] Opp. to ἄλλος δέ κ. τ. A. βάθρων] The gen.,
without a prep., expressing motion from a place, as in Ph. 630, δεῖξαι
νεὼς dyovr’ ἐν ᾿Αργείοις μέσοις.
143. ἴσταφθε]-- ἀνίστασθε, Schol., as infr. 147, ἱστώμεσθα. ἱκτῆρας
KAd8ous] Supr. 3.
146. σὺν τῷ θεῷ] To be taken closely with ebruxois. φανούμεθ᾽
A pregnant expression : in using the ist pers. pl. he intends to include
the whole city; but the words are applicable to his own case. (id. and
Creon here quit the stage, the former by the centre door.
14 SOPHOCLIS
148. καῇ Opposes δεῦρ᾽ ἔβημεν to ἱστώμεσθα. ἐξαγγέλλεται]
Middle verb in active sense, common in Sophocles ; as ἀγγέλλομαι, Aj.
1376, Linwood.
151. The Priest and suppliants leave the scene on the left hand,
while the Chorus, representing Theban elders, enter the orchestra from
the same side, singing the following Parodos. ‘Utterance of Zeus, is-
suing from the oracle of Phoebus, how am I to interpret thee? My
spirit is racked with anxiety. I invoke Athene, Artemis, and the far-
darting Apollo, to avert woe. Countless are the calamities which we
endure in the place. The earth fails to give her increase, and our
women are childless. One falls after another, and the unburied corpses
spread contagion. The matrons crowd the temples as suppliants. Help
us, daughter of Zeus, and drive the Pestilence away to west or east:
for what escapes by night, perishes by day. Let Zeus destroy it with
his thunderbolt, or Apollo with his beams, or Artemis with her torches,
or Bacchus with his blazing pine-brand.’ Διός----φάτι)] The re-
sponse of the Delphic oracle, so called as being originally inspired by
Zeus, although delivered by the agency of Apollo: cf. Ausch. Eum. 19,
Διὸς προφητὴς δ᾽ ἐστὶ Λοξίας πατρός. ἀδυεπέ:] Cf. 82 supr., ἀλλ᾽
εἰκάσαι μὲν 480s. πολυχρύσου) Cf. Hom. 11.} x. 904 ; Herod. i.
50, 51.
153. Πυθῶνος] For the constr. vid. ad 142 supr.
153. φοβεράν} In an active sense. φρένα] depd. on ἐκτέταμαι (πάλ-
λων being here intransitive), not, as Schneidewin, on πάλλων taken
actively.
154. ite] Aisch. Agam. 146, ἰήιον δὲ καλέω Παιᾶνα.
155. &(éuevos, τί μοι «.7.A.] For the constr. cf. supr. 74, λυπεῖ τί
πράσσει. νέον] Opp. to περιτελλομέναις ὥραις πάλιν.
157. τέκνον ᾿Ἐλπίδο:] wap’ ὅσον ἐν ἐλπίδι τινὶ γενομένοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι--
χρησμοὺς αἰτοῦσιν ἀπὸ θεῶν, Schol. - The remark of the Scholiast is il-
lustrated by the first words of the Chorus, ὦ Διὸς dSvents φάτι, τίς
κ. τ. A. φάμα] Vid. ad 40 supr.
189. xexAduevos] Nominative pendent: it may be regarded as agree-
ing with the subj. of λίσσομαι φανῆναι = προφάνητέ μοι, 164.
160. γαιάοχον] --πολιοῦχον Schol.
161. κυκλόεντ᾽] Hither (1) from the form of the ἀγορά; or (2) because
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 7 15
Artemis was worshipped by κύκλιοι χόροι. ἀγορᾶς] We are informed
by Plutarch (Aristid. 20), that there were in every ἀγορά among the
Beeotians and Locrians an altar and a statue in honour of Εὐκλεία, sup-
posed to be Artemis: there may be an allusion to this name in the
epithet εὐκλέα applied to θρόνον.
164. ἀλεξίμοροι] Proleptic, with προφάνητε.
165. ὑπερορνυμένας] With προτέρας Eras, gen. absol. This compound
does not occur elsewhere, and is a conj. for ὕπερ ὀρνυμένας. With the
use of ὑπέρ in the common reading we may compare infr. 187, ὧν ὕπερ---
εὐῶπα πέμψον ἀλκάν.
166. ἡνύσατ᾽ ἐκτοπία»] = ἐξετοπίσατε, ὑπερόριον ἐποιήσατε, Schol. The
adj. is proleptic. καὶ viv} Opp. to καὶ προτέρας.
167. γάρ] Connects the sentence ἀνάριθμα κ. τ. Δ. with ἔλθετε καὶ νῦν.
168. πρόπας στόλος] ““ Omnia que habeo,” Linwood.
169. φροντίδος ἔγχος] Cf. Pind. Ol. ii. 150, πηλλά μοι be” ἀγκῶνος ὠκόα
βέλη ἔνδον ἐντὶ φαρέτρας φωνᾶντα cuveroiow. The metaphor derives its
force from the following verb ἀλέξεται.
171. ἀλέξεται)] The context compels us to regard this as fut. med.
from ἀλέκω, as infr. 539, where ἀλεξοίμην is coupled with γνωριοῖμι. The
fut. is used nearly in a potential sense =@ τις ἀλέκοιτ᾽ ἄν. οὔτε yap
κι τ᾿ A.] Explains and exemplifies νοσεῖ---πρόπας στόλος. Cf. 26 supr.
172. τόκοισιν] A temporal dative, not instrumental, as Wund. Its
strict meaning is limited by the words ofre—intwy καμάτων ἀνέχουσι, aa
it is by the epithet, supr. 26, 27. τόκοισί re ἀγόνοις γυναικῶν.
174. lnlov] = θρηνητικῶν Schol. ἀνέχουσι] Intransitive “rise from,”
as Ausch. Agam. 93, οὐρανομήκης λαμπὰς ἀνίσχει, The meaning of the
whole passage is, apparently, not that they do not recover after child-
birth, but that they bear no children.
178. ἄλλφ] For the dat. cf. Aj. 866, πόνος πόνῳ πόνον φέρει : ἘΠ. 235,
μὴ τίκτειν σ᾽ ἅταν Eras. ἅπερ] = καθάπερ.
177. ἀκτάν] Alluding probably to the rivers of Hades, as Ant. 812.
᾿Αχέροντος ἀκτάν. πρός] After its case, as infr. 525, τοῦ πρὸς 3° ἐ-
φάνθη. ἑσπέρου θεοῦ] I.e., of course, Death ; not “the god of the
west,” (as Dind., Schneidewin, who compare Hom. Od. xii. 81, which has
nothing to do with it ;) but “the evening god :” cf. Cid. C. 1559, ἐννν-
χίων ἄναξ Αἰδωνεῦ: Alsch. Cho. 728, χθόνιον δ᾽ Ἕρμῆν καὶ τὸν νύχιον
16 ᾿ς ΒΟΡΒΟΟΘΙΙΒ
τοῖσδ᾽ ἐφοδεῦσαι ξιφοδηλήτοισιν ἀγῶσιν (ἢ) : Athenzus viii. § 26 (p. 341),
ἐπεὶ ὁ Τιμοθέου Χάρων σχολάζειν οὐκ ἐᾷ,--- καλεῖ δὲ μοῖρα νύχιος.
178. ὧν] Depd. on ἀνάριθμος : cf. Aj. 604, μηνῶν ἀνήριθμος : Trach.
247, ἡμερῶν ἀνήριθμον. ἀνάριθμο:] The word echoes ἀνάριθμα in the
strophe,167; Schneidewin. For similar assonances compare Ant. 360,370,
παντόπορος ἄπορος ἐπ᾽ οὐδὲν ἔρχεται---ὑψίπολις" ἄπολις, ὅτῳ τὸ μὴ καλόν---
179. νηλέα] Generally active, here passive: of. Ant. 1197, ἔνθ᾽ ἔκειτο
γηλεὲς κυνοσπαρακτὸν σῶμα Πολυνείκους ἔτι.
180. @avardpopa} I. 6. spreading the plague by contagion.
181. ἐν 8—ém] Vid. ad 27 supr.
182. ἀκτὰν παρὰ βώμιον) Cf. Atsch. Cho. 722, πότνι᾽ ἀκτὴ χώματος.
183. ἄλλοθεν ἄλλαν] So Dind. for ἄλλοθεν ἄλλαι, “neque enim ad
unam omnes aram mulieres ille congregantur ;” hardly a sufficient rea-
son for altering the text. With the vulg. cf. Aisch. Agam. 92, ἄλλη δ᾽
ἄλλοθεν οὐρανομήκης λαμπὰς ἀνίσχει.
185. πόνων] Depd. on ἱκετῆρες.
186. παιὰν δὲ κ. τ. λ.Ἶ Supr. 4, 5, πόλις δ᾽.--γέμει--- παιάνων τε καὶ στε-
ναγμάτω». λάμπει] Cf. 413 infr., ἔλαμψε γὰρ----φάμα Παρνασοῦ : Ausch.
Sept. 104, κτύπον δέδορκα. Suavaos] Sc. τῷ παιᾶνι.
187. ὧν ὕπερ) Cf. 167 supr., προτέρας ἄτας ὑπέρ ' δι. On account of these
calamities.”
188. εὐῶπα πέμψον ἀλκάν] Cf. Asch. Cho. 490, ὦ Περσέφασσα, δὸς δέ
τ᾽ εὔμορφον κράτος, Dind.
180. “Apea}] Ares, who repeatedly appears in the Tragedians as the
personification, not simply of war, but of every kind of violence (cf.
Esch. Eum. 355, δωμάτων γὰρ eiAduay ἀνατροκὰς, ὅταν “Apys τιθασὸς dv
φίλον ἕλῃ) is here the spirit of the pestilence, distinguished by being
called ‘an unarmed Ares’ (ἄχαλκος ἀσπίδων) by a sort of oxymoron.
With the expression ἄχ. ἀσπ. cf. El. 36, ἄσκευον ἀσπίδων.
192. φλέγει] Cf. 27 supr., 6 πυρφόρος θεός: 166, φλόγα πήματος. περι-
Bénrov} The conj. of Dind. for περιβόητος. In either case there is pro-
bably an allusion to the βοή which accompanies the literal”Apys. ἀν-
τιάζω] The conj. of Hermann for ἀντιάζων. For the usage, cf. El. 1009,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀντιάζω,---κατάσχες ὀργήν : Ph. 809, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντιάζω, μή με καταλίπῃς
μόνον.
. 193. δράμημα) Cogn. aco. γωτίσαι) Hither (1) depd. on ἀντιάζω , or
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 17
(2) if ἀντιάζων be read, the precatory use of the infin. ; cf. Avsch. Cho.
307, ἀλλ᾽ ὦ μεγάλαι Μοῖραι, Διόθεν τῇδε τελεντᾶν, 7 τὸ δίκαιον μεταβαίνει.
195. μέγαν θάλαμον "Auderplras] Probably either the Ocean or Medi-
terranean, as Θρύκιον κλύδωνα is the Euxine: i.e. ‘let him depart to
west or east.’
196. ἀπόξενον) Alluding to ἤΑξεινος, afterwards called Εὔξεινος. ὅρ-
poor] Depd. ἀπόξενον : cf. 180 supr. ἄχαλκος ἀσπίδων.
198. τέλε Sc. ἐπὶ τῷ ἑαυτῆς, Schol.; ““αδύδωυ suo,” Linwood. Dind.
suggests τελεῖν, “82 quid malorwm perficiendum reliquertt.” Schneidewin
reads τελεῖ γάρ" ef τι κι τ. Δ.) where the asyndeton is scarcely tolera-
ble. εἰ---ἀφῇ] Relative pronouns and conditional, local, temporal or
final particles, when their signification is general and indefinite, are
followed by the conjunctive. In such cases ἄν may be, and frequently
ἐδ subjoined to the pronoun or particle (or, in some cases, coalesces with
the latter), but this is not invariably the case: cf. 874 infr., ὕβρις, εἰ πολ-
λῶν ὑπερπλησθῇ μάταν: 1062, εἶ τρίτης ἐγὼ μητρὸς φανῶ τρίδουλος.
199. τοῦτ Depd. on ἐπ᾽, or ἐπέρχεται. ἐπ᾽ Probably separated by
tmesis from ἔρχεται.
200. τόν] Sc. τὸν Ἄρεα. Relative use of the article: cf. 1055, 1379,
1427, infr. τἂν] Inserted by Herm.
204. Adxe’] An epithet of Apollo, probably connected with λεύσσω,
λύχνος, “lux,” “light,” &. See Liddell and Scott’s Lex. sub voc. λύκη.
The legendary connection of Apollo and Artemis with Lycia (infr. 208)
is probably an etymological myth. For a different etymology, however,
see El. 6, 7, rod λνκοκτόνον θεοῦ ἀγορὰ Λύκειος : Alsch. Sept.145, καὶ od,
Λύκει᾽ ἄναξ, Δύκειος γενοῦ στρατῷ daly.
205. ἀδάματ᾽] To be taken closely with ἐνδατεῖσθαι, almost adverbi-
ally. ἐνδατεῖσθαιἿ καταμερίζεσθαι Schol. Not usual in pass. : nei-
ther can we understand ge as the subj. (as suggested by Linwood), as
this would not apply to the following clause τάς re—alyAas. Herm.
renders ἐνδατεῖσθαι “‘ celebrari.”
206. dperyd] To be taken closely with the next word. προσταχθέντα]
A conj. of Dind. for προσταθέντα ; which, if genuine, must be from
wpooreivecy.
207. afyAas] Artemis is represented in works of art with a torch in
either hand: cf. Aristoph. Ran. 1406, διπόρους ἀνέχουσα λαμπάδας. As
18 SOPHOCLIS
ἐνδατεῖσθαι is not strictly applicable to αἴγλας in this sense, we must
suppose a sort of zeugma.
210. rad’ ἐπώνυμον yas] 1. 6. τὸν Θηβαῖον, Schol.
212. Μαινάδων ὁμόστολον] Cf. Ant. 1150, προφάνηθι Ναξίαις σαῖς ἅμα
περιπόλοις Θυιάσιν. To be taken closely with πελασθῆναι.
215. πεύκᾳ] Depd. on φλέγοντ᾽. Cf. Eur. Bacch. 306, ἔτ᾽ αὐτὸν ὄψει
κἀπὶ Δελφίσιν πέτραις πηδῶντα σὺν πεύκαισι δικόρυφον πλάκα. τὸν----
θεόν] Sc. τὸν λοιμόν, Schol. Cf. Ζβοι. Sept. 720, θεὸν οὐ θεοῖς ὁμοίαν.
216. A general assembly of the people (cf. supr. 144, infr. 223, 273);
the Thebans being probably represented by the spectators (cf. 1524, infr.),
as in Asch. Eum. 566.sqq., and possibly in Sept. 1 sqq. αἰτεῖς}
CEdipus has apparently returned to the stage in time to hear the last
supplication of the Chorus. &] The antecedent is to be sought for
in ἀλκὴν---κακῶν, 218.
217. @] The particle re is frequently used to add, not a new fact or
statement, but an explanation or further account of a previous one.
This may be called its epexegetic use.
210. ἁγὼ ---ἐξερῶ] Sc. τἄμ᾽ ἔπη. ξένος μὲν ---- ξένος δέ] Vid. ad 4,
supr. ξενὸς----τοῦ λόγου, a condensed expression - ἀγνὼς τοῦ λόγου, ξενὸς
ὥν. In ξενὸς τοῦ πραχθέντος (idipus implies his innocence as well as his
ignorance in relation to the murder of Laius. :
220. ob γὰρ by—abrd] Dind. (after the Schol.) finds the protasis in the
clause μὴ οὐκ ἔχων τι σύμβολον -- εἰ μὴ εἶχόν τι σύμβολον, comparing 12
supr., δυσάλγητος γὰρ ἂν εἴην τοιάνδε μὴ οὐ κατοικτείρων ἕδραν and re-
MSS.) αὐτός, and omits μή; he understands εἰ μὴ ἐξεῖπον (from ἐξερῶ,
as the protasis to ob yap ἄν «.7.A. (for the ellipsis cf. 82 supr.), and mak
ἔχων causal, and αὐτός emphatic (“ὃν myself”.) Probably the protasis to
pd γὰρ by—tyvevoy is εἰ μὴ tevds ἦν (understood from 219, 220), the gist
of the sentence lies in μακράν, and wh οὐκ ἔχων x.7.A. is not conditional
(as supr. 12), but epexegetic, as Cid. Col. 360, ἥκεις yap οὗ κενῆ γε, τοῦτ᾽
ἐγὼ σαφῶς ἔξοιδα, μὴ οὐχὶ δεῖμ᾽ ἐμοὶ φέρονσά τι. “‘ For, had tt not been 80,
1 should not have been long tracing it out without coming to some token.”
Ov is subjoined to μή on acconnt of the negative in the principal clause.
222. νῦν δ] 1.9. ‘As matters now stand.” ὕστερο:---τελῶ] An
epexegesis of νῦν, which seems to prove that εἰ μὴ ξένος ἦν is to be under-
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 19
stood as the protasis to ob yap—txvevor. ἀστὸς els ἀστοὐς] Like the
common idioms αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ, κακὰ κακῶς, &. Here Wund. reads αὐτός,
which is weak. τελῶ] Properly ‘‘to pay,” i. e. taxes, and hence
“0 be classed among,” for the payment of taxes, and generally “‘to rank
among.”
223. προφωνῶ) gives the remainder of the speech the character of a
public edict, which also appears in the formal description Λάϊον τοῦ
Λαβδάκου, 224 (cf. 267, 268 infr.), as well as in the denunciation, 236 sqq.
224. Cidipus calls upon all or any who know by whom Laius was slain
to declare their knowledge (224-226) : he promises to the murderer him-
self a safe-conduct.out of the country (227-229), and a reward to in-
formers (230-232): the remainder of the speech is occupied with denuncia-
tions upon the murderer, and upon those who shelter him, as well as with
solemn declarations of his own determination to prosecute the inquiry.
226. κεὶ μὲν---ἀσφαλής] A confusion between the following construc-
tions :—(1) κεὶ μὲν φοβεῖται x. τ. λ., ἄλλο μὲν dorepyts οὐδὲν πείσεται, γῆς
δ' ἄπεισιν ἀσφαλής, and (2) κεὶ κι΄ τ. λ., (πείσεται γὰρ ἄλλο ἀστεργὲς οὐδέν)
γῆς ἄπεισιν ἀσφ. Thus the apod. to κεὶ μὲν «. τ. A. is γῆς---ἀσφαλῆς, and
nelcerai—ovdéy is properly parenthetic: but γῆς ἄπεισιν (being a form
of punishment) is also opp. to ἄλλο ἀστεργές by the use of μέν and
δέ. βεῖται] The subj. must be understood out οὗ ἐκ τίνος διώλετο,
and is determined by αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ. ὑπεξελών] The main diffi-
culty of the passage lies in this word. (1) Its most obvious meaning is
“‘ having secretly withdrawn,” or “having taken out of the way,” (cf. Plat.
Rep. p. 567 B, ὑπεξαιρεῖν δὴ τούτους πάντας δεῖ τὸν τύραννον, εἰ μέλλει
ἄρξειν : Thuc. iv. 83, οἱ Χαλκιδέων πρέσβεις ξυμπαρόντες ἐδίδασκον αὑτὸν μὴ
ὑπεξελεῖν τῷ Περδίκκᾳ τὰ δεινά) : the part. would thus be causal, and at-
tach itself to φοβεῖται : “If he is afraid (to confess) trasmuch as he has
secretly withdrawn the charge against himself.” But it is doubtful whe-
ther a man could be said in this sense τοὐπίκλημ᾽ ὑπεξελεῖν αὐτὸς καθ᾽
αὑτοῦ : the use of this formula would appear to require from ὑπεξελεῖν
(2) the sense of ‘bring forth,” “produce,” i. 6. “ confess :” in this sign. the
part. will be taken with ἄπεισιν, in a temporal sense, and the apod. will
begin at τοὐπίκλημ᾽. But this use of the word is very questionable (Eur.
Hipp. 633, quoted by Linwood, and El. 1420, by Schneidewin, are ir-
relevant). Perhaps 1 presents less difficulty.
20 SOPHOCLIS
230. ἄλλον --- χθονός] Since Laius was slain beyond the Beotian
frontier. For the form of expr., cf. 222 supr., ἀστὸς εἰς ἀστοὺς τελῶ.
231. τὸ Képdos] ‘Quod debitum ertt lucrum;” 80 ἡ χάρις 232, Lin-
wood, τελῶ] Att. fut.
233. φίλου, χαὐτοῦῇ The gen. is used here with δείσας (where it
would have been more usual to prefix περί or ἀμφῇ) as with μέλειν, κήδε-
σθαι, φροντίζειν, and the like. 1A. refers to 224-226, χαὺτ to 227-2209.
236. τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπαυδῶ x. 7.A.] With the entire passage, cf. infr. 817
sqq., ᾧ μὴ ξένων ἔξεστι phd ἀστῶν τινὶ δόμοις δέχεσθαι, μηδὲ προσφωνεῖν
τινα, ὠθεῖν δ᾽ ἀπ᾽ οἴκων : Aisch. Cho. 290 sqq., καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις οὔτε
κρατῆρος μέρος εἶναι μετασχεῖν, οὐ φιλοσπόνδον λιβὺς, βωμῶν τ᾽ ἀπείργειν
οὐχ ὁρωμένην πατρὸς μῆνιν, δέχεσθαι δ᾽ οὔτε συλλύειν τινά. ys]
Depd. either (1) on ἀπαυδῶ, or (2) on ἐσδέχεσθαι (as Kur. Phen. 454,
εἰσεδέξω τειχέων) Herm., Dind. ; or (3) on τινά, 238, with which Wund.
compares Aj. 1175, εἰ δέ tus στρατοῦ βίᾳ σ᾽ ἀποσπάσειε τοῦδε τοῦ νεκροῦ.
Of these interpp. 1 involves a certain confusion between ἀπαυδῶ γῆς and
ἀπαυδῶ μήτ᾽ εἰσδέχεσθαι x. τ. A., and 2 is wide of the mark, as the mur-
derer was supposed to be in the land already.
238. μήτε προσφωνεῖν] Cf. Alsch. Eum. 448, ἄφθογγον εἶναι τὸν wa-
λαμναῖον νόμος.
240. κοινὸν ποιεῖσθαι) Cf. Aj. 267, κοινὸς ἐν κοινοῖσι λυπεῖσθαι ξυνών.
241. ἀθεῖν 3] Depd. on κελεύω understood out of ἀπαυδῶ, 236: cf.
810 infr. μιάσματοΞ)] Predicate. Supr. 97.
242. ὄντω:] Read ὄντος.
244. οὖν] Inferential ; to be taken separately from μέν. τοιόσδε)
To be taken closely with σύμμαχος : refers to 224-243. δαίμονι Sc.
τῷ μαντεύσαντι : infr. 253, τοῦ θεοῦ τε.
246-251. Dind. (after Otto Ribbeck) places these five lines after
272. Thus the speech follows the natural order of ideas; ὑμῖν δέ, 252,
answers to ἐγὼ μέν, 244 ; and the words παθεῖν ἅπερ τοῖσδ᾽ ἀρτίως ἦρα-
σάμην, 251, which are otherwise hardly intelligible, refer to 269-272,
καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς μὴ δρῶσιν K.7.A., and 248, κακὸν κακῶς νιν ἅμορον ἐκτρῖψαι
βίον. The error of MSS. (if it be one) is due to the similar beginnings
of 252 (ὑμῖν δὲ ταῦτα) and 273 (ὑμῖν δὲ roils).
. 246. δέ] According to the arrangement of Dind., opposes τὸν δεδρακότα
to ταῦτα τοῖς μὴ δρῶσιν, 269. ~
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 21
247. εἷς «.t.A.] Vid. ad 124, supr.
248. wy] Repeated, after the intervening clause, from τὸν δεδρακότ᾽ :
ct. Trach. 287, αὐτὸν δ᾽ ἐκεῖνον εὖτ᾽ dy ἁγνὰ θύματα ῥέξῃ πατρῴῳ Ζηνὶ τῆς
ἁλώσεως, φρόνει νιν ὡς ἥξοντα.
249. ἐπεύχομαι δ'---᾿ἡρασάμην] This unconscious imprecation of woe
_ upon his own head forms an appropriate climax to the series of denun-
ciations, and gives additional probability to the arrangement of Dind.
Observe the threefold formula, εὔχομαι (269), κατεύχομαι (246), and
ἐπεύχομαι.
250. γένοιτ) The optative in the conditional clause, followed by the
indic. (or infin. without ἄν) in apodosi, implies that although the condi-
tion is uncertain, the consequence (given the condition) is inevitable :
ef. infr. 917, ἀλλ᾽ ἐστὶ τοῦ λέγοντος εἰ φόβους λέγοι.
251. παθεῖν) Sc. ἐμέ. τοῖσδ᾽] See 269 and 246.
252. ταῦτα πάντ᾽] Supr. 224-243.
253. ὑπέρ τ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ] Cf. 137-141 supr. τοῦ θεοῦ τε] Supr. 244.
254. γῆ:--- ἐφθαρμένη5)] Cf. El. 1181, ὦ σῶμ᾽ ἀτίμως κἀθέως ἐφθαρ-
μένον. ἀκάρπω4] Supr. 171 sqq., οὔτε γὰρ ἔκγονα κλυτᾶς χθονὸς
αὔξεται κ. τ. λ.
255. τὸ πρᾶγμα] 1. 6. the enquiry concerning the murder of Laius.
256. ἀκάθαρτον) Sc. the murder, understood out of τὸ πρᾶγμα.
257. ¥] “ Especially.”
258. etepevyay] Sc. εἰκὸς ἦν. νῦν δ᾽] Vid. ad 222, supr.
ἐπεῆ The apodosis begins at 264.
259. ἔχων μὲν---ἔχων δέ] Vid. ad 4, supr.
260. ὁμόσπορον Sc. eis hy ἐσπείρομεν καὶ ἐκεῖνος καὶ γώ. The word is
used Trach. 212, (τὰν ὅὁμόσπορον Αρτεμιν ᾽Ορτυγίαν) for “‘ sister ;” and
infr. 460 (τοῦ warpds ὁμόσπορός τε καὶ poveds) in an active sense.
261. κοινῶν τε xK.T.A.} Opp. to κυρῶ τ᾽, 258. κοίν᾽}. For the
neut. pl., of. Adsch. Kum. 487, κρίνασα 8 ἀστῶν τῶν ἐμῶν τὰ βέλτατα
ἥξω. εἰ--δυστύχησεν) I. 6. had there not been a failure of issue.
But the words would also apply to the exposure of the child, (infr. 717-
719), of which, however, (Ed. is as yet ignorant.
263. νῦν δ᾽ Opp. to el—uh ᾽δυστύχησεν. κρᾶτ᾽ ---τύχη] Cf. Ant.
1345, ἐπὶ xpart μοι πότμος δυσκόμιστος ἐνήλατο.
264. dv@ ὧν] Sums up the protasis. τάδ᾽] Cogn. aco. ΟΝ ΑἹ.
22 SOPHOCLIS
1346, σὺ ταῦτ᾽, ᾿Οδυσσεῦ, τοῦδ᾽ ὑπερμαχεῖς ἐμοί ; ὡσπερεὶ τοὐμοῦ
πατρός] Because Laius was childless (261, 262), and Cid. had stepped
into his place (258-260). But Cid, tells the truth without knowing it.
265. κἀπὶ πάντ᾽ ἀφίξομαι] Cf. Eur. Hipp. 284, eis τἂν ἀφῆγμαι.
266-268. Vid. ad 223 supr.
266. re] Connects Πολυδώρου with Δαβδάκου implied in Δαβδακείῳ,
269. ταῦτα] So. τὸ ὑπερμάχεσθαι x. τ. A. (265): depd. on δρῶσιν.
δρῶσιν] Depd. on εὔχομαι.
270. μήτ᾽ &poroy—maidas]. Cf. 171-174 supr.
272. ὑμῖν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοισι) Opp. to ‘rois μὴ δρῶσιν (269), τὸν δεδρακότ᾽
| (246), and ἐμοῦ (250).
274. ἥ τε σύμμαχος Proleptic: of. Trach. 477, τῆσδ᾽ οὕνεχ᾽ 4 πολύ-
φθορος καθῃρέθη πατρῷος Οἰχαλία δορί.
276. ἀραῖον ἔλαβε5)] Supr. 233 9qq., 269 844.
277. οὔτ᾽ ἔκτανο»---οὔτε κι τ. λ.] Cf. 229 supr., ξένος μὲν τοῦ λόγου---
ξενὸς δὲ τοῦ πραχθέντος. γάρ] Enpexegetic, as in the common
idioms τεκμήριον δέ---γάρ, δῆλον δέ---γάρ, δια.
278. Chrnua] Obj. of εἰπεῖν, and expl. by ὅςτις εἴργασταί wore. .
280. δίκα The virtual predicate. ἔλεξας] Interlocutors, in
referring to the words of the last speaker, use the aor. where in English
the pres. would be used. Geods| Emphatic.
281. dy] Brunck for ἂν (=édy), which is not a tragic form, as nei-
ther is οὐδεείς, the reading of most MSS. for οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς For the senti-
ment, cf. 788-790 infr.: Ausch. Cho. 815, πολλὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα φανεῖ χρηΐζων,
κρύπτ᾽" ἄσκοπον 3 ἔπος λέγων, νύκτα πρό 7° ὀμμάτων σκότον φέρει.
282. ἐκ τῶνδ᾽) I. 6. next to getting information from the oracle: cf.
235 supr., dx τῶνδε δράσω.
283. εἰ καί] The particles are to be taken separately, not aa infr. 302:
καί emphasizes τρίτ᾽, τὸ μὴ οὐ] After μὴ παρῇς : cf. 1065 infr., οὐκ
ἂν πιθοίμην μὴ οὐ τάδ᾽ ἐκμαθεῖν σαφῶς : 1091, ἄπειρο:---οὐκ ἔσει,---μὴ οὐ
σέ γε--αὔξειν : 1232, λείπει μὲν οὐδ᾽ ἃ πρόσθεν ἤδεμεν τὸ μὴ οὐ βαρύ-
στον᾽ εἶναι.
284. ἄνακτ᾽ ἄνακτι] Analogous to the expression κακὸν κακῶς, 88 supr.
248. ἄνακτι] Depd. on ταῦθ᾽ : peculiarly a title of Apollo, and
therefore applied (ἄνακτ᾽) also to Tiresias ag inspired by Apollo.
285. ἄν] To be taken with ἔκμαθοι.
, GEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 23
286. σκοπῶν} Conditional.
287. ἐν ἀργοῖς] -- ἀργῶς, Schol.: of. Aj. 971, ἐν κενοῖς (= ματαίως,
Schol.)
288. Κρέοντος eirévros}] Afterwards a ground of accusation against
Creon : infr. §55.
289. μὴ παρών] Causal. Dr. Kennedy, however, (1. 6.) resolves it
into εἰ μὴ πάρεστι, the regular constr. with θαυμάζω.
290. κωφά] οὐδὲν σαφὲς ἔχοντα, Schol. κωφὰ καὶ xadal’] Pre-
dicate.
293. ἤκουσα] Supr. 123. δὲ δρῶντ᾽] For δ᾽ ἰδόντ᾽, the reading
of MSS. If we retain the vulg., τὸν ἰδόντ᾽ is opp. to ἥκουσα, (Schnei-
dewin): of. 118 supr., θνήσκοσι γὰρ, x.7.A. If we read δρῶντ᾽, for the
confusion between the sing. δρῶντ᾽ and pl. ὁδοιπόρων, 292, vid. ad 124
supr. The emendation, though not necessary, is rendered probable by
294, 295, where 6 δρῶν is the subj. of ἔχει and μενεῖ.
294. δειμάτων] The conj. of Hartung for δείματός τ.
295. μενεῖ] Either (1) intrans., sc. ‘in the country,’ Dind. (cf. 229
supr.): or (2) trans. -- ὑπομενεῖ, as Phil. 871, τλῆναί σ᾽ ἐλεινῶς ὧδε τἀμὰ
πήματα μεῖναι : in this case ἀράς depd. on both ἀκούων and μενεῖ; cf.
1323 infr., ἔτι γὰρ ὑπομένειβ με τὸν τυφλόν κηδεύων.
296. ros] Opp. to δρῶντι, and implied in ἀράς.
297. οὐξελέγξων͵] A necessary emendation for οὐξελέγχων, (though
Schneidewin defends the vulg.) The art. is used with the fut. part. in
an indef. sense, “one to—:” cf. Ant. 261, οὐδ᾽ ὃ κωλύσων παρῆν : El.
1197, οὐδ᾽ οὑπαρήξων οὐδ᾽ ὃ κωλύσων πάρα : Alsch. P. V. 27, ὃ λωφήσων
γὰρ οὗ πέφυκέ πω. ἔστι) Paroxytone, predicates existence. οἵδε)
δεικτικῶς : cf. Ant. 386, ἀλλὰ ποῦ Κρέων :----ὃδ᾽ ἐκ δόμων ἄψορρος els δέον
περᾷ.
300. Tiresias enters from the left hand, led by a servant, (cf. 444
infr., καὶ σὺ, wai, κόμιζέ με: Ant. 989, ἥκομεν δύ᾽ ἐξ évds βλέποντε, 1087,
ὦ παῖ, σὺ δ' ἄπαγε.) and perhaps by one or both of the messengers of
(Ed. (διπλοὺς πομπούς, supr. 289). πάντα νωμῶν) Of, Aasch.
Sept. 25, és ὃ μάντις φησὶ»---ν ὠσὶ νωμῶν καὶ φρεσὶ»----χρηστηρίους 3p-
νιθαΞ. διδακτά κι τ. A.) A cross division of πάντα : δίδακτα opp. to
ἄρρητα, οὐράνια to χθονοστιβῆ.
302. wéAw] Depd. on both βλέπεις and φρονεῖς, emphatic by its
24 SOPHOCLIS
position ; ‘as to the city.” εἰ καὶ] Concessive, but implying that
the case is so, (vid. ad 669 infr.): cf. 468 infr., εἰ καὶ τυραννεῖς, ἐξισωτέον
τὸ γοῦν Yo’ ἀντιλέξαι : and contrast Ant. 710, ἀλλ᾽ ἄνδρα, kel ms ἦ σοφός,
τὸ μανθάνειν πόλλ᾽ αἰσχρὸν οὐδέν. φρονεῖς δ] As if he had said,
βλέπεις μὲν οὔ : cf. Ant. 234, κεἰ τὸ μηδὲν ἐξερῶ, φράσω δ᾽ ὅμως.
303. ge] Schneidewin (better) reads σέ The language of Cid. here
contrasts strongly with infr. 334 866.
305. ef τι μὴ] ‘For ef καὶ μή, an unnecessary emendation: cf. 959
infr., εἴ τι μὴ τὠμῷ πόθῳ κατέφθιθ᾽, = “nist forte.” With the vulg. cf.
283 supr., εἰ καὶ τρίτ᾽ ἐστί. [Since the foregoing note was written, I
have observed that Dr. Kennedy 1. c. has anticipated me in defending
the vulg., and in citing the parallel 283. The patallel, moreover, ren-
ders necessary his supposition that the words ‘“‘may be regarded as a
Sophoclean hyperbaton=e/ καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων μὴ κλύεις. κλύει5]
Historic pres.
308. efx.t.A.] Explains ἔκλυσιν μόνην.
309. κτείναιμεν---ἐκπεμψαίμεθα) Supr. 100.
310. σὺ δ᾽ ody] “So then—”, “well then—”: cf. El. 891, σὺ δ᾽ οὖν
λέγ᾽, ef σοι TE λόγῳ τις ἡδονή : Trach. 1157, σὺ δ᾽ οὖν ἄκουε τοὔργον:
Aj. 114, σὺ δ᾽ οὖν, ἐπειδὴ τέρψις ἧδε σοι τὸ δρᾶν, χρῶ χειρί.
311. ἄλλην.---δόν)] See Ant. Ιοο5-ἸΟΙΤ. '
312. ῥῦσαι κ. τολῇ Cf. 4 supr. ceavtoy—adaw—eué] Cf. 64 supr.,
ἢ δ᾽ ἐμὴ ψυχὴ πόλιν τε κἀμὲ καὶ σ᾽ ὁμοῦ στένει.
313. ῥῦσαι---μίασμα] A kind of zeugma, as ῥῦσαι is not strictly appli-
cable to μίασμα, Dind. Or it may be regarded as a pregnant expression,
like ἐξελύσα-ε----σκληρᾶς ἀοιδοῦ δασμόν, 35 supr., Schneidewin. way
μίασμα] I. e. every result of the pollution.
314. ἐν σοὶ yap ἐσμὲν] Cf. Cid. Col. 347, ἐν ὑμῖν ὡς θεῷ κείμεθα τλα-
μονες. ἄνδρα] Subj. οὗ ὠφελεῖν.
315. ἔχοι---δύναιτο)] ἀνήρ (understood from ἄνδρα) is the subj. For
the opt., vid. ad 250 supr., where what is said of conditional must be
extended to relative sentences: cf. Ant. 666, ἀλλ᾽ ὃν πόλις στήσειε,
τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν.
316. φρονεῖν] Alludes to φρονεῖς, supr. 302. τέλη λύη]-- λυσι-
τελῇ, Schol. Ave, the reading of many MSS., is more pointed in its
' CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 25
application. For the constr., cf. Plat. Alcib. i. p. 113, πολλοῖς δὴ ἐλν-
σιτέλησεν ἀδικήσασι μεγάλα ἀδικήματα, Schneidewin. The tone of Ti-
resias is sententious and oracular throughout : hence the vagueness and
obscurity of his language.
317. ταῦτα] Sc. τὸ δεινὸν εἶναι φρονεῖν ἔνθα x. τ. λ. γάρ] Ex-
plains the exclamation φεῦ φεῦ, Schneidewin.
318. διώλεσ᾽-Ξ ἐπελαθόμην. οὐ γὰρ ἄν] Sc. εἰ μὴ διώλεσ᾽ : for
the constr., vid. ad 82 supr.
319. τί δ᾽ ἔστιν; ὡς κι τ. A.) Cf. Ant. 997, τί δ᾽ ἔστιν ; ds ἐγὼ τὸ
σὺν φρίσσω στόμα.
320. τὸ σόν τε σὺ κἀγὼ-.---τοὐμόν] Intentionally obscure. For the
inversion, οὗ, Ant. 557, καλῶς σὺ μὲν τοῖς, τοῖς δ᾽ ἐγὼ δοκοῦν φρονεῖν.
321. πίθῃ)] Refers to ἄφες.
322. ἔννομ᾽ - προσφιλῆ] The virtual predicate. εἶπας] Vid. ad
280, supr.
323. ἀποστερῶν) Gerundial. φάτιν] Supr. 310.
324. γάρ] Elliptical: vid. ad 118, supr. οὐδέ] Opposes σοὶ
τὸ σὸν φώνημα sharply to τήνδ᾽ [ἐμὴν] φάτιν, as μήδ᾽ (325) opposes
ἐγώ to σοί. οὐδέ---μήδ᾽ ΟΥ̓, 165 supr., εἴ ποτε καὶ προτέρας &ras
ὑπερορνυμένας πόλει ἡνύσατ᾽ ἐκτοπίαν φλόγα πήματος, ἔλθετε καὶ viv,
Schneidewin.
325. ὧς---πάθω] We must suppose an aposiopesis here ; subaud. σι-
γήσομαι. This is agreeable to the brief and oracular style of the
speaker. ταὺτόν] Se. σοί.
226. φρονῶν Ὑ᾽} Conditional : perhaps alluding to φρονεῖν, supr. 316.
These lines are (probably falsely) assigned by most MSS. to the Chorus.
327. οἵδ] Cf. 297 supr. !
328. wdyres] Alludes to wavres ce προσκυνοῦμεν. γάρ] 1. 9.
πάντες προσκυνεῖτε, πάντες γὰρ ob φρονεῖτ᾽. φρονεῖ} Alludes to
φρονῶν γ᾽, 326. ἐγὼ &—nxaxd] Either (1) ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐ μήποτε τἄμ᾽
ἐκφήνω κακὰ (i. 6. ‘the evils I have to tell of’), ὡς ἂν εἴπω μὴ τὰ od,
sc. κακά (i. 6. ‘lest in doing so I make known yours’): in this case we
must place a comma at τἄμ᾽, and another at τὰ σ᾽, Schol., Wund., (for
the collocation ὡς ἂν μή, cf. Fragm. 779, 11, μοχθητέον, ὦ παῖδες, ὧς ἂν
μήτ᾽ ἀπαιδεύτων βροτῶν δοκῶμεν εἶναι) : or (2) ἐγὼ οὐ μήποτε---μὴ (re-
26 | SOPHOCLIS
peated from μήποτε, cf. Ant. 3-6) τὰ σ᾽ ἐκφήνω κακὰ, τἄμ᾽ ὡς ἂν εἴπω
(i. 6. ‘in order to have the satisfaction of telling my story’). Either
is very complicated. Herm. (followed by Linwood) supposes an aposio-
pesis at μήποτε, understanding λέξω, or the like, (cf. 320 supr.), and
corrects εἰπών. Schneidewin corrects ἄνωγας for τἄμ᾽ ὡς ἄν, which is
rather too bold.
332. οὔτ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν οὔτ᾽ σ᾽] Sc. τἄμα (-- τὰ od) ἐκφαίνων κακά, alluding
to 329 supr. Cf. 320 supr. _ ταῦτ᾽) Cogn. ace.
334. καὶ yap—épydveias}] Apologetic.
336. &reAedrnros|=&xparros.
337. ὀργὴν---τὴν ἐμήν] Either (1) - ὀργὴν εἰς ἣν ἄλλους κινῶ, Schol.,
taking ἐμήν as=the gen. obj.: or (2) ‘“‘my disposition,” Schneidewin.,
(cf. Ant. 875, σὲ δ᾽ αὐτόγνωτος ὥλεσ᾽ ὀργά) : the word is suggested to
Tir. by ὀργάνειας, 335, and played upon by both speakers, infr. 339,
344, 345; οἷ. the repetition of φρονεῖν &c. supr. 316, 317, 326, 328.
ἐμέμψω] Supr. 336: vid. ad 280, supr. τὴν σοὶ δ᾽ —nxaretdes] In-
tentionally ambiguous, and referring primarily to ὀργήν, but capable
also of being interpreted of Jocasta. “ σήν] Vulg. σοί.
339. The involved collocation seems to mark the haste and indigna-
tion of the speaker. For the double ἄν, cf. 446 infr., συθείς τ᾽ ἂν οὐχ
dy ἀλγύναις πλέον.
340. &] Cogn. ace.
341. ἥξει γάρ) Cf. Asch. Agam. 254, ropby γὰρ ἥξει σύνορθρον ad-
yais. αὐτά]-- αὐτόματα, Schol.
342. ἅ 7] Quasi-causal. hte] Alludes to 341. σέ, ἐμοῇ
Both emphatic.
344. δὲ ὀργῇ] Cf. 807 infr., παίω δ᾽ dpyijis. Alluding to 335, 339.
345. παρήσω] Cf. 283 supr., μὴ παρῇϑβ. ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω] Retort-
ing épyiis, 344. For the constr., cf. Herod. vi. 116, ᾿Αθηναῖοι δὲ, ὡς
ποδῶν εἶχον, τάχιστα ἐβοήθεον : Atsch. Suppl. 837, σοῦσθε σοῦσθ᾽ ἐπὶ
βᾶριν ὅπως ποδῶν.
347. καὶ---τ} For this collocation, cf. 1446 infr. ξυμφυτεῦσαι
Supr. 124, infr. 378. ὅσον μὴ χερσὶ καίνων)] Cf. Trach. 1214, ὅσον
Ὑ ἂν αὐτὸς μὴ ποτιψαύων χεροῖν.
350. ἄληθες] Indignant exclamation. τῷ κηρύγματι) Supr.
GEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 27
224-275. προεῖπα5] Conj. for προσεῖπας, Brunck. Cf. προφωνῶ,
supr. 223.
352. προσανδᾶν x.t.A.] Supr. 238, μήτ᾽ εἰσδέχεσδαι μῆτε προσφωνεῖν
τινα : infr, 818,
353. ὄντι--μάστορ]ῇ As if σοί had been written instead of σέ, 350:
the dat. is used to avoid ambiguity, on account of the acc. ἐμέ, 353.
For an opposite change, see Ausch. Cho. 410, πέπαλται 8 αὖτέ μοι φίλον
κέαρ τόνδε κλύουσαν οἶκτον.
355. καί που] Vulg. καὶ ποῦ. τοῦτο] Sc. τὸ ῥῆμα, i. 6. the ven-
geance due for it. The Greeks frequently speak of a penalty by the
name of the offence to which it is annexed: El. 626, θράσους τοῦδ᾽ οὐκ
GAvEas : Alsch. Agams 537, διπλᾶ δ᾽ ἔτισαν Πριαμίδαι Oaydpria.
356. wépevya] Retorting φεύξεσθαι δοκεῖς ; ἰσχύον] The vir-
tual predicate. τρέφω] From its use as applied to keeping slaves
or domestic animals, acquires the meaning of habitual possession.
357. SiBaxOels] Sc. τἀληθὲς tpépecs. The Schol. sees in διδαχθείς
an allusion to Creon, by whom (Ed. supposes Tir. to have been
suborned,
358. Aéyew] Sc. τἀληθές, referring to 353 supr.
359. ποῖον) Indignant question ; vid. ad 128 supr. λόγον]
Depd. on λέγειν. λέγ᾽ — pdOw] Cid. scarcely believes his ears:
infr. 361. :
360. ξυνῆκας] Alludes to ὡς μᾶλλον μάθω, 350. ἐκπειρᾷ λέγειν ;}
Ι. 6. ἐκπειρᾷ pou ὥστε λέγειν, a condensed form of expression: ‘tentas
me, sperans fore ut plura dicendo me ipse coarguam,’ Dind.
361. οὐχ ὥστε γ᾽ εἰπεῖν] Sc. οὕτως ξυνῆκα: cf. 1131 infr., οὐχ ὥστε γ᾽
εἰπεῖν ἐν τάχει.
362. φονέα] Predicate after κυρεῖν. οὗ (yreis] Sc. τὸν φονέα. Tir.
speaks plainly, but awakens no suspicion of the truth in the mind of
CEd., partly because of the supposed number of the murderers (supr. 122),
partly because he is blinded by rage.
363. χαίρων] Idiomatic ; cf. Ant. 759, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ, τόνδ' "Ὄλυμπον, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι
χαίρων ἐπὶ ψόγοισι δεννάσεις ἐμέ: Phil. 1299, ἀλλ᾽ οὔ τι χαίρων, ἣν τόδ'
ὀρθωθῇ βέλος. So infr. 368, ἦ καὶ γεγηθὼς ταῦτ᾽ ἀεὶ λέξειν δοκεῖς : 401,
κλάων δοκεῖς μοι καὶ σὺ χὠ συνθεὶς τάδε ἀγηλατήσειν.
98 SOPHOCLIS |
364. εἴπω] Conjunctivus deliberativus. ὀργί(ῃ] Alludes to 335,
&c. supr.
365. ye] Particle of assent. ὧς] Causal.
366. λεληθέναι] Idiomatic use of λανθάνειν : the gist of the sentence
lies in the part., the force of the finite verb being adverbial. τοῖς
φιλτάτοι)] ““ΤῊν next of kim,” a frequent use οὗ φίλος : cf. Ausch.
Eum. 100, παθοῦσα 8 οὕτω δεινὰ πρὸς τῶν φιλτάτων, 356, ὅταν “Apns τι-
θασὸς ὧν φίλον ἕλῃ. The pl. generalizes the expression, as infr. 100y,
ἀλλ᾽ οὔποτ᾽ εἶμι τοῖς φυτευσασίν γ᾽ ὁμοῦ: 1184, ξὺν ols τ᾽ οὐ χρῆν ὁμιλῶν,
ovs τε μ᾽ οὐκ ἔδει κτανών.
367. οὐδ᾽ ὁρᾶν κ. τ. λ. Epexegesis οὗ λεληθέναι.
368. γεγηθώς)] Cf. 363 supr.
369. εἴπερ---σθένος] Cf. 356 supr.
270. ἀλλ᾽ --οοὐκ ἔστ᾽ Sc. τι ἀληθείας σθένος : cf. Phil. 1053, νικᾶν γε
μέντοι πανταχοῦ χρήζων ἔφυν, πλὴν els σέ’ νῦν δὲ σοί γ᾽ ἑκὼν ἐκστήσομαι,
Schneidewin. oF |
371. τυφλός] Applicable to ὦτα only by a zeugma, and to νοῦν by a
metaphor. (Ed. says, infr. 747, δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ἥ.
Here, besides alluding to the actual blindness of Tir., he probably re-
torts οὐδ᾽ ὁρᾶν ἵν᾽ εἶ κακοῦ.
372. δ᾽---γε} “ And—too.” ταῦτ᾽ Cogn. ace. ὀνειδίζων) Ge-
rundial.
373. οὐδεὶς ὅς οὐχί] Without ἔστι, like the more common formula
οὐδεὶς ὅστις od. τῶνδ᾽ δεικτικῶς : probably the spectators, including
the Chorus: vid. ad 216 supr. We have here a hint of the catastrophe,
which is further developed infr. 412-423.
374. μιᾶς) Cf. Catull. v. 5, “‘ Nobis, cwm semel occidit brevis lux, Nox
est perpetua una dormienda.” τρέφει) Vid. ad 356, supr.
376. σε--- ἐμοῦ] The necessary correction of Brunck for με---ΎὙε
σοῦ. ἐμοῦ) Emphatic, opp. to ᾿Απόλλων.
377. ᾿Απόλλω»ν---μέλει] Infr. 1329, ᾿Απόλλων τάδ᾽ ἦν, ᾿Απόλλων, φίλοι,
ὁ κακὰ κακὰ τελῶν τάδ᾽ ἐμὰ πάθεα.
478. Κρέοντος, σοῦ] Predicates: cf. Aristoph. Ἐπ. 1200, τὸ μὲν νόημα
τῆς θεοῦ, τὸ δὲ κλέμμ᾽ ἐμόν. (Εὰ., who has evidently suspected Creon
for some time (supr. 347, 357), here first breathes bis suspicion. Infr.
380-403. ἣ
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 29
379. πῆμα] Cf. 1355 infr., οὐκ ἦ φίλοισιν οὐδ᾽ ἐμοὶ τοσόνδ᾽ ἄχος, Schneid.
380. τέχνη τέχνης ὑπερφέρουσα] Cf. 502 infr., σοφίᾳ δ᾽ ἂν σοφίαν πα-
ραμείψειεν ἀνήρ: Phil. 138, τέχνα γὰρ τέχναξ ἑτέρας xpotxe:. Although
the expression is general, there seems to be an allusion to his own skill
in outwitting the Sphinx.
381. τῷ πολυζήλῳ Blw] Either (1) to be taken closely with ὑπερφέ-
ρουσα, ‘ad summam vite felicitatem adtpiscendam,” Linwood ; or (2),
more probably, ‘in life which is full of jealous rivalry,’ carrymg on the
idea of τέχνη τέχν. ὕπερφ., Schneidewin, &c.
382. wap’ ὑμῖν] wap’ ὑμῶν vulg. ὁ φθόνος Alluding to πολυζήλῳ.
The assumptive article (vid. ad 94 supr.) shews ὅσος to be the virtual
predicate. φυλάσσεται] ‘ Abides.”
385. ταὐτης Depd. on ἐκβαλεῖν, referring to τῆσδε ἀρχῆς, 382. ὄ
πιστὸς, obf κι τ. λ.}] The article marks irony: cf. Ant. 31, τοιαῦτά φασι
τὸν ἀγαθόν Κρέοντα .---- κηρύξαντ᾽ ἔχειν : Aristoph. Eq. 818, σὺ δ᾽ ᾿Αθη-
ποτὶ a μικροπολίτας ἀποφῆναι διατειχίζων καὶ χρησμῳδῶν, ὃ Θεμι-
mAs ἀντυφερίξων.
wr 86. λάθρα μ᾽ ὑπελθών] Cf. Ant. 531, σὺ 3, ἢ κατ᾽ οἴκους ὡς ἔχιδν᾽ ὕφει»
μένη λήθουσά μ᾽ ἐξέπινες.
387. unxavoppdpov] Cf. Aisch. Eum. 26, Πενθεῖ κωταρράψας μόρον.
388. ἀγύρτην] Cf. Agam. 1273, καλουμένη δὲ φοιτὰς, ws ἀγνρτρία,.---
ἠνεσχόμην. ἐν τοῖς κέρδεσιν) Cf. Ant. 1055, τὸ μαντικὸν γὰρ πᾶν
φιλάργνρον γένος.
389. δέδορκε---τύφλος] Cf. 370 supr.
390. ἐπεί] Introduces an argument in the form of a question to which
a negative answer is generally expected, as Trach. 139, ἐπεὶ τίς ὧδε
τέκνοισι Ζῆν᾽ ἄβουλον εἶδεν ; Aristoph. ΝΡ. 688, οὐδαμῶς" ἐπεὶ πῶ: ἂν
καλέσεια ἐντυχὼν ᾿Αμυνίᾳ ; Similarly, El. 352, ἐπεὶ δίδαξον, ἢ μάθ᾽ ἐξ
ἐμοῦ, τί μοι κέρδος γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τῶνδε ληξάσῃ γόων. ποῦ] Cf. Aj. 1100,
ποῦ ob orparnyeis τοῦδε ; ποῦ δὲ σοὶ λεῶν ἔξεστ᾽ ἀνάσσειν ὧν ὅδ᾽ ἡγεῖτ᾽
οἴκοθεν.
391. κύων So A&sch. epee Aristoph. Ran. 1287, Σφίγγα δυσαμερίαν
πρύτανιν κύνα.
393. τοὐπιόντοΞ] -- τοῦ τυχόντος : cf. Hid. C. 752, τοὺὐπιόντος ἁρπάσαι.
395. ἦν] Sc. μαντείαν. οὔτ᾽ de’ οἰώνων κ. τ. λ.7 Supr. 310, 9q.
396. μολών] Cf. 35 supr.
B
90 SOPHOCLIS
397. ὁ μηδὲν εἰδώς) Supr. 37, οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον.
308. γνώμῃ) Not, as believed by the Priest (supr. 38), προσθήκῃ θεοῦ,
but by natural judgment, opp. to ἀπ᾽ olévey μαθών. This depreciation
of the divme inspiration, whether of oracles or of soothsayers, which is
expressed here by (id., and more boldly (infr. 707 sqq.) by Jocasta, and
in which even the Chorus shares (infr. 500), constitutes the guilt of Cid.
and Joc. in the mind of the poet, and renders the catastrophe compatible
with poetical justice. Here, and supr. 375, (id. contrasts his clearness
of sight, mental and physical, with the metaphorical and literal blind-
ness of Tir. (cf. 371 supr.): he pays the penalty of pride by the losa of
his eyes and the discovery that he had been under a fatal mistake ;
so that the retort of Tir. (supr. 373) is fulfilled.
401. κλάων] Emphatic by its pesition ;= οὐ χαίρων, supr. 363. δο-
κεῖ] Cid. plays upon the ποτὰ δοκῶν, 399, here and 402, εἰ δὲ μὴ
᾽δοκεῖς. καὶ σὺ x& κ. τ. λ.] Supr. 378.
402. ἀγηλατήσειν) Supr. 100, 309.
403. παθών] Emphatic by its position. old wep] Either (1) agrees
with the obj. of παθών, Schneidewin: or (2) more probably depd. on
ἔγνως ty, equivalent to ὁποῖα.
406. τοιοότων] Sc. τῶν ἐπῶν.
408. εἰ καί] Vid. ad 302, supr. ἐξισωτέον} Sc. ἐμοί, Schiol.
409. κρατῶ] Alludimg to rupavveis, 408.
411. ὥστ᾽ ob «.7.A.} Alludes to 399, supr. προστάτου] The pa-
tron under whose protection an alien lived at Athens. Tir. says that
he is a free citizen (οὔ τι δοῦλος), and therefore does not want the pa-
tronage of Creon.
412. λέγω] Out of construction (cf 449, 1234, infr.), by way of a
solemn preface to σὺ καὶ κιτιλ. τυφλόν] I.e. ὧς τυφλὸν ὄντα. ὠνει-
3faas] Supr. 371, 388. Vid. ad 280 supr.
413. σὺ καί «.7.A.] The repeated καί has something of an adversative
force, nearly = μὲν---δέ, “while you see, you see not,” &c.: cf. Ant. 1112,
ἐγὼ 8 ---αὐτός τ᾽ ἔδησα καὶ παρὼν ἐκλύσομαι. For the expression cf. Avsch.
P. V. 417, βλέποντες ἔβλεπον μάτην, κλύοντες οὐκ ἤκουον.
414. ἔνθα] I. 6. in his father’s house. ὅτων) Vid. ad 366, supr.
415. καὶ λέληθας] Opp. to καί σ᾽ κιτ. λ. 417. But Schneidewin con-
(EDIPUS TYRANNUS. 31
nects it with the foregoing question, treating it as a zeugma, = dp’ οἶσθ᾽
ἀφ᾽ ὧν ὧν λέληθας x. 7.2.
416. αὑτοῦ) Agrees with the gen. implied in σοῖσιν.
417. ἀμφιπλήξ] Cf. Trach. 930, ἀμφιπλῇγι φασγάνφ. μητρὸὺ:---
πατρός] Expl. ἀμφιπλήξ.
419. νῦν μὲν ὄρθ᾽ Supr. 413. σκότον) Cf. 374 supr., μιᾶς τρέφει
πρὸς νυκτός : inf. 1173 Βα. ,
420. βοῆς] Depd. on σύμφωνον».
421. ποῖος Κιθαίρων) Instead of ποῖον ὅρος, with an allusion to the ex-
posure of the infant Céd., and (perhaps) to the route which he should
take on quitting Thebes.
422. καταίσϑῃ The prep. strengthens the verb, as in κάτοιδα, καθορῶ,
δια. δόμοι] Depd. on ἄνορμον.
413. ἄνορμον εἰσέπλευσας, ebxdolas} The metaphor is apparently sug-
geated by λιμήν, 420.
425. σ᾽ ἐξισώσει σοῆ 1. 6. ὅστις εἶ δείξει σε, Schol. σ᾽ ἐξισώσει τοῖς
τέκνοις] “ place thee on the same level with thy children.” It may be ob-
jected that ἐξισώσει is used in different senses: but this accords with
the enigmatical style of Tir.: vid. ad 316 supr.
426. πρὸς ταῦτα] Defiant: of. Cid. C. 456, mpés ταῦτα καὶ Κρέοντα
πεμπόντων x.7.A.: Aj. 971, πρὸς ταῦτ’ ᾿Ὀδυσσεὸς ἐν κενοῖς ὑβρι(ζέτω.
στόμα] “Words” (as Ant. 997, ὡς ὀγὼ τὸ σὸν φρίσσω στόμα), alluding
to the contempt expressed by (Ed. for the predictions of Tir., supr.
39° 864.
430. οὐκ els ὄλεθρον] Cf. 1146 infr. od πάλιν---ἄπει ΕῸΣ a similar
pleonasm see 193 supr., παλίσσντον δράμημα νωτίσαι πάτρας ἄπουρον.
432. ἱκόμην] Emphatic, after οὐδ᾽.
433. οὗ γάρ] Ἰ. 6. ἐκάλουν, οὗ γάρ «.7.A.: vid. ad 82, supr.
434. σχολῇ σ᾽ ἄν, κι τ. .} So. εἴ σε ἤδη μῶρα φωνήσοντα.
435. ὡς μὲν.---μφρονες Epexegesis οὗ τοιοίδ᾽.
436. μῶροι Alluding to μῶρα φων., 433. γονεῦσι δ᾽) Opp. to ὡς
μὲν σοὶ δοκεῖ: “ὑπ the opinton of your parents ;” for the ethical dat. cf.
go supr. : infr. 616, καλῶς ἔλεξεν εὐλαβουμένῳ πεσεῖν : (Ε4.6. 1446, ἀνάξιαι
γὰρ πᾶσίν ἐστε δυστυχεῖν : Ant. 904, καίτοι σ᾽ ἐγὼ ᾽τίμησα τοῖς φρονοῦ-
σιν εὖ. οἵ σ᾽ ἔφυσακ) 1.6. ‘your real parents :’ vid. ad 793, infr.
437. ποίοισι ;) Sc. γονεῦσι: vid. ad 128 supr. μεῖνον ;} Cid. sud-
BZ
32 SOPHOCLIS
denly thinks he has a clue to the solution of the question which took
him to Delphi: infr. 779-780.
_ 438. Tir. answers. enigmatically : cf. 425 supr.
439. αἰνικτὰ xnaoapy] The virtual predicate.
440. σὺ] Emphatic. ταῦτα] Sc. τὰ αἰνικτὰ κἀσαφῆ. The repartee
alludes to the boast of Cid., supr. 391-398.
441. τοιαῦτ᾽] Vid. ad 372, supr. évei8i¢"] Ironical.
442. τύχη] Tir. attributes to τύχη, what Cid. had ascribed to τέχνη,
supr. 380, Schneidewin.
443. ἐξέσωσ᾽ Opp. to διώλεσεν, 442.
444. wai] Vid. ad 300, supr.
445. κομιζέτω 370] Cid. echoes κόμιζε with bitterness: “ay, let
446. ovels] Conditional. The first ἄν is an anticipation of the second.
447. εἰπών] The force of the sentence lies in the part., which is tem-
poral: ‘I will not go wntil I have told’ &c, ὧν οὕνεκ᾽ Supr. 284-
289, 300-315. Tir. is stung by the last taunt of Cid., and speaks more
plainly.
448. δείσας} Causal. ὅπου) Cf. 390 supr., ποῦ σὺ μάντις εἶ σαφής.
449. λέγω δέ σοι] Out of constr., as supr. 412. τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον]
Attraction to ὅν, aa Trach. 283, τάσδε δ᾽ ἅσπερ εἰσορᾷε--- χωροῦσι πρὸς σέ.
450. ἀπειλῶν κἀνακηρύσσων) Gerundial.
451. οὗτος] Repeated from τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, 449, 88 supr. 383-386, εἰ
τῆσδε ἄρχης οὕνεχ᾽ ---ταύτηΞ Κρέων---λάθρα μ᾽ ὑπελθὼν ἐκβαλεῖν ἱμείρεται.
452. ξένος ---- Θηβαῖος] Here ξένος is opp. to ἐγγενὴ5, μέτοικος to Θη-
βαῖος, λόγῳ to ἔργῳ implied in εἶτα---Θηβαῖος. εἶτα is temporal (φανήσε-
ται fut.), with a slightly adversative force, as infr. 1402, of ἔργα δράσας
ὑμὶν εἶτα δεῦρ᾽ ἰὼν ὁποῖ᾽ ἔπρασσον αὖθις. For the anacoluthon after ξένος
κι τ. λ. (sc. dv) εἶτα δ᾽ ---φανήσεται Θηβαῖος, vid. ad 42 supr.
454. ξυμφορᾷ] In ita indifferent sense (vid. ad 33 supr.), with the
sense of ‘calamity’ implied, but not expressed. τυφλό5}] Supr. 372,
419. ἐκ] Cf. Trach. 284, ἐξ ὀλβίων ἄζηλον εὑροῦσαι βίον.
458. αὗτός] A needless correction: with αὐτός (the reading of MSS.)
Linwood compares Phil. 519, σοφός 7° ἂν αὐτὸς κἀγαθὸς κεκλῇ ἅμα. Or
αὐτός may refer to τοῖς αὑτοῦ, 457, as supr. 138.
460. ὁμόσπορος] Vid. ad 260 supr.
GEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 33
461. εἴσω] I. 6. inte his house, and behind the scenes, as supr. 92.
462. φάσκειν] Infin. for imperative: cf. El. 9. φάσκειν Μυκήνας τὰς
πολυχρύσους ὁρᾶν. ἤδη] “Tum demum,” i. e. when you have con-
victed me of falsehood. Supr. 390 aq.
463. Tir. and Céd.-leave the stage, the former towards the city, and
the latter by the central door of the palace.
464. The reflections of the Chorus are suggested by the foregoing
speech of Tiresias. ‘Who is the murderer denounced by the oracle? It
is time that he flee, as Apollo and the Fates assail him: for the decree
has come forth from the shrine of Apollo that will trace him out. But
he wanders alone, the while, through woods and caves and rocks, shun-
ning the oracular response, which cannot be eluded. Tiresias has greatly
troubled me by his answer to the question. I know not what to think
of it. There was no old feud between (idipus and the house of
Laius, to make me believe that the former was the murderer. At all
events, though Zeus and Apollo are all-knowing, there is no reason for
giving more credit to the opinion of a human prophet than to my own,
however much one man may surpass another in natural judgment.
Until I have better evidence, I will not join in the accusatiun against
CEdipus. His service to the city in delivering it from the Sphinx for-
bids me to do s0.’
465. ἄρρητ᾽ ἀρρήτων] A virtual superlative ; cf. El. 849, δειλαία δει-
λαίων : Cid. C. 1238, κακὰ κακῶν.
467. σθεναρώτερον]Ὗ Used of speed, Hom. Il. ix. 501, ἡ δ᾽ "Ary σθε-
vaph τε καὶ ἀρτίπος. '
469. ἔνοπλο:] Emphatic by its position, and therefore closely con-
nected by γάρ with ὥρα νιν x. τ. A.
470. πυρὶ καὶ orepowais] Hendiadys: the dative either (1) with ἔνο-
wos, or (2) with the verb, nearly in an instrumental sense, as βασάνῳ,
infr. 494. yevéras}] Generally “ father ;” here ‘‘ son” (cf. Eur. lon 916,
ὃ 8 ἐμὸς γενέτας καὶ ods 7’), sc. Apollo, as having delivered the
oracle.
473. ἔλαμψε) Used of sound, as supr. 186.
475. πάντ᾽ Hither (1) ΞΞ πανταχοῦ, taking τὸν ἄδ. ἄνδρα as obj., Schol.,
who seems to have taken πάντ᾽ for πάντα : or (2)=xayrdwact, Wund.,
who takes τὸν &3. ἄνδ. similarly : or (3) = πάντας, as subj. of ἰχνεύειν, Dind.,
a4 SOPHOCLIS
who takes τὸν &3. ἄνδ. similarly: or (4) with ἄνδρα as subj., Herm.,
Schneidewin, who take τὸν ἄδηλον as obj. Not 1, or 2: probably 4.
476. φοιτᾷ γάρ κι. τ. λ.] The image is suggested by the use of the
word ἰχνεύειν, 475.
480. axovoogl(wv] = φεύγων, Schol.; cf. 998 infr., ἡ KépivOos—paxpay
ἀπωκεῖπ᾽.
481. ἀεὶ ζῶντα] Cf supr. 45: Ant. 456, ἀεί ποτε (ἢ ταῦτα.
483. δεινά] Either (1) cogn. ace. used adverbially, understanding
με after ταράσσει to agree with δοκοῦντ᾽ and dwog.: or (2) depd. on
ταράσσει, taking οὔτε---- ἀποφάσκονθ᾽ = οὔτε πιστὰ οὔτ᾽ ἄπιστα, as Schol.
For the neuter use of active part. ἀποφάσκο»θ᾽, cf. Cd. C. 1604, παντὸς
εἶχε δρῶντος ἡδονήν. Ὅ,τι δ᾽, κι τ. Δ. (485), regarded as epexegesis of
οὔτε---ἀποφ., makes (1) more probable.
486. ὀπίσω] ‘‘ Hereafter,” opp. to ἐνθάδ᾽.
487. 4 Λαβδακίδαις ἣ τῷ 11.) 1. 6. ἢ τῷ Λαΐῳ πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Πολύβου...
ἣ τῷ Οἰδιπόδι πρὸς τὸν Λάϊον, ϑοβοϊ.
493. πρὸς ὅτου] ““ From which,” as a starting point. βασάνῳ]
As infr. 471, a sort of instrumental dat., used almost adverbially.
495. Οἰδιπόδα] Depd. on φάτιν. Λαβδακίδαι5] Depd. on ἐπίκουρος.
406. ἐπίκουρος] Cf. supr.127: Eur. El. 138, αἱμάτων ἐπίκουρος.
497. ἀλλ᾽---οὖν] These particles are to be taken together, in their usual
sense when combined (‘‘any how,” ‘‘however,””) and refer primarily to the
second clause, ἀνδρῶν x.7.A. Ζεὺς ὅ τ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων) Named, the former
as inspiring the oracles, and the latter as Διὸς προφήτης: vid. δὰ 151 supr.
499. ἀνδρῶν δ Opp. to ὁ μὲν Ζεὺς ὅ τ᾽ ᾿Ατ., and rendered emphatic
by ita position; nearly -- ἀνθρώπων : cf. supr. 43, εἴτε του θεῶν φήμην
ἀκούσας εἴτ᾽ ἀπ᾿ ἀνδρὸς οἶσθά τον.
500. πλέον φέρεται) Cf. Herodot. viii. 29, πλέον αἰεί κοτε ὑμέων ἐφερόμεθα.
502. σοφίᾳ] Emphatic: “natural judgment,” opp. to μαντικῇ, implied
in μάντις. Probably there is an indirect allusion to the victory of CEdi-
pus over the Sphinx ; of: 380 supr.
505. ἀλλ] Opposes sq. to the concession implied in σοφίᾳ «. τ. A.
ὀρθόν] Secondary predicate. μεμφομένων] Sc. τῷ Οἰδιπόδι ; gen.
absol.
509. φανερὰ [γὰρ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ vulgo] πτερόεσσ᾽ κι. τ. λ.}] If γάρ be not
read, a causal connexion must be supposed, as σοφὸς ὥφθη κ. τ. A.
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 35
-expresses the ground of confidence of the Chorus. φανερά) Opp. to
ἀδήλων θανάτων».
513. δείν᾽ Sry.) Suapr. 378—389. Creon enters from the city side.
ἀτλητῶν] -- μὴ φέρων, Schol. tvupepais] In its indifferent sense :
vid. ad 33 supr.
516. πρός τί pov] Vulgo πρός γ᾽ ἐμοῦ. The correction involves a hy-
perbaton like that which occurs 52 supr.
517. φέρον] “Leading,” “tending :” the metaphor is taken from a
road, as infr, 520.
519. ἁπλοῦν----μέγιστον»)] An imperfect antithesis: ob —els ἁπλοῦν is
expl. by εἰ---κεκλήσομαι, 521 84.
521. xaxds μὲν---κακὸς δέ] Vid. ad 4 supr.
523. τάχ᾽ ἄν} ἄν to be taken neither with the verb nor with the par-
ticiple (as Herm., &c.), but with τάχα, with which it coalesces, so as to
form virtually a single word. The &» may originally be referred to an
easily ‘understood opt., 6. g. here, ἔλθοι : cf. Cid. C. 965, θεοῖς γὰρ ἦν
φίλον ray’ ἄν τι μηνίουσιν κι. τ. A.
525. τοῦ πρός] For the position of πρός, cf. 178 supr. ταῖς ἐμαῖς
γνώμαι5] Emphatic both by its position and by reason of the assumptive
article τοὺς λόγους 526: vid.ad 94 ΒῈΡΥ. ψευδεῖς] Tertiary predicate.
527. ηὐδᾶτο)]Ὶ Passive. γνώμῃ] As supr. 524.
528. ἐξ ὀμμάτων---φρενό5) Virtual predicate. Cf. infr. 1385, ὀρθοῖς
ἔμελλον ὄμμασιν τούτους ὁρᾶν.
530. of xparotyres] Pl. generalizing : vid.‘ad 364 supr.
531. ὅδ Vid. ad 297 supr. Ed. enters from the palace.
532. οὗτος σύ] As infr. 1121, οὗτος σὺ, πρέσβυ.
534. φονεὺς, λῃστής) I. 6. in intention. τοῦδε τἀνδρός) I. 6.
himself : cf. 815 infr., τίς τοῦδε τἀνδρός ἐστιν ἀθλιώτερος : 1018, οὐ μᾶλ-
λον οὐδὲν τοῦδε τἀνδρὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἴσον.
536. πρὸς θεῶν] Formula of adjuration.
537. ἰδών] Causal, and the important word. “. Have you beheld
cowardice or folly of any kind in me that you” &c. ἕν μοι] Herm.
for ἐν ἐμοί.
538. ὡς οὗ γνωριοῖμι)] Depd. on ὑπολαβών, or some such word, under-
stood from ἰδών. γνωριοῖμι refers to μωρίαν, ἀλεξοίμην to δειλίαν, 536.
540. μῶρον] Alluding to μωρίαν, 536.
36 SOPHOCLIS
541. ἄνευ τε xAfGous} Hyperbaton.
542. 8] Cf. Eur. Hel. 1687, γνώμηξ, ὃ πολλαῖς ἐν γυναιξὶν οὐκ ἔνι.
ἁλίσκεται] Opp. to θηρᾶν.
543. οἶσθ᾽ ὡς ποίησον This formula probably|= ποίησον, οἷσθ᾽ ὡς ;
cf. Cid. C. 75, οἶσθ᾽ ὦ ξέν᾽, ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς ; Eur. Hec. 220, οἶσθ᾽ οὖν ὃ
δρᾶσον ; It answers nearly to our colloquial phrase, “ 1 tell you what.”
544. ἴσ᾽ ἀντάκουσον] Cf. 409 supr.
545. μανθάνειν] Opp. to λέγειν.
546. σοῦ] Emphatic by its position.
547. τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό] Obj. of ἄκουσον, sc. τὸ δυσμενῆ καὶ βαρύν μ᾽ εὑρη-
κέναι. ὡς ἐρῶ) Sc. ws οὐκ εἴμι.
548. τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό] (ΕΔ. echoes the words οὗ Creon as infr. 551, 552,
εἴ τοι νομίζεις, οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖς.
549, τοι]ῇ Commonly used to ἜΡΡΕΙ ὃ general sentiment, such as
κτῆμα---χωρίς.
552. τὴν δίκην) For the use of the art., cf. 231 supr., τὸ γὰρ κέρδος
τελῶ ᾽γώ, XN) xdpis προΞξκέισεται.
583. ταῦτ᾽ )Ἱ Se. τὸ μὴ εὖ φρονεῖν, εἰ νομίζω κι τι Δ. Creon admits
the general statement of (id. (that. it is general is shewn by ra; vid.
ad 549), but denies the application.
555. ἔπειθε) ‘‘ Advised.” The imperf. denotes an act. in relation
to the agent, and not necessarily as an accomplished fact : the latter is
expressed by the aor.: ἔπεισας (“‘ persuaded”) would have been equally
true in this place, but irf%levant, as the question at issue is not the re-
sult, but the conduct of Creon. Supr. 288.
556. ceuvduavriy] Contemptuous; as infr. 953, σκόπει κλύων τὰ
αἐμν᾽ ἵν᾽ ἥκει τοῦ θεοῦ μαντεύματα : Ausch. Eum. 373, δόξαι τ᾽ ἀνδρῶν καὶ
μάλ᾽ bw αἰθέρι σεμναὶ τακόμεναι κατὰ γᾶν μινύθουσιν ἄτιμοι : Aristoph.
Ran. 178, ὡς σεμνὸς ὁ κατάρατος" οὐκ οἰμόξεται ;
557. ἔθ᾽ αὗτός κι τ. A.) Cf. Phil. 521, τότ᾽ οὐκέθ᾽ αὑτὸς τοῖς λόγοις
τούτοις φανῇς. -
558. πόσον---χρόνον)] The sentence is interrupted and continued 560.
The acc. is used because ἔρρει has here a perf. force.
562. τέχνῃ] So called supr. 389: for the expr. ἦν ἐν τῇ 1., cf. Aj.
271, ἡνίκ᾽ ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσφ.
563. Υ Affirmative.
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 37
566. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ---ἔσχετε] Supr. 126—131.
567. πῶς δ᾽ οὐχί Parenthetic. κοὐκ] Adversative, as supr.
413, od καὶ δέδορκας κού βλέπεις ἵν᾽ εἶ κακοῦ.
568, οὗτος) Contemptuous, as supr. 562. ὃ σοφός An ironical
allusion to 563, σοφός γ' ὁμοίως κι τ. Δ. For the art., vid. ad 385 supr.
569. ἐφ᾽ ols— φιλῶ] Cf.1520 infr., ἃ μὴ φρονῶ γὰρ ob φιλῶ λέγειν μάτην.
570. δέ] Opposes the statement of (Ed. to that of Creon, as supr.
379. ye) Emphasizes τὸ ody. οἶσθα, φρονῶν Cid. echoes the
words of Creon, οἶδ᾽, φρονῶ. 569. So Creon repeats οἶδα, 571.
572. τάσδ' ἐμά] Vulgo ras ἐμάς. According to the latter reading,
σὰς ἐμὰς Λαΐου διαφθοράς is virtually a double gen., ἐμάς (-- ἐμοῦ) being
gen. of the subj., Λαΐου that of the obj.: cf. 852 infr., σόν ye Aatov
φόνον : Asch, Eum. 974, νικᾷ 8 ἀγαθῶν ἔρις ἡμετέρα διὰ παντός: for
the art., cf. 634 infr., τί τὴν ἄβουλον--- στάσιν γλώσσης ἐπήρασθ᾽ ; With
τάςδ᾽, ἐμάς is secondary pred. after εἶπε.
575. ταῦϑ] Vulgo ταῦθ᾽ : cogn. acc.
576. ἐκμάνθα»νἼ Strengthened by the prep.: confident and defiant, cf.
441 supr., τοιαῦτ᾽ dvelBil’. ob γάρ x.7.A.] The ground of con-
fidence.
578. ἄρνησις κι τ. A.] Slightly ironical: for the expr., cf. El. 527,
τῶνδ᾽ ἄρνησις οὐκ ἔνεστί μοι.
579. δ᾽ Connects ἄρχεις κι τ λ. with ἀδελφὴν».--ἔχεις : Creon proceeds
as if not noticing the interruption. ἄρχεις x. τ. A.] Here ἐκείνῃ
depd. on ταὐτά, and either (1) ταὐτά obj. of ἄρχεις, γῆς depd. on ἴσον,
(Wund., Linwood): or (2) γῆς depd. on ἄρχεις, ταὐτά cogn. acc. after
ἄρχ. (cf. 57§ supr.), and ἴσον νέμων epexegesis of Epxeis—yijs, Dind.,
Schneidewin. As I would represent the territory as divided between
(id. and Joc., 2 is decidedly preferable.
581. zplros] Cf. Cid. C. 8, αἱ πάθαι----κἀὠ χρόνος---καὶ τὸ γενναῖον τρί-
τον: Aj. 1174, κόμας duds καὶ τῆσδε καὶ σαντοῦ τρίτου.
582. γάρ] Elliptic. : vid. δὰ 82 supr. The suspicions of Cid. are con-
firmed by the last question of Creon.
583, οὔκ) Sc. ἂν pawduny κι p. Creon explains his words. δι-
8olns—Adyor] Cf. Herodot. i. 34, ὁ δὲ ἐπεί τε ἐξεγέρθη, καὶ ἑωυτῷ λόγον
ἔδωκε: i. 209, ἐπεὶ ὧν δὴ ἐξεγέρθη ὁ Κῦρος ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωντῴ περὶ τῆς
twos: also iii. 25 ; iv. 102; vi. 138. The phrase is so common δὶ He-
Β 5
98 SOPHOCLIS
rodot. that its occurrence here may perhaps be reckoned among his points
of. contact with Sophocles: vid. ad 981, infr. ὧς ἐγώ] Sc. λόγον
δίδωμι ἐμαυτῷ (-- λογίζομαι), not σοΐ, as Dind., Schneidewin, &c.
584. πρῶτον Belongs not to τοῦτο, but to σκέψαι τοῦτο : opp. to καὶ
τῶνδ᾽ ἔλεγχον, infr. 603. ἄν) Belongs to ἑλέσθαι.
586. εὕδοντ᾽ ] Of. 65 supr. ; 1222 infr.: Ausch. Eum. 705, εὐδόντων ὕπερ
ἐγρηγορὸς φρούρημα γῆς καθίσταμαι.
583. éyé] Emphatic, opp. to rw’, 584. μὲν ody] Limits the
general negation implied in σκέψαι---εἴ ri’ dy δοκεῖς κι 7. A., to ἐγώ and
ἄλλος ὅστις σωφρ. ἐπίστ. οὔτ᾽ αὐτός κ. τ. Δ.) For a similar anaco-
lathon, cf. Trach. 282, κεῖνοι δ᾽ ὑπερχλιδῶντες ἐκ γλώσσης κακῆς, αὐτοὶ
μὲν Αἰδον πάντες εἴσ᾽ οἰκήτορες, πόλις δὲ δούλη: Aristoph. Nub. 121,
οὐκ ἄρα μὰ τὴν Δήμητρα τῶν γ᾽ ἐμῶν ἔδει οὔτ᾽ αὐτὸς οὔθ᾽ ὁ (ύγιος οὔθ᾽ ὁ
σαμφύρας.
588. τύραννα] Used as an adj., as Ant. 1169, τύραννον σχῆμα.
590. viv] Opp, to εἰ δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἦρχον. γάρ] Refers to ἐγὼ---οὔτ᾽
abrés only. ἄνευ φόβου] Opp. to ξὺν φόβοισι, 535. φέρω]
= φέρομαι.
596. πᾶσι] Masc., as appears from πᾶς. χαίρω] “Am on good
terms with.”
597. αἰκάλλουσι) A probable conj. of L. Dindorf for ἐκκαλοῦσι.
508. αὐτοῖσι πᾶν) For the vulg. αὐτοὺς ἅπαν».
599. κεῖν᾽] Sc. τὸ αὐτὸς ἄρχειν, τάδε being the present state of things.
600. νοῦς κακός} “An evil intention,” (asin the phrase ris ὁ νοῦς,
Aristoph. Ran. 47), i. e. such as was attributed to him by (id.
καλῶς φρονῶν) “ Judging rightly,” as Ant. 557, καλῶς od μὲν τοῖς, τοῖς
δ' ἐγὼ ᾿δόκουν φρονεῖν.
όοι. γνώμης] = νοῦς κακός, 600.
602. TAalyy] Sc. δρᾶν.
603. ἔλεγχον] In appos. with the following sentence : cf. Ant. 44,
4 γὰρ νοεῖς θάπτειν σφ᾽, ἀπόρρητον πολει : Ausch. Agam. 233, ἔτλα δ᾽ οὖν
θυτὴρ γενέσθαι θνγατρὸς, γυναικοποίνων πολέμων ἀρωγὰν καὶ προτέλεια
ναῶν. τοῦτο μέν] Opp. to τοῦτ᾽ ἄλλ᾽ (605) -- τοῦτο δ᾽ αὖ: cf. El.
Gor, ὃ δ᾽ ἄλλαε ἔξω---τλήμων ᾿᾽Ορέστης δυστυχῇ τρίβει βίον. Πυθώδ᾽
ἰὼν πεύθον) Paronomasia, ag gupr. 70,. ἐς τὰ Πνθικὰ ἔπεμψα Φοίβου δώμαθ',
ὡς πύθοιθ᾽ 6 τι, κι τ. A,
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 39
604. ef] “ Whether,” expecting an affirmative answer.
605. τῷ τερασκόπῳ] Depd. om κοινῇ. Alludes to the suspicions of CEd.,
supr. 385 8qq., 555 864. éay—AdBns} Cf. 45: supr. :
607. λαβών] Aludeg to λάβῃς, 605.
608. xwpls] ‘By yourself,” ie. ‘without reference to me, and on
your own judgment.’
609. μάτην] The most important word. :
612. τὸν βίοτον] So. ἐκβαλεῖν. The expression τὸν παρ᾽ αὑτῷ is used
for τὸν αὑτοῦ, on account of the comparison with φίλον, to which it is
more appropriate.
614. δίκαιον] Referring to χρηστούς 610, and ἐσθλόν ὅτι.
616. εὐλαβουμένῳ πεσεῖν] “In the judgment of one who is careful not
to fall.” For the use of the dat., vid. ad 436 supr.
617. φρονεῖν] Depd. on both ταχεῖς and ἀσφαλεῖς, both of which refer
to εὐλαβουμένφ.
618. ταχύς, ταχύν] Allude to ταχεῖς 617, and opp. to ἡσυχάζων.
potw:Bovreteoy] = μοι ἐπιβουλεύων, as μοὺστί &c.: the correction of Dind.
for οὑπιβουλεύων. In the vulg. ταχύς (as ταχύν 619) is used adverbially,
and is qualified by τις, (as quidam after an adj. in Latin): cf. Aj. 1266,
φεῦ. τοῦ θανόντος ὡς ταχεῖά τις βροτοῖς χάρις διαρρεῖ.
621. πεπραγμέν᾽ ἔσται) ““ Will have been accomplished.”
622. τί---ἢ κιτ. λ.} Cf. Cid. C. 643, τί δῆτα χρήζεις ; ἦ δόμους στείχει»
ἐμούς ;
624. ὅταν κ. τ. λ.] Sc. θανοῦμαι. τὸ φθονεῖν) Either (1) - ὃ ἐμὸς
πρὸς σὲ φθόνος, Brunck., Wund., Dind., Schneidewin ; cf. 382 supr., οἷος
παρ᾽ ὑμῖ ὃ φθόνος φυλάσσεται : or (2) “‘ quid sit quo indignere.” Herm.
626. οὐ γάρ «.7.A.] Sc. λέγω : οὐ belongs to εὖ. τὸ γοῦν ἐμόν]
Sc. εὖ φρονῶ.
627. δεῖ κἀμόν] Sc. εὖ φρονεῖν.
628. εἰ 34} “ But what if—,” as Cid. C. 59ρο, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ θέλοντας γ᾽ οὐδὲ
σοὶ φεύγειν καλόν ; μηδέν) Sc. ὧν ὑπονοεῖς, Schol., referring to
ἔφυς κακός. ἀρκτέον) Either (1) passive, referring to Creon, as
Ellendt., Wund., Dind., Schneidewin : or (2) active, referring to (id.,
as Schol., Linwood. To 1 it is objected that this verbal is not so used :
to 2 that the gon. absol. κακῶς γ᾽ ἄρχοντος is not well referred to the
virtual subj. of the sentence.
40 SOPHOCLIS
629. ὦ xéAis] Alluding to the charge of Creon, κακῶς γ᾽ Epxovros.
630. μέτεστιν] The verb is not so properly applicable to col μόνῳ as
to κἀμοί, except in so far as the whole includes a part: cf. the use οὗ
μεταίτιος, Trach. 260, τόνδε yap μεταίτιον μόνον βροτῶν ἔφασκε τοῦδ᾽ εἶναι
πάθους. For the sentiment, cf. Ant. 737, πόλις γὰρ οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ἥτις ἀνδρός
ἐσθ᾽ ἑνός.
631. The excitement of the speakers is marked by their fragmentary
speeches: the altercation is interrupted by the entrance of Jocasta from
one of the side-doors at the back of the stage. καιρίαν] Emphatic
by its position : used adverbially with στείχουσα. ὑμῖν] Depd. on
καιρίαν.
632. τήνδ Vid. ad 297 supr.
634. τήν--- στάσιν] ‘ Your tumult.” For the art., cf. Phil. 327, τίνος
γὰρ ὧδε τὸν μέγαν χόλον Kat αὐτῶν ἐγκαλῶν ἐλήλυθας ;.
636. ἴδια] Opp. to γῆς.
637. οὐκ εἷ---οἵσετε) οὐ with fut., interrogative in form, is a virtual
imperative, as οὐ μή with fut. denotes a prohibition. The formule are
here united, as Aj. 75, οὐ σῖγ᾽ ἀνέξει, μηδὲ δειλίαν ἀρεῖς ;
638. τὸ μηδέν] “4 nothing :” cf. El. 1166, τὴν μηδὲν és τὸ μηδέν.
ἄλγος] Depd. on οἴσετε eis.
640. θάτερον δυοῖν κακοῖν] The conj. of Dind. for δυοῖν ἀποκρίνας κα-
κοῖν. The synizesis δυοῖν, and the long antepenult in ἀποκρίνας, are
unusual, as is the signification given to ἀποκρίνας by the Schol., ἐν τῶν
δύο ποιήσας.
641. ἣ γῆς κι τ. λ.] Cf. supr. 622, 623.
643. τοὐμὸν σῶμα] Cf. Cid. Ο. 355, ἃ τοῦδ᾽ ἐχρήσθη σώματος.
645. ὧν] Depd. on τι.
647. ὅρκον] Refers to ἀραῖος 644. θεῶν] Gen. obj.
654. ἐν ὅρκῳ μέγαν] --μεγάλην πίστιν ἐπαγόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ ies: Schol.
For the use of ἐν, cf. Aj. 488, εἴπερ τινὸς σθένοντος ἐν πλούτῳ Φρυγῶν :
El. 428, obra: ἀνστάσεις, οὔτε γόοις, οὔτ᾽ ἐν λιταῖς.
656. ἐναγῆ) -- ἐν ὅρκῳ μεγᾶν, referring to ἁραῖο----ὀλοίμην 644. φί-
Aoy] Vid. ad 366 supr.
657. σὺν ἀφανεῖ λόγῳ) As γνώμῃ ἀδήλῳ, supr. 608. a] Inserted
by Herm. to avoid the hiatus.
659. ὄλεθρον x. τ. λ.] Οὗ 641 gupr.
CEDIPUS ΤΥΒΑΝΝΌΝ. 41
660. οὐ] Sc. ζγτῶ ὄλεθρον κ. τ. λ. ob τόν κ. τ. λ.)Ξεοὺ μὰ τόν
x. τ. λ., a8 infr. 1088, οὐ τὸν "Ὄλυμπον, ἀπείρων, ὦ Κιθαίρων, οὐκ ἔσει:
Ant. 758, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τόνδ᾽ "Ὄλυμπον ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι κ. τ. A. θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον]
Cf. 215 supr., ᾽πι τὸν ἀπότιμον ἐν θεοῖς θεόν.
661. ἄθεος] Probably alludes to θεόν, θεῶν, 660.
665. p@wds] A correction of Dind. for φθίνουσα. Cf. 25 supr.
666. τάδ᾽] -A correction of Herm. for καὶ τάδ᾽, The vulg. is retained
by Schneidewin, who gives εἰ a causal force, nearly -- ὅτι : this perverts
the obvious sense of the passage. The Cho. means, ‘ What I suffer
from the present national calamity, will be overwhelming if the rising
enmity between Mid. and Creon is added to it.’ προσάψει) Else-
where transitive, but here intrans., unless we make γᾶ the subj., as
Elmal,, Wund.
669. ὃ σφῷν) Sc. Ged. and Creon. δ᾽ οὖν] Vid. ad 3totsupr.
wel] ‘‘ Even if :” καὶ εἰ makes a supposition, saying nothing as to its
probability: εἰ καί assumes the truth of the supposition which it
makes ; vid. ad 302 supr. παντελῶ----βι] Cf. 641, 659, supr.
671. ἐλεινόν Proleptic: cf. Ant. 881, τὸν δ᾽ ἐμὸν πότμον ἀδάκρυτον
οὐδεὶς φίλων στενάζει.
673. orvyvés}] Alludes to στυγήσεται, 672.
674. θυμοῦ περάσῃ] -- ἐπὶ τὸ πέρας ἔλθῃς τῆς ὀργῇ, Schol. The gen.
follows περάσῃς, as it = πέραν Fs. οὔκουν μ᾽ ἐάσεις] Vid. ad 637 supt.
674. τυχών] Cf. 1449 infr., ἐμοῦ δὲ μήποτ᾽ ἀξιωθήτω τόδε πατρῷον
ἄστυ ζῶντος οἰκητοῦ τυχεῖν. ἄγνωτος Active. τοῖσδ᾽] Sc. the
Chorus, and possibly the spectators ; vid. ad 216, 373, supr. ἴσοΞ]
Hither (1) πα δίκαιος : or (2) --τυχὼν τῆς ὁμοίας δόξης ἣν καὶ πρῶτον εἶχον
περὶ ἐμοῦ, Schol. Creon leaves the stage.
679. τόνδ᾽] Sc. Cidipus. .
680. μαθοῦσα] Sc. κομιῶ αὖὗτόν, which is implied in γε.
681. dyvés] Used actively, as supr. 677. λόγων») Depd. on δό-
κησις, (not on ἀγνώς, as Wund.,), with which it coalesces, so as to form
virtually a single phrase: cf. Asch. Agam, 900, τὸν δὲ ἄνευ λύρας ὅμως
ὀμνωδεῖ θρῆνον Ἐρινύος. ἦλθε] Cf. 523 supr., ἀλλ᾽ ἦλθε μὲν δὴ
τοῦτο τοὔνειδος kK. T. A.
685. yas xpowovoundvas] Cf. 665 supr.
686. ἔληξεν] Sc. ὁ Adyos.
42 SOPHOCLIS
688. rodpdy] “ My interest,” as supr. 624. παρίης καὶ καταμβλύνει"]
Vulgo παριεὶς καὶ καταμβλύνων. κέαρ] Sc. τὸ ody: depd. on καταμβ.
But Dr. Kennedy, l.c., takes τοὐμόν with κέαρ, which he regards as depd.
on both participles, and expl. ‘ indifferent to and disposed to suppress
ere the feelings of my heart,’—i. 6. ‘my just resentment.’
689. εἶπον μέν x.7.A.] The Cho., again suspected by (Ed., repeats ita
protestations of fidelity : cf. 660 supr.
69t. πεφάνθαι] Pluperfect : the direct and accurate constr. would
have been ἐπεφάνθην ἂν εἰ σ᾽ ἐνοσφιζόμην.
692. ὅς 7° ἐμάν] Hyperbaton: οἷ, 541 supr. For the connection οὗ a
categorical proposition with the expression of a wish, cf. 52 supr., ὄρνιθι
γὰρ καὶ τὴν τότ᾽ αἰσίῳ τύχην παρέσχες ἡμῖν, καὶ τανῦν ἴσος γενοῦ.
696. εἰ “ Utinam ;” cf. 862 infr. γένοιο] Vulgo δύναιο γενοῦ :
the last word is omitted by Herm., υπὰ,, &c., who regard εἰ δύναιο as
@ conditional clause.
698. ὅτου) Cf. Phil. 327, τίνος yap ὧδε τὸν μέγαν χόλον κατ᾽ αὐτῶν
ὀγκαλῶν ἐλήλυθας ;
700. τῶνδ᾽ Depd. on πλέον.
οι. Κρέοντος] The answer to ὅτου, 698. ola—txei] Epexegesis
of Κρέοντος μῆνιν στήσας ἔχω.
702. ἐγκαλῶν] Vid. ad 698 supr.
403. noi] Creon has nowhere asserted it ; but Mid. is firmly per-
suaded that the declarations of Tiresias (supr. 353, 362, 451 8qq.) were
prompted by him (cf. supr. 378, 380 sqq.), in spite of his disclaimer.
705. μὲν ody] Qualifies the statement in the preceding clause or
speech : ‘‘ not so, but—.” Supr. 387, 555.
706, τό γ᾽ εἰς ἑαυτόν] Opp. to μάντιν. πᾶν] Adverbial.
707. Thecatastrophe hangs upon this speech. Jocasta in endeavour-
ing to divert the attention of (id. from the charge of Tir., incidentally
mentions a circumstance which confirms the charge. The contempt
here thrown upon the oracles by Joc., is the sin which justifies the ca-
tastrophe, so far as she is concerned. It is also 8 sin which is ingeni-
ously made to be the occasion of its own punishment, ὧν) Depd.
on both ἀφεὶς and περί.
708. voi] The dat. is nearly pleonastic : cf. Cid. C. ee ὦ τέκνον, ἦ
βέβηκεν ἡμὶν ὁ ξένος ;
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 43
709. ἔχον réxvns}] The constr. with ἔχον is as if either (1) μετέχον
had been used, (Wund.), or (2) as if it had been ἐχομένον. Neither
expl. is quite satisfactory, but either is more so than that of Schnei-
dewin, who regards μαντ. réxy. 88 a gen. partitive.
711. γάρ] “ Namely,” after φανῶ--- σημεῖα : cf. Aid. C. 146, δηλῶ δ᾽
οὐ γὰρ ἂν ὧδ' ἀλλοτρίοις ὄμμασιν εἷρπον. οὐκ ἐρῶ κ. τ. λ.]Ξ οὐκ ἐρῶ
τὸ Φοίβου ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ : Joc. inserts this clause to save herself from the
charge of impiety.
713. ἧξοι] Vid. ad 341 supr. With ἕξοι, the probable conj. of Wund.,
cf. Phil. 331, ἐπεὶ yap ἔσχε μοῖρ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλέα θανεῖν.
Ἴ18. τὸν μέν] 1. 6. Laius: opp. to παιδὸς δέ, 717.
716. λῃσταί] Supr. τ22 : added to expl. ξένοι.
717. διέσχον] Sc. from the time when he was exposed, as expressed
by καί νιν κι τ᾿ A.
718. καῇ Temporal use of καί : cf. Phil. 354, ἦν 8 ἦμαρ ἤδη δεύτερον
πλέοντί μοι, κἀγὼ πικρὸν Σίγειον οὐρίῳ πλάτῃ κατηγόμην. κεῖνος)
I. e. Laius.
719. ἄβατον els ὄρος] Certainly more rhythmical than the vaig. εἰς
ἄβατον ὄρος : but the latter is supported by such instances as infr. 1496,
τί γὰρ κακῶν ἄπεστι ; τὸν πάτερα πατήρ---: Aj. 459, ἔχθει δὲ Τροία πᾶσα
καὶ πεδία τάδε.
720. ἤνυσεν) Cf. 156 supr.
722. παθεῖν] A probable correction for θανεῖν. With the vulg., τὸ δει-
νόν is in appos. with the sentence.
724. ὧν---ἐρευνξ) =& γὰρ ὃ θεὸς (ζητῇ, πρέποντα κρίνας ζητεῖσθαι, Schol.
The sentiment is verified by the catastrophe.
725. αὐτός) I. 0. ἄνευ μαντείων.
726. ἀρτίως] Is used (like πάλαι) with the pres., when it denotes an
act or state continuing up to the present moment.
728. μερίμνης] Depd. on Sxo: or, if we read ὑποστραφείς, yep. is the
gen. expressing the reason.
730. τριπλαῖς Guagirois] Supr. 716, infr. 800. Gid., whose indigna-
tion against Creon and Tir., has blinded him hitherto, is partially awak-
ened to the truth by the casual mention of this circumstance.
731. ηὐδᾶτο)] Cf. §27 supr. γάρ] Vid. ad 82 supr. After?
ἔχει] Cf. 699 supr., στήσας ἔχεις.
44 SOPHOCLIS
734. Δελφῶν κἀπὸ Aavalas] Vid. ad 93 supr. Thebes is of course to
be understood as the place to which the third road (supr. 716) led.
735. τοῖσδ᾽) Cf. Eur. Bacch. 353, χρόνος δέ τίς τῷ παιδὶ διαπεπραγμένῳ,
Schneidewin.
738. The absence of cesura gives weight to the line.
739. ἐνθύμιον] Cf. Trach. 110, ἐνθυμίοις εὐναῖς ἀνανδρώτοισι τρύχε-
σθαι.
740. φύσιν] -- φνήν.
741. ἔχων] Sc. ἦν.
742. μέγας) Sc. ἦν, understood out of φύσιν rly’ εἶχε. χνοάζων
ἄρτι] Vid. ad 726 supr. λευκανθές] Proleptic.
743. μορφῆς x.7.A.] A master-stroke of dramatic art. The family
likeness (as it proves to be) between (Ed. and Laius, which is thus
casually revealed by Joc., is passed over unnoticed by (Ed., (as his
words which follow obviously refer to the description of Laius in the
previous line) ; but it seems to draw the attention of the spectators to
the most tragic features of the story, the parricide and incestuous mar-
riage of Gidipus.
744. ἀράς] Supr. 236 aqq.
. 745. οὐκ εἰδέναι] Throws the main force of the sentence on the part.,
like λανθάνειν : vid. ad 366 supr.
747. μὴ---ἶ] Depd. on ἀθυμῶ, which implies the notion of fearing :
ef. 74 supr., λυπεῖ τί πράσσει. βλέπων] Supr. 371, 389, 411 sq.
749. ὀκνῶ μέν] Repeated from 746. dy 8] Vulgo ἃ δ᾽ ἄν.
750. Raids] I. e. ‘with few comparisons ;’ like the use of frequens
in Latin.
758. κράτη σέ τῦ Hyperbaton. The anxiety of the Herdsman to be
sent away (ὡς πλεῖστον εἴη τοῦδ᾽ ἄποπτος Sorews) must be supposed to be
owing to his recognition of (Ed.
761. &ypots—vopuds] Vid, ad 93 supr.
763. of] The correction of Herm. for ὅγ᾽ : τ ὡς (as supr. 751): “for
α slave ;” of. infr. 1118, πιστὸς ds νομεὺς ἀνήρ: Phil. 584, χρηστά γ᾽,
οἷ᾽ ἀνὴρ πένης.
765. πῶς ἄν] With opt., frequently expresses a wish: cf. Aj. 388,
ws ἂν τὸν αἱμυλώτατον»---ὀλέσσα----τέλος θάνοιμι καὐτός ;
66. πάρεστι») = ἔνεστι.
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 45
767. ἐμαυτόν] Refers to the virtual, though not the actual, subject
of the dependent clause.
769. που] -- δήπου.
770. ἐν aol] ‘‘ Te judice,” Herm.: ef. Cid. C. 1214, σκαιοσύγαν φυ-
λάσσων ἐν ἐμοὶ κατάδηλος ἔσται.
771. στερηθῇ} Sc. τοῦ μαθεῖν. +] Assents to. the assumption
of Joo., ἀξία δέ που μαθεῖν κἀγώ. és τοσοῦτον---βεβῶτος) Alluding
to supr. 767, 768. Cf. 125 supr., és τόδ᾽ ἂν τόλμης ἔβη. ἐλπίδων»)
‘‘ Expectation :” for the indifferent use of the word, cf. Trach. 111, κακὰν
δύστανον ἐλπίζουσαν αἶσαν.
772. μείζονι] -- ἀξίῳ μᾶλλον, Schol. The conj. οὗ Wund. is μείζονα,
which does not mend the matter.
773. τύχης τοιᾶσδ᾽]) Refers to the following narrative, cf. 776 infr.
(Ed. gives a sketch of his history before the commencement of the ac-
tion. It is reserved with great art to this part of the play ; since, had
the spectator been in possession of this knowledge from the first, the
plot would have been too transparent. With διὰ τύχης, cf. (ΕΔ. C. 905,
δι᾽ ὀργῆς ἧκον.
778. ris ἐμῆς] I. 6. ‘which I have spent upon it.’ As Οἷα. still be-
lieves himself to be the son of Polybus, he regards the oracle (infr. 791-
793) as altogether futile. Cf. 707-725 supr.
"80. καλεῖ---πλαστὸς ὡς ey] A confusion between καλεῖ πλαστόν,
and εἶπε πλ. ὡς εἴην : cf. 842 infr., ληστὰς ἔφασκες αὐτὸν ἄνδρας ἐννέπειν
ὥς νιν κατακτείνοιεν.
η82. κατέσχον] Sc. ἐμαυτόν.
783. δυσφόρω-----ἦγον] Cf. Ant. 34, τὸ πρᾶγμ᾽ ἄγειν οὐχ ὧς wap’ οὐδέν.
784. τῷ μεθέντι] Depd. on δυσφόρως ἦγον = ἐδυσφόρουν. The supposed
parents of (id. seem to have evaded the question, and to have left him
still under the belief (τὰ μὲν κείνοιν ἑτερκόμην) that he was their son ; -
cf. 794-798, 827, infr.
+85. τά] Depd. on ἐτερπόμην : cf. Aj. 136, σὲ μὲν εὖ πράσσοντ᾽ ém-
χαίρω.
η86. ὑφεῖρπε) Cf. Ζβοι. Agam. 450, φθονερὸν δ᾽ ὕπ᾽ ἄλγος ἕρπει προ-
δίκοις ᾿Ατρείδαις.
789. ἄτιμον] Cf. Cid. C. 49, μή μ᾽ ἀτιμάσῃς, τοιόνδ᾽ ἀλήτην, ὧν σε
προστρέπω φράσαι.
46 LSOPHOCLIS
790. προὐφάνη] προὔφηνεν (the correction of Herm.) is probable: cf.
Trach. 1163, ὡς τὸ θεῖον ἦν πρόφαντον.
791. μητρὶ μέν] Opp. to φονεὺς δὲ---πατρός, 793: cf. 414, 457-460,
supr. χρείη] “1 was doomed.”
793. φονεὺς δ᾽ κι τ. λ.] Cf. 459 supr. τοῦ φυτεύσαντοΞ] Appa-
rently added by the oracle to distinguish Laius from the reputed father
of Gid., but not so understood by Cid. himself: cf. 436 supr., γονεῦσι
δ᾽ οἱ σ᾽ ἔφυσαν : 827 infr., Πόλυβον bs ἐξέφυσε κἀξέθρεψέ με.
794. τὴν Ἑορινθίαν----χθόνα] I. 6. ‘conjecturing the position of Corinth
by observing the stars.’
796. ἔνθα] 1. ὁ. ἐκεῖσε ἔνθα.
797. τῶν ἐμῶν) ““ Uttered concerning me :" ἐμῶν τα σοι. obj.
800. καί voi] The genuineness of the verse is doubtful ; but, without
it, there is a scarcely tolerable asyndeton in 801. As (Ed. is now com-
ing to the main point of his narrative, he naturally prefaces his con-
fession by the words καί σοι---ἐξερῶ (vid. ad 412 supr.): these words
seem to point chiefly to what follows immediately, τριπλῆ-ς---πέλας.
tpixAjjs| Is marked out by its isolated position at the close of the line,
as well as by standing first in the sentence, as the emphatic word: and
it is placed in this prominent position, as marking the most prominent
point of contact between the recollections of Cid. and the narrative
of Joc. Cf. 716, 730, supr.
Sor. τῆσδ᾽] Refers to τούσδε τοὺς χώρους, 798.
802. κῆρυξ) Cf. 753 supr.°
803. ἀπήνης) Cf. 753 supr. οἷον od pfs} Supr. 742.
804. ἡγεμών] Ξε τροχηλάτης, 806.
8ο5. πρέσβυς] Because he was οἷον σὺ φής, 803. ἠλαυνέτην) “Tried
to drive ;” 80 ἐκτρέποντα, 806: vid. ad 555 supr.
806. τὸν tpoxnAdryny] Epexegesis: cf. 837 infr., τὸν ἄνδρα, τὸν
βοτῆρα.
808. Bxous] Depd. on παραστείχοντα : for the pl. cf. El. 727, μέτωπα
συμπαίουσι Βαρκαίοις ὄχον. With the vulg. ὄχου (‘‘ from the chartot”),
ef, Phil. 630, δεῖξαι νεὼς ἄγοντ᾽ ἐν ᾿Αργείοις μέσοις : El. 78, καὶ μὴν θυρῶν
ἔδοξα προσπόλων τινὸς ὑποστενούσης ἔνδον αἰσθέσθαι, τέκνον.
S10. ἴσηνἾ Sc. τιμωρίαν.
813. xrelyw—tbuxayras| Cf. 118 supr., θνήσκουσι γὰρ, πλὴν εἷς τι. εἱ
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 47
δέ---τι συγγενές] Cid. means, ‘if this stranger was Laius,’ but he seems
afraid to look the supposition in the face: cf. 1167 infr.
814. Λαΐου] Vulg. Aafy. The sequence of datives makes the sentence
ambiguous. After this line Dind. has omitted τίς τοῦδέ γ᾽ ἀνδρὸς νῦν
gor’ [ἔτ᾽ 1] ἀθλιώτερος : Schneidewin, who retains the line, compares the
repeated question with infr. 822 aq.
816. ὅν] Causal, and therefore followed by μή. The MSS. have ᾧ, τινά.
817. δόμοι:----προσφωνεῖν) Supr. 238, μήτ᾽ εἰσδέχεσθαι μήτε προσφωνεῖν
τινα, τινα] Acc. before προσφωνεῖν repeated from τινι, 816.
818, ὠθεῖν δ᾽ κι τ. λ.7 Sc. χρὴ πάντας, understood out of μὴ ἔξεστί τινι:
cf. 241 supr., ὠθεῖν δ᾽ ἀπ᾽ οἴκων πάντας.
819. καί----προστιθεί5] Supr. 236, sqq.: cf. 744 supr.
820. ἐπ᾽ ἐμαυτῷ] To be taken closely with ἐγώ. τάσδ' ἀράς] Ep-
exegesis οὗ τάδ᾽. .
822. ἄρα] Expects an affirmative answer, as well as ἄρ᾽ οὐχί, 823.
823. ef] Nearly = εἴπερ.
825. μηδ) The correction of Dind. for μή μ᾽, the reading of MSS.
With the vulg., cf. 818 supr., ὃν μὴ ξένων ἔξεστι.......τινὶ δόμοις δέχεσθαι,
μηδὲ προσφωνεῖν τινά. πατρίδος] I. 6. Corinth. ᾿
827. This line is marked as spurious by Wund. : it destroys the am-
biguity of γάμοις---κατακτανεῖν.
828. ὠμοῦ] The important word. ταύτην ἡμέρα») Sc. ἐν ἧ δεῖ yd-
pos μητρὸς (uy. καὶ πατ. κατακτ.
835. πάροντος] --ὺς παρῆν, supr. 756.
826. τῆς ἐλπίδος) Refers to ἔχ᾽ ἐλπίδα, 835.
837. τὸν----βοτῇρα)] Supr. 761: vid. ad 806, supr.
838. πεφασμένου) Gen. absol.: cf. 629 supr.
841. περισσόν] ‘* Remarkable.”
842. λῃστάς) Emphatic by its position. id. stakes his last hope on
the correctness of Jocasta’s account (supr. 716), which coincides with
that of Creon (supr. 122 8q.) Yet Mid. himself speaks of ὁ λῃστής (supr.
124), and throughout his proclamation (224 sqq.) treats the murderer
as an individual. He is thus made to describe himself unconsciously.
843. ὥς νιν κατακτείνοιεν} Vid. ad 780, supr. εἰ μέν] Opp. to ef δέ, 846.
844. ἐγώ] Emphatic.
845. τοῖς woAAois] I. 6. ‘the many of whom you spoke,’
48 SOPHGCLIS
846. ‘aldevor' Like the phrase common in Herodotus, sere ἀνήρ.
847. ἤδη] ‘Now :” i.e. ‘when he shall have said so.’
848. ὡς φανέν---ἐπίστασο] Cf. Hid. C. 1583, ὡς λελοιπότα κεῖνον τὸν ἀεὶ
βίοτον ἐξεπίστασο.
851. εἰ δ᾽ οὖν «. τ. Δ. Joc. prepares a refuge for Cid., in case his ex-
periment fails.
852. adv] Secondary predicate : Sureies ὀρθόν (for which Linwood
conj. δίκης ἐς ὀρθόν : cf. Trach. 347) being used adverbially. Schneide-
win, who retains the vulg. τόν, translates, ‘‘he will not shew that the
murder of Laius has turned out as it ought,” i.e. ‘in accordance with
the oracle.’
853. ὅν ye] Causal.
855. καίτοι κ. τ. λ.] Cf. 720 aqq.
857. μαντεία:] Depd. on οὕνεκ᾽, like the phrase ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἕνεκα. The
contempt for the oracles which Joc. displays now appears in a more un-
disguised form: vid. ad 707, 711, supr.
859. ἐργάτην] Supr. 756.
860. ob3ty—olaovy] Cf. Ph. 1327, ἔπραξας ἔργον ποῖον ὧν οὔ σοι
πρέπον.
863. Cid. and Jocasta retire into the palace. The tone of Joc. in
reference to the oracles excites the alarm of the Chorus, who are never-
theless afraid or unwilling to censure it openly. Accordingly, begin-
ning with an expression of pious sentiments in the most general terms,
they descend by degrees to the special duty of shewing reverence to-
wards the divine oracles. ‘May I maintain piety and holiness in word
and deed, in obedience to the eternal laws of heaven. Impious violence
engenders the tyrant, and when it has climbed the highest peak, gets
into precipitous places, where it cannot use ita foot to any purpose. If
a man walks proudly in deed and word, regarding neither justice nor
the gods, may evil overtake him! What man indeed so acting could
expect to escape it? For if impiety is to flourish, there is an end to all
religion. Never again will I regard the oracles, if there do not happen
some signal example of the truth of my words. Almighty Zeus, I be-
seech thee not to overlook these things. Men are beginning to mock at
the predictions concerning Laius: the oracles are no longer in honour ;
and religion is coming to an end.’
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 49
863. εἴ ‘“Utinam.” φέροντι] “Assist me in maintaining,” Linwood.
The participle is, strictly speaking, temporal. But it also implies the
result, as though φέρειν had been used.
864. μοῖρα) Not “ good fortune,” as Schol., but in the indifferent sense
of the word: “may i be my lot,” &o.
866. dplwodes] Expl. by οὐρανίαν»----τεκνωθέντες.
867. 8°] De loco in quo quis moratur dictum ; sed tralate, Ellendt. :
ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν οὐρανῷ τεχθέντες, Schol. ὧν---κατακοιμάσῃ] Cf. Ant. 455:
οὐ γάρ τι νῦν τε κἀχθὲς ἀλλ᾽ del wore (ἢ ταῦτα, Koddels οἶδεν ἐξ ὅτου φάνη.
871. θεός] “ Namen :” θεία δύναμις, Schol.
873. ὕβρι5)] Opp. to εὕσεπτον ἄγνειαν, here means every thing which
is most contrary to it.
874. ὑπερήλησθῇ κόρος, implied in the verb, and ὕβρις are associated
by Atech. Ag. 763; Pind. Ol. xiii. το ; Herodot. vii. 77; Theogn. 153 ;
Schneidewin. μάταν Cf. 890 infr., ματέζων ; Auesch, Cho. 82, pa-
ταίοισι δεσποτᾶν τύχαις : Eum. 336, θνατῶν τοῖσιν αὐτουργίαι ξυμπέσωσιν
μάταιοι.
876. ἀκρότατον] Conj. for ἀκροτάταν.
877. alos] Supplied by Dind., after Arndt. ἀπότομον) To be
taken with ἀνάγκαν. Schneidewin compares Ant. 853, spoBao’ éx’ ἔσχα-
tov θράσους ὑψηλὸν és Δίκας βάθρον προσέπεσες.
878. χρησίμῳ) Proleptic. οὐ χρησίμῳ taken in connection with χρῆ-
ται involves a kind of oxymoron.
880. πάλαισμα) The investigation of the murder of Laius.
884. δῆ Opposes what follows to εἴ μοι ξυνείη x. τ᾿ A., 863. ὑπέρ-
οπτα]) Neut. pl. used adverbially ; cf. Aj. 197, ἀτάρβητα ὁρμᾶτα. χερ-
oly } λόγῳ) Contrasted with λόγων ἔργων τε, 865. πορεύεται]
““γγαϊζε."
885. οὐδέ] Not μηδέ, as the conditional force of εἰ extends only
to τις.
886. ἔδη] Alluding especially to the disparagement of the oracles.
887. xaxd—potpa] Alludes to μοῖρα, 864.
888. xA:das] The temper implied in ὑπέροπτα---πορεύεται.
889. εἰ μὴ---ματάζων] Epexegesis of εἰ --πορεύεται, 884. μὴ negatives
both κερδανεῖ and ἔρξεται (these verbs being connected by xaf/), but not
ἕξεται, which follows the disjunctive 4. τό] Assumptive article
(vid. ad 94 supr.) ; throws the emphasis on δικαίως.
50 SOPHOCLIS
892. ἐν τοῖσδ᾽) Cf. Ant. 30, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις. θυμοῦ] Vulg. θυμῷ.
Divine wrath.
896. τί--- χορεύειν The Chorus, forgetful, as it were, for a moment of
their assumed character, allude to their religious functions in the wor-
ship of Dionysus.
899. οὐκέτι---[Ολυμπίαν The reflexions of the Chorus gradually nar-
row to the point in question ; the places mentioned, viz. Delphi, Abe
in Phocis (Herodot. viii. 33), and Olympia (Pind. ΟἹ. viii. 2), all being
seats of famous oracles.
902. τάδε} Here retrospective, as τοῖσδ᾽, 892 ; τοιαίδε, 895. xeips-
δεικτα) Proleptic.
903. ἁρμόσει) Generally transitive: here intransitive : of. Ant, 1318,
τάδ᾽ οὐκ ex ἄλλον βροτῶν ἐμᾶς ἁρμόσει ποτ᾽ ἐξ αἰτίας : Trach. 728, σιγᾶν
ἂν ἁρμόζοι σε. ‘‘ Unless these things suit,” sc. the event. Bporois }
Depd. on χειρόδεικτα.
903. εἴπερ---ἀκούεις “17 thou art rightly named,” 1. 6. either (1) Ζεύς
(cf. Aisch. Ag. 160, Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ᾽ ἔστιν, εἰ τόδ᾽ αὐτῷ φίλον κεκλημένφ),
or (2) better, as Brunck, κρατύνων and πάντ᾽ ἀνάσσων. πάντ᾽) Used
adverbially, and not depd. directly on ἀνάσσων, which would require
πάντων : cf. Trach. 338, τούτων ἔχω γὰρ πάντ᾽ ἐπιστήμην ἐγώ.
904. λάθοι) Sc. τάδε.
ρού. φθίνοντα---θεῖα) A climax from the special case, through Apollo
(who stands for the oracular power in general) to‘all religion (τὰ θεϊα)..
This exactly inverts the order of ideas hitherto pursued by the Cho-
rus, φθίνοντα) Proleptic. Λαΐον] Gen. obj. Schneidewin con-
jectures that πυθόχρηστα has fallen out before Λαΐου.
907. ἐξαιροῦσιν - ἀφανίζουσι Schol. The plural is used to avoid the
appearance of a too special reference to Jocasta.
git. Jocasta comes out of the palace, attended (infr. 945), with the
emblems of supplication (στέφη, cf. 3 supr.) and offerings forthe gods. ἄ-
vaxtes| Cf. Ant. 988 ; Cid. Col, 831; 85, 304, supr.: the word marks
rank, not sovereignty.
914. ὑψοῦ γὰρ x.7.A.] μετεωρίζεται τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ὑπερβαλλόντως ἄχθε-
ται Schol.
οιό. τὰ καινὰ---τεκμαίρεται] Sapr. 707--725.
917. ἔστι---εἰ λόγοι) Vid. ad 250, supr. τοῦ λέγοντος) Cf. Ari-
stoph. Eq. 860, μὴ τοῦ λέγοντος ἴσθι.
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 51
918. wapawoto’] Gerundial. οὐδὲν ἐς πλέον) Cf. Eur. Hipp. 286,
ἐς πάντ᾽ ἀφῖγμαι, κοὐδὲν εἴργασμαι πλέον.
910. Λύκει᾽ Vid. ad 203, supr. ἄγχιστος) The statue and altar
of Apollo evidently stood before the palace (cf. 16 supr., and the Schol.,
who says, πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν γὰρ ἵδρυτο), therefore she says ἀφῆγμαι.
920. κατάργμασιν) Wunder’s οοπ). for κατεύγμασιν, which does not
occur elsewhere in this sense.
921. εὐαγῆ] Because the ayvela of Cid. would be the result of such
8, λύσις.
922. νῦν} In the present condition of things, opp. to the change for
which she prays.
923. ὧς κυβερνήτην νεώς] Sc. ὀκνοῦσιν ἐκπεπληγμένον βλέποντες.
924. Messenger efiters from the right hand or country side.
926. αὐτόν] Emphatic before the verb: opp. to δώματ᾽, as αὐτός is
opp. to στέγαι in the following line.
928. γυνὴ δὲ μήτηρ ἥδε] These words seem designed by the poet to
catch the ears of the audience, and to convey to them, before the sen-
tence is complete, an intimation of the true position of Jocasta. Vid.
ad 264, supr.
930. wayreAts] ‘‘ Uxor summa dignitate fruens,” Herm.: cf. ἀνδρὸς re-
λείον, Aisch. Agam. 972: δόμος ἡμιτελῆς. 1]. ii. yor: προτέλεια. The
epithet serves to heighten the contrast between the supposed and the
real position of the person to whom it is applied.
934. ἀγαθά] The second question only is answered. The promise is
directly contradicted by the event.
935. ποῖα] The word seems to mark surprise, with a slight degree of
incredulity : vid. ad 128 supr. παρά] Vulg. πρός.
936. ἄν] Inserted by Brunck.
937. ἀσχάλλοι5] The ἄν must be taken with this verb as well as with
ἥδοιο: οὗ Ausch. Agam. 1049, πείθοι dy εἰ πείθοι᾽" ἀπειθοίης δ᾽ ἴσως.
038. ποία» Again marks surprise and incredulity : οὗ, 935 supr. δύ-
γαμιν»---διπλῆν] Alluding to ἥδοι᾽ and ἀσχάλλοις : cf. El. 767, δεινὰ μὲν,
κέρδη δέ.
940. ἸΙσθμίας] I. 6. Corinth.
942. ἔχει] Opp. to ἐγκράτης : ‘death is Ate master now.’
943. πῶς εἶπας ;] Jocasta scarcely believes her ears for joy, and desires
52 SOPHOCLIS
the Messenger to speak plainly, and without circumlocution: cf. 957
infr.: A’sch. Agam. 268, πῶς φής ; πέφευγε τοῦπος ἐξ ἀπιστίας ; For the
aor. vid. ad 280 supr. γέρον] The age of the messenger tallies
with the narrative.
945. ὧς τάχος] Cf. 1154 infr., οὐκ ds TaXos Tis τοῦδ᾽ ἀποστρέψει χέρας ;
946. θεῶν μαντεύματα] The impiety of Jocasta here reaches its cli-
max, and contrasts strongly with her original cautiousness, supr. 711,
712. Here, as infr. 953, she does not scruple to throw epee upon
a prediction which she acknowledges to be divine.
947. ἵν Cf. 953 infr.
948. ἔφευγε] Used absolutely : “ exulabat,” Schneidewin.
949. τύχης] Used like εἱμαρμένη, or πεπρωμένη, of natural death.
953. τὰ σέμν᾽] Ironical: vid. ad 556 supr.
956. &s—édAwAdra) Vid. ad 848 supr.
957. σημήνας γενοῦ) Vulg. σημάντωρ. Cf. Aj. 588, μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς
γένῃ, Dind.
958. πρῶτον] 1. 6. before he speaks of the eleetion of Cid. to the
kingdom of Corinth.
g60. ξυναλλαγῇ] Cf. 34 supr.
963. γε] Gives an affirmative answer to the question implied in the
words of Cid., while καί κι τ. A. assigns an additional cause. συμ-
μετρούμενο9) Causal: the Messenger says this by way of consolation.
964. φεῦ φεῦ---οὐδενός] Vid. ad 946, supr.
966. ὧν ὑφ. Gen. absol.
967. κεύθει) Intransitive: cf. Aj. 634, κρείσσων wap’ “Aide κεύθων ὁ
νοσῶν μάταν.
969. ef τι----ὧμοῦ)] The thought suddenly strikes him that the prediction
may have been exhausted by a fulfilment short of its obvious meaning.
Compare the story of the dream of Hippias, referred to ad 981 infr.
971. δ᾽ οὖν) “ But at all events;” ‘however thie may be.” These par-
ticles clear away all previous questions ; cf. Gad. C. 1205 : Auech. Agam.
34, 217.
972. ἄξι᾽ οὐδεν] Proleptic.
976. οὐκ ὀκνεῖν λέχος) The conj. of Dind. for the reading of MSS.,
λέχος οὐκ ὀκνεῖν, commonly corrected λέκτρον οὐκ ὀκνεῖν. Another
suggestion οὗ Dind. seems preferable,—xal πῶς τὸ μητρὸς οὐκ ὀκνεῖν pe
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 53
δεῖ λέχος ; The attention of Cid. is suddenly arrested by a new subject
of fear. The anxiety which he shews to remove it is the means of
manifesting its reality.
977. ᾧ] Dat. commodi: ‘‘ with whom,” as with the whole human race.
τύχη!) Not ‘‘ good ἢ ” (as the Schol.), but ‘‘ chance.”
979. δύναιτο] For the constr. vid. ad 917 supr.
98ο. eis} Cf. Ant. 376, és δαιμόνιον τέρας ἀμφινοῶ τόδε.
981. πολλοὶ γάρ «.7.A.] The poet had probably in his mind the story
of Hippias (Herodot. vi. 107). We learn from Plutarch that a personal
intimacy subsisted between Herodotus and Sophocles, and we find in
the works of the latter traces of an acquaintance with the former's
writings: see esp. Ant. 905-912 (cf. Herodot. iii. 110), and Cid. C. 337
—341 (cf. Herodot. ii. 35). Of course the present instance need not be
referred to the same source.
982. ταῦθ᾽ Dreams, auguries, and the like.
983. wap’ οὐδέν] Cf. Ant. 34, καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμ᾽ ἄγειν οὐχ ὡς παρ᾽ οὐδέν.
986. κεὶ καλῶς λέγεις κεὶ concedes here, for the sake of argument
(vid. ad 669 supr.) Cid. does not admit that she καλῶς λέγει: supr. 984.
987. ὀφθαλμός) Cf. Eur. Andr. 406, εἷς παῖς ὅδ᾽ ἦν μοι λοιπὸς ὀφθαλ-
pos βίου : Aisch. Pers. 170; Cho. 920.
988. τῆς ζώσης} Strongly contrasted with πατρὸς τάφοι, 987.
989. ποίας δὲ καί) Cf. 1129 infr., ποῖον ἄνδρα καὶ λέγεις.
gg. exelyns] “In her.” duly] Vid. ad 436 supr. φέρον] Cf.
517 supr., els βλάβην φέρον.
995. τἡμαντοῦ---ταῖς ἐμαῖ:} Emphatic.
997. ἧ Κόρινθο:---ἀπῳκεῖτ᾽) 1, 6. ἁπῴκουν μακρὰν τῆς Κορίνθου.
998. εὐτυχῶς] Alluding to his marriage, and election to the sove-
reignty of Thebes.
1000. τάδ᾽] Sc. τὸ μιγῆναι unrpl, which has been the subject of the
conversation 976-999.
ΙΟΟΙ. πατρός te] An affirmative answer is implied, but the other
former ground of fear is added.
1003. ἐξελυσάμην] 1. 6. at once.
1004. &y—AdBos] Sc. ἐκλυσάμενος.
1005. καὶ μήν] Echoes the καὶ μήν of the previous line: cf. 548
supr. τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην] Cf, Cid. C. 1291, ἃ δ᾽ ἦλθον.
δ4 SOPHOCLIS
1006. εὖ πράξαιμί τι] Cf. Trach. 190, ἀπῇξ᾽, ews τοι πρῶτος ἀγγείλας
τάδε πρὸς σοῦ τι κερδάναιμι.
1007. εἶμι---ὁμοῦ] For the euphemism, and for the generalizing force
of the pl., cf. 366 supr., 1184 infr.
1008. ὦ wai] Vid. ad 943, supr.; and cf. γεραιέ, 1009. καλῶς]
== πάνυ, Schneidewin.
loIr. ταρβῶν] Vulg. ταρβῶ. ἐξέλθῃ} Vulg. ἐξέλθοι, which might
be justified by regarding φεύγειξ as a historic present. But λάβῃς (1012)
requires ἐξέλθῃς, of which it is an epexegesis. Schneidewin, however,
retains the vulg. ταρβῶ and ἐξέλθοι, placing a colon at γε, so as to sever
the connection between the verbs. With ἐξ. σαφής, cf. 1182 infr.
1012. φυτευσάντων]) Vid. ad 1007, supr.
1014. πρὸς δίκη:] Cf. El. 1211, πρὸξ δίκης γὰρ od στένεις.
rors. ἐν γένει Cf. infr. 1430, τοῖς ἐν γένει γὰρ τἀγγενῆ μάλισθ᾽ δρᾶν.
1019. τῷ μηδενί] -ετῷ μηδαμῶς φύσαντι.
1021. ὠνομάζετο] = ὠνόμαζεν ὃν παῖδα, Brunck.
1022. λαβών] Causal, in answer to ἀντὶ τοῦ ;
1023. κᾷθ' ---χειρός] Sc. λαβών. εἶτα after an aor. part. expressed (or,
_ a8 here, implied) marks a sharp antithesis between the part. and the
following verb.
1024. γάρ] Vid. ad 118 supr.
1025. σὺ δ᾽ «.7.A.] The real gist of the question lies in the parti-
ciples, and the answer is given by εὑρών in the next line.
1030. δ Vulg. 7’. Better τ᾽, as Herm.; cf. roor, supr.: thus γε
will merely throw emphasis on σωτήρ: “whatever I was, I saved you.”
τέκνον) Cf. 1008, supr. The Measenger has a fatherly feeling towards
the foundling.
1031. xaxois] Vulg. καιροῖς. The word σωτήρ implies the existence
of κακά of some sort.
1032. ἄρθρα) Supr. 718. This reveals to Jocasta alone (infr. 1058) the
true state of the case, Schol.
1035. σπαργάνων) Acc. to Brunck, the tokens by which a child might
be identified.
1036. ὃς ef] I. 6. Οἰδίπους.
1037. xpos—mrarpés| Depd. on ὠνομάσθης. Parente ordinarily give the
names to their children ; and the reference to his name suggests to Cid.
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 55
the thought of his parents. He hopes to find a clue te this mystery.
His excitement is marked by ὦ πρὸς θεῶν.
1039. τυχώ»] Cf. 1025, supr.
1040, οὔκ] The answer refers only to οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸς τυχών.
1049. εἴτ᾽ οὖν] Vid. ad go supr. For the inversion, cf. Ausch. Agam.
491, εἴτ᾽ οὖν ἀληθεῖς εἴτ᾽ ὀνειράτων δίκην----φῶς ἐφήλωσεν φρένας.
1051. ἄλλον] Sec. ἐννέπειν αὐτόν, Sehneidewin. 3
1052. κἀμάτευες πρόσθεν] Supr. 765. With marvellous art the same
person is represented as having witnessed the exposure of (Ed. and the
death of Laius.
10558. τόν] Relative: of. 1379, 1427, infr. 6] Epexegetic: vid.
ad 217 supr.
1056. τί 8° ὄντω᾽ εἶπε) Sc. ἐρωτᾷς: of. Aisch. Pr. V. 766, τί δ᾽ ὅντιν᾽;
ov yap ῥητὸν αὐδᾶσθαι τάδε. Vulg. τίς δ᾽ ὅντιν᾽ : cf. 464 supr. Jocasta,
conscious of the whole truth, parries the question at first; but when
(Ed. presses for an answer, openly endeavours to divert him from his
purpose, 1060-1066. 1056. μηδέ] Emphasizes μεμνῆσθαι. μάτην
To be taken with ῥηθέντα.
1058. obx—yévos] The self-willed determination of (id. brings its
own punishment. Cf. 1076, 1085, infr.
1061. ἅλις νοσοῦσ᾽ ὁγώ] Idiomatic: cf. Ant. 547, dpxéow θνήσκουσ᾽ ἐγώ.
ἐγώ] The corr. οὗ Brunck for ἔχω.
1062. σύ] Emphatic: opp. to ἐγώ.
1064. οὐδ᾽ ἐὰν] The conj. of Herm. for οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐκ. Subsequently Herm.
edited οὐδ' ἂν εἶ or οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἰ ’x, referring the ἄν to some opt. understood,
as in the combinations κἄν, and τάχ᾽ ἄν : vid. ad 523, supr.
1065. τρίδουλος] Cf. Eur. Andr. 636, κεῖ τρὶς νόθος πέφυκε. (id. be-
lieves the motive of Joc. to be pride, and the fear of disclosing his
humble origin: ef. 1070, 1079 infr.
1065. μὴ οὐ----ἐκμαθεῖν Epexegesis of οὐκ ἂν πιθοίμην.
1067. τὰ Agora] Ironical: echoing the words of Jocasta. The tem-
per of Cd. cannot brook opposition. Cf. supr. 334 sqq.
1069. Cid. turns away from Joc. in indignation, and without replying.
1072. Joc. abandons the controversy in despair, and retires hastily
(ᾷξασα, 1074) into the palace. Of. Ant. 766, 1244; Trach. 813; and
compare the comments of the Chorus in the scenes referred to.
1076. ὁποῖα xph{ei] “ What will.” Vid. ad 1059, supr.
,
56 SOPHOCLIS
1082. ris] Demonstrative. ovyyeveis| Cf. Cid. C. 7. Here,
however, ovyy. is used in allusion to μητρός.
1083. καῇ Disjunctive.
1084. τοιόσδε] Sc. παῖς τῆς Τύχης, κι 7. A.
᾿ 2085. ἄλλος] Opp. to τοιόσδε, i. 6. other than a παῖς Τύχης. ὥστε
uh) ‘that I should ποῖ :” i.e. ‘so as to have a motive for refusing to
discover my descent.’ This expl. is due to Dr. Kennedy 1. c.
1086. A short choral ode in a joyous strain, introduced immediately
before the catastrophe, in order to heighten its effect. Schneidewin
compares Aj. 693, Ant. 1115, Trach. 633 sqq. The Chorus is as far as
Cid. from guessing the truth, and imagines him to be the progeny of
@ god. εἴπερ----ἴδρι5] Cf. 500-504, supr. ἐγώ) Emphatic: opp.
to the Delphic oracle, Tiresias, &c. pdyris}] Metaphorical : its sense
is limited by κατὰ γνώμαν ἵδριΞ.
1087. κατὰ γνώμαν ps} Hither (1) ἔμπειρος κατὰ τὴν γνώμην ὅ ἐστι
συνετός, Schol. (vid. ad 398, supr.): or (2) “ex animi sententia, i.e.
quantum cupio, intelligens” (Herm.), which is more in accordance with
usage: cf. Eur. Andr. 737, ὅταν δὲ τἀκεῖ θῶ κατὰ γνώμην ἐμὴν, ἥξω.
1088. οὐ τόν] Vid. ad 660, supr.
1090. Κιθαιρών] Supr.1026. οὐκέτι τὰν érdpay] The conj. of Dind.
for οὐκ ἔσῃ τὰν αὔριον.
1091. πανσέληνον) Cf. Ant. 153, TI51.
1096. ἐπίηρα φέροντα) Homeric: cf, Hom. 1]. i. 578, πατρὶ φίλῳ ἐπίηρα
φέρειν, Dind. .
1097. ἰήϊε] Cf. 154, supr. Apollo is here invoked, as being the god
of the oracles.
1098. μακραιώνων) Depd. on ris: the Nymphs. With the common
reading, however, = ἀθανάτων, depd. on θυγάτηρ, 1102.
1100, Νύμφα ---Λοξίου] The conj. of Dind. for the reading of MSS.,
Πανὸς ὀρεσσιβάτα προσπελασθεῖσα ἣ σέ γε θυγάτηρ Λοξίου ; where Elms.
added τις before θυγάτηρ. In the vulg. Λοξίου depd. on προσπελασθεῖσα.
1101. ob γε] Cf, Phil. 1117, πότμος oe δαιμόνων τάδ᾽, οὐδὲ σέ ye δόλος
ἔσχ᾽ ὑπὸ χειρὸς ἐμᾶς. yevéras] Vid. ad 470, supr.
1104. ὁ KvAAdyas}] Hermes,
1110, κἀμέ] Opp. to ob, 1115. Cid. sees the Herdsman (supr. 756,
1040) approaching from the right hand. συναλλάξαντα)] Cf 1130, infr.
1111. πρέσβεις: Addressing the xépos γερόντων : vulg. πρέσβυ.
4
GEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 57
1113. γήρᾳ] Vid. ad 943, supr. τῷδε τἀνδρῇ δεικτικῶς : the Mes-
senger, who is standing by. Most commonly 83° ἀνὴρ means the speaker :
but cf. 1128, infr.
1115. ab] The Chorus, or rather the Coryphzus.
1117. Λαΐου] Supr. 1040: the possessive genitive, used as a predi-
cate: cf. infr. 1122.
1118, πιστός] Strengthened by εἴπερ τις ἄλλος, but limited by ὡς vo-
weds ἀνήρ: cf. 763, supr., ἄξιος γὰρ ol” ἀνὴρ δοῦλος φέρειν ἦν κι τ. A.
1119. σὲ---ξένον) Cf. Ant. 441, σὲ δή, σὲ τὴν νεύουσαν ἐς πέδον κάρα.
Σ121. οὗτοι--- βλέπων) Cf. Trach. 402, οὗτος, βλέφ᾽ ὧδε.
1123. odxh—rpagels] A slave bred in the house (οἰκότριψ) held a more
respectable position than a bought slave (oixérns). The Herdsman puts
this distinction forward, in answer to the somewhat rough address of Cid.
1125. τὰ πλεῖστα τοῦ βίου] In reply to βίον τίνα ; 1124.
1128. τῇδέ που] I. 6. when tending his flocks on Cithzron, opp. to
ξυναλλάξας τί πω, which resumes the sentence, interrupted by the ques-
tion of the Herdsman, and the reply of (id.
1129. δρῶντα] So. οἶδα. noioyv—Aéyes}] Cf. 989, supr. The
Herdsman, who knows the whole truth (vid. ad 758, supr.), already
shews a disposition to parry the questions which are put to him: cf.
1144, 1146, 1151, infr.
1131. οὐχ ὥστε «.7.A.] Cf. 361, οὐκ ὥστε γ᾽ εἰπεῖν γνωστόν.
1134. κάτοιδεν ἦμος Cf. Aj. 1273, οὐ μνημονεύεις οὐκέτ᾽ οὐδὲν, ἡνίκα
ἑρκέων ποθ᾽ ὑμᾶς οὗτος ἐγκεκλῃμένους .... ἐρρύσατ᾽ ; τὸν Κιθαιρῶνος
τόπον] Depd. on κατείχομεν or some such verb, for which ἐπλησίαζον
«. τ᾿ A. 18 substituted.
1135. ὁ μέν] Sc. ἐπλησίαζεν ἐμοί.
1137. ἀρκτοῦρον Soon after the beginning of September.
1138. χειμῶνα] For the acc. cf. Aesch. Eum. 109, ἔθυον, Spay οὐδενὸς
κοινὴν θεῶν : Eur. Bacch. 187, ὧς ob κάμοιμ᾽ ἂν οὔτε νύκτ᾽ οὔθ᾽ ἡμέραν θύρσῳ
κροτῶν γῆν.
1140. λέγω τι τούτων) Cf. 1475, infr., λόγω τι; The phrase is directly
opp. to οὐδὲν λέγειν : cf. 1151, infr.
1141. τί δ᾽ ἔστι πρὸς τί κ. τ. λ,7 Vulg. τί δ' ἔστι ; πρὸς τί κι τι Δ. : with
which Schneidewin compares supr. 938: Trach. 330, τί 8 ἔστι ; τοῦ με
thy? ἐφίστασαι βάσιν ; Phil. 896: El.g21. Dind. (ed. Oxon. 1836) says,
“‘Delevi signum interrogandi quod post ἐστί legebatur. Nam τί idem
58 SOPHOCLIS
est quod ὅ τι. This, however, is never the case except in a dependent
question ; and the passages adduced by Dind, in support of this view
are either of that kind (as El. 316, ὧς νῦν ἄποντος ἱστόρει τί σοι φίλον).
or may be resolved into double questions, as Trach. 339: El. 1176, τί δ'
ἔσχες ἄλγος[;] πρὸς τί τοῦτ᾽ εἰπεῖν κυρεῖς ; Accordingly the note of in-
terrogation should be restored after ἔστι.
1146. οὐκ εἰς ὄλεθρον ;] Cf. 430, supr. σιωπήσας ἔσει) Cf. 957, supr.
1150. ἐννέπων} Gerundial.
LISI. Aéyer—obSéy}] Vid. ad 1140, supr.
1152. πρὸς χάριν] Cf. Soph. Fragm. 25, πρὸς χάριν τε κοὺ βίᾳ, Schnei-
dewin. κλαίων} Similar to, but not identical with the idiomatic
use of the word supr. 401. There it representa the consequence, and
here rather the cause, of the action. The temper of (id. rises with
every opposition: cf. 334, 532, 070, supr.
1155. προσχρήζων) Se. ἀποστρέψεις.
1158. τόδ᾽ 1. 6. τὸ ὀλέσθαι. τοὔνδικον) = τἀληθές: cf. Avach.
Agam. 996, πρὸς ἐνδίκοις φρεσὶν τελεσφόροις δίναις κυκλούμενον κέαρ.
ΤΙ60. διόλλυμαι} The pres. expressing certainty.
1160. és τριβάς] Cf. Ant. 577, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι: Aristoph. Ach. 385, rf
ταῦτα στρέφει τεχγάζεις τε καὶ πορίζειβ τριβάς ;
1161. πάλαι] To be taken with εἶπον. elwoy] Supr. 1157,
1162. λαβών) Sc. ἔδωκα-.
1163. ἐμὸν μὲν οὐκ ἔγωγε) The pronouns are emphatic, and express
the horror which the Herdsman feels at the supposition implied in
οἰκεῖον.
1166. ὅλωλας] Vid. ad 1159, supr.
1167. τίς---γεννημάτων} Constructio ad sensum. The Herdsman an-
swers with intentional ambiguity, as τῶν may either depd. on γεννημάτων
or agree with it. Dind. however (after Déderlein) takes τῶν with γεν-
νημάτων, and supposes that the Herdsman concedes the paternity of
Laius, so that the only question remaining is “utrum ex ancilla (δοῦλος)
an ex uxore (¢yyerfs) partum sit illad γεννημά." This view assigns to
éyyerfis the sense of γνήσιος (which does not belong to it), ignores the
κείνου in 1168, and is inconsistent with κοίνου γέ τοι κι τ. A. 1171.
1169. λέγει») Epexegesis of τῷ δείνφ.
1170. κἄγωγ᾽ ἀκούειν] Οὗ. sees the whole ὙΠ but is resolved to
hear it out,
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 59
1171. ἐκλήζεθ᾽ The Herdsman endeavours to the last to find an escape
for CEd., and will not assert directly that he is the son of Laius.
1174. ὧς πρὸς τί xpelas;] Cf. Ant. 1229, ἐν τῷ ἔνμφορᾶς διεφθά-
ρη3; ὧς ἀναλώσαιμι) Supr. 717-710.
1175. τλήμων} To be taken closely with τεκοῦσα, from which it de-
rives its force: cf. Asch. Cho. 620, Νῖσον ἀθανάτας τριχὺς vooglaac’
ἀπροβούλως xvéov? ἃ κννόφρων ὕπνφ. 7] Gives an affirmative an-
swer. ὀκνῷ) Depd. on δίδωσι understood. Supr. 711 sqq.
1176. τοὺς texdyras] Vid. ad 1007, supr.
1178. @s} To be taken with δοκῶν : οὗ Eur. Herc. Fur. 984, ἄλλῳ δ᾽
ἐπεῖχε τόξ᾽, ὃς ἀμφὶ βωμίαν ἔπτηξε κρηπῖδ᾽, ὧς λεληθέναι δοκῶν.
1182. ἰοὺ lod] ΟΣ 1071, supr. τὰ---σαφῇ) Cf. 1011, supr.
1183. ὦ φῶς-.---προσβλέψαιμι)] ΟΣ Ant. 808, vdaray δὲ φέγγος λεύσσου-
σαν ἀελίου. Cid. prays for death, but his prayer is fulfilled literally,
though not according to his intention: Schneidewin.
1184. Seris] Causal. πέφασμαι x.7.A.) The intimations of Tire-
sias, 362, 366, 415, and especially 457-460 (φανήσεται δέ «.7.A.), are at
length made good. Vid. ad 1007, supr. id. retires hastily into the
palace by the centre door; and the Messenger and Herdsman quit the
scene, probably by one of the side doors of the palace.
1186. The Cho. takes occasion by this sudden reverse in the fortunes
of Ged. to moralize on the uncertainty and mutability of man’s state.
The tone of this choral ode contrasts strongly with the last, 1086-1109.
‘O generations of men, ye are as nothing: mortal bappiness is but a
shadow. (idipus achieved the most complete success, and was a tower
of strength to his adopted country: so that he won great honour as
sovereign of mighty Thebes. Who is more pitiable now? He is the
husband of his father’s wife! All-seeing Time has found thee out at last.
O son of Laius, would I had never set eyes on thee. For I mourn over
thee in bitter grief: yet wert thou my refuge and protection.’ ἴσα]
Adverbial, to be taken with ζώσας, which is the secondary predicate.
1189, ἀνήρ] Vid. ad 499, supr.
1100. φέρει) Vid. ad 590, supr.
1191. τοσοῦτον] Sc. μόνον : cf. Aj. 747, τοσοῦτον οἶδα καὶ παρὼν ἔτυγ-
χάναν : Cid, Col. 775, τοσαύτη τέρψις ἄκοντας φιλεῖν ὥσπερ τις εἴ σοι
x,t. A.: Eur. Hipp. 804, τοσοῦτον ἴσμεν : and compare the usp of tan-
tum in Latin. δοκοῦν) So. εὐδαιμονεῖν.
60 SOPHOCLIS
1194. τόν] Vulg. τό. tot] Introductory to the γνώμη, βροτῶν
οὐδὲν μακαρίζω : vid. ad 549, supr. παράδειγμ᾽} Secondary predicate.
1196. οὐδέν] The conj. of Herm. for οὐδένα.
1197. ὅστις] Causal. ἐκράτησε] Herm. for ἐκρατήσας. The change
from the 24 to the 34 pers. may be accounted for by the invocation of
Zeus which is interposed. πάντ᾽ Vid. ad 904, supr.
1198. κατὰ μὲν POloas] Tmesis.
1199. rav—xpnoupddry] Supr. 35, 130, 391 8qq.
1200. θανάτων) Gen. obj. Cf. 497, supr., ἐπίκουρος ἀδήλων θανά-
των. ᾿ἐμᾷ χώρᾳ] Because Cid. came to the country of the Cho. in
the character of a stranger.
1201. ἀνέστα)] Vulg. ἀνέστας. For the change from the part. (κατα-
0lcas) to the finite verb, vid. ad 42 supr.
1204. ἀκούειν Epexegesis: cf. Cid. C. 141, δεινὸς μὲν δρᾶν, δεινὸς δὲ
κλύειν.
1205. ἐν] Belongs to ἄταις as well as to πόνοις, though it is expressed
with the latter only: vid. ad 93 supr. With ἐν πόνοις ξύνοικος (- ἐν
πόνοις ὧν καὶ ξύνοικος αὐτοῖς), cf. 17 supr., σὺν γηρᾷ βαρεῖς : Cid. C. 1133.
With ξύνοικος we must supply μᾶλλον from the compar. ἀθλιώτερος.
1206. ἀλλαγᾷ] Instrumental dative.
1208. μέγας] Derives its force from ἤρκεσεν. λιμήν») Cf. 423, supr.
1209. αὐτός The conj. of Brunck, for αὐτός. καιδῇ Hither (1)
separated from ᾧ, with which it is in appos., and brought near to πατρί
for the sake of the antithesis, θαλαμηπόλῳ being proleptic, and in appos.
with both παιδί and πατρί : or (2) παιδί and πατρί both proleptic and in
appos. with ᾧ, θαλαμηπόλῳ being taken closely with πατρί. 1 would mean
that Cid. had the same wife as his father, 2 that he was the husband of
his mother. Both expl. are given by the Schol.
1210. θαλαμηπόλῳ)] To be taken closely with πεσεῖν. weoey]
Cf. Eur. Hel. 1093, ὦ πότνι᾽, ἢ δίοισιν ἐν λέκτροις πίτνειξ, Ἥρα, Schneid.
1211. ἄλοκες} Cf. 460, supr.: 1257, 1497, infr.: Ant. 569.
1215. Texvouvta καὶ Trexvotpevoy | That is said of the γάμος which is
literally true of (ΕΜ. : cf. 1404, infr.: Cid. C. 266, rd γ᾽ ἔργα μου πε-
πονθότ᾽ ἐστὶ μᾶλλον ἢ δεδρακότα.
1219. ὧς) To be taken with περίαλλ᾽, which has a superlative force:
ef. El. 1439, ὡς ἠπίως.
1220. laxxlwv] The conj. of Herm. for ἰαχέων.
CEDIPUS TYRAN NUS. 61
1222. κατεκοίμησα)] Cf 586 supr.: Aisch. Eum. 705, etdévrov ὕπερ
ἐγρηγορὺς φρούρημα γῆς καθίσταμαι.
1223. Another Messenger enters from the palace by one of its side-doors.
1227. οἶμαι---στέγην] ΟΣ Alsch. Cho. 72, πόροι τε πάντες ἐκ μιᾶς ὁδοῦ
βαίνοντες τὰν χερομυσῇ φόνον καθαίροντες ἔλουσαν [ἢ μάτην.
1228. καθαρμῷ] With the dat. cf. 492, supr., πρὸς ὅτου δὴ βασάνῳ ἐπὶ
τὰν ἐπίδαμον φάτιν εἶμ᾽ κ΄ τ΄ A. ὅσα---φανεῖ] = σα τὰ μὲν κεύθει (i. 6.
the incestuous marriage) τὰ δ᾽ (the suicide of Joc. and the self-inflicted
blindness of Cid.) αὐτίκα gavel. —
1230. ἑκόντα κοὺκ ἄκοντα] = ἑκούσια κοὺκ ἀκούσια : cf. Cd. Col. 240,
ἔργων ἀκόντων ἀΐοντες αὐδάν, 266,977. The calamities which the mes-
senger has to report are thus distinguished from those which had already
befallen Cid.
1231. at pavic’] Cf. 316, supr., ἔνθα μὴ τέλη λύῃ φρονοῦντ᾽. αὐ-
θαίρετοι] = ἑκόντα. ;
1232. μὴ οὐ] Because the privative verb λείπει is negatived by οὐδ᾽.
1234. ὁ μὲν τάχιστος τῶν λόγων I. 6. ὅδ᾽ ἐστί, Βα. τέθνηκε Κι τ. λοὶ vid.
ad 412, 449, supr.
1238. ὄψις] I. 6. of her death: cf. El. 762.
1240. ὀργῇ χρωμένη] Supr. 1073, ὕπ᾽ ἀγρίας ἔξασα λύπης 7 γυνή.
1242. ἵετ᾽ ---.᾿λέχη] Cf. Trach. 915 Βαα.
1243. ἀμφιδεξίοι5] Cf. Cid. Col. 1112, πλευρὸν ἀμφιδέξιον.
1245. ἤδη] To be taken with πάλαι νεκρόν.
1246. ὑφ᾽ ὧν] The act of Cid. is attributed to the σπέρματα: cf. 1215,
supr. With the constr. ὑφ᾽ ὧν---λίποι Schneidewin compares the zeugma
Cd. Col. 424, ἧς νῦν ἔχονται κἀπαναίρονται δόρυ. But the passage before
us scarcely seems to require such support, as λίποι refers to the same
act as θάνοι, so that ὑφ᾽ ὧν may be referred to both grammatically : αἱ
1252, infr., ὑφ᾽ οὗ οὐκ ἦν Ke. τ. λ.
1247. τήν] Because a τίκτουσα is implied in σπέρματα.
1248. τοῖς olow] Vid. ad 1007 supr. a:Soupylay] Abstract for concrete.
1249. διπλοῦς] Not fem. nom. referring to Joc., as Wund., but masc.
800. pl., “duplex genus,” Herm.: expl. by the following line.
1250. τέκνων] Generalizing: vid. ad 366 supr.
1251. χὥπω:---ἀπόλλυται)] Hyperbaton. ἐκ τῶνδ᾽] Cf. 235 supr.,
&' τῶνδε δράσω, ταῦτα χρὴ κλύειν ἐμοῦ,
C
62 SOPHOCLIS
1253. ἐκθεάσασθαι) ** See out.”
1256. γυναῖκά τ᾽ οὐ γυναῖκα) Cf. 1214, supr., ἄγαμον γάμον. δ᾽7 In-
troduces a second description of a person already spoken οὖ: cf. Atsch.
Cho. 189, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ μήν νιν 4 κτανοῦσ᾽ ἐκείρατο, ἐμὴ δὲ μήτηρ. διπλῆν]
Cf. 1249, supr. ἄρουραν) Vid. ad 1211, supr.
1258. δαιμόνων---ἔγγυθεν] Cf. Atsch. Agam. 663, θεός τις, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος.
1259. ἀνδρῶν] Vid. ad 500, supr.
1260. ὑφηγητοῦ) Cf. 966, supr.
1261. ἐκ δὲ---κλῇθρα]) Wund. translates πυθμένων ‘‘ cardines,” and κλῇ-
pa ‘‘postes,” without any authority. Schneidewin takes κλῇθρα of the
doors themselves (cf. 1287, Svofyev κλῇθρα, 1295, infr.), and πυθμένων of
the door-posts, regarding κοῖλα as proleptic. κλῇθρα are properly the
bolts (pl. because the doors were double), which slid into sockets (πυθμέ-
ves) in the threshold. If we may take κοῖλα to mean ‘‘ bending,” the
difficulty vanishes.
1263. ob δή κι τ.λ.} Cf. Ant. 1220, sqq.
1267. δ Jn apodosi, common after ἐπεί: cf. Ausch. Agam. 198 sqq.,
ἀπεὶ δὲ καὶ x7. A... ἄναξ δ᾽ ὁ πρέσβυς τόδ᾽ εἶπε φωνῶν.
1269. wepdvas] Cf. Herodot. v. 87, 88.
1271, ὄψοιντο)] Sc. of κύκλοι. Dind. explains of ἔπασχεν, “quum ma-
trem inscius uxorem duceret,” and ὁποῖ᾽ ἕδρα, “‘quum patrem inscius
occideret,” an interpretation which is irreconcileable with his reading
ὄψοιντο. For this Wunder, Schneidewin, Linwood, and others adopt
ὄψαιντο, the conj. of Herm. But the form is a very rare one, although
supported by Pind. Fraym. lviii. 11, ἔνθα τεκοῖσ᾽ εὐδαίμον᾽ ἐπόψατο γέν-
voy: 8. Luke xiii. 28, ὅταν ὄψησθε ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαάκ κ. τ. λ. Certainly
the context seems to require a past tense, so as to make οὐκ---κακά the
ground of what follows. Taken thus, of ἔπ. and dxof ἕδρα are probably
as expl. by Dind. With ἔπασχεν Schneidewin compares Cid. C. 525,
κακᾷ μ᾽ εὐνᾷ πόλις οὐδὲν pw γάμων ἐνέδησεν Erg. The two clauses οὐκ---
κακά and ἐν σκότῳ---γνωσοίατο are thus grammatically coordinate, 8]-
though logically the former is subordinate to the latter.
1273. ἐν σκότῳ] I. ὁ. not at all: cf. 419, supr., βλέποντα viv μὲν Spe’,
ἔπειτα δὲ σκότον. obs μὲν---γνωσοίατο] Just what they had done
before, viz. looked upon children whom they ought never to have seen
(with οὐκ ἔδει cf. 1184, supr., gus τ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν οὐ χρῆν), and failed to re-
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 63
cognise those whom they ought, i.e. Laius and Jocasta. This, says
Cd. with bitter irony, they shall do henceforth in the dark, if at all.
1274. οὐ] To be taken closely with γνωσοίατο.
1275. πολλάκις--- ἅπαξ] Belongs to ἤρασσ᾽, Wund.
1276. ἐπαίρων] Cf. 1270, supr., Spas.
1278. σταγόνας] The important word: the blood did not flow guttatim.
1279. χάλα(ά θ᾽.--αἱματοῦσσ᾽] The conj. of Porson for χαλάζης αἵματος.
Herm. reads χαλάζης αἱμάτων : Wund. χαλάζης αἱματοῦς : Linwood xa-
Ad(ns αἵματός τ᾽, which he expl. by a hendiadys (cf. 470, supr., πυρὶ καὶ
oreporais), and which has the merit of involving the least violent change.
1280. Dind. has ejected two verses as spurious :
τάδ᾽ ἐκ δυοῖν ἔρρωγεν οὐ μόνου κακά,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀνδρὶ καὶ γυναικὶ συμμιγῇ κακά.
Porson reads οὐχ ἑνὸς μόνου : Schneidewin οὐ μόνῳ κακά : Elmsley ejects
1281: Hermann strikes out οὐ μόνου----γυναικί, leaving a single line:
τάδ᾽ ἐκ δυοῖν ἔρρωγε συμμιγῆ κακά.
Some such summary of the foregoing narrative is needed before 1282.
1282. δ᾽ Hyperbaton. |
1283. δικαίως] Vid. ad 1158, supr. νῦν---ἀπόν] Cf. Ant. 4-6.
1286. τίνι]- ποίᾳ, Dind., Schneidewin. Elmsley, Linwood, and others
have rit.
1287. κλῇθρα] Vid. ad 1261, supr.
1289. τὸν μητρός] Aposiopesis.
1291. ἀραῖος ὡς hpdearo| Supr. 249-251. :
1294. δείξει) Either (1) with Cid. as the subj.; or (2) jiictonaly
of. Aristoph. Ranz 1261, δείξει δὴ τάχα. -Probably the former. καὶ
gol} Opp. to ἐμοί.
1295. οἷον---ἐποικ-ἰσαι) Cf. Aj. 923, οἷος ὧν ofws ἔχεις, ὡς καὶ παρ᾽
ἀχθροῖς ἄξιος θρήνων τυχεῖν, Schneidewin.
1207. The central doors of the palace are thrown open, and (Hd.
comes on the stage. ᾿
1299. προσέκυρφ With the acc.: elsewhere with dat.
1300. tls ὁ πηδήσας] Sc. ἐστί. μείζονα] Sc. πηδήματα. Cf. 263,
supr., γῦν δ᾽ és τὸ κείνον κρᾶθ᾽ ἐνήλαθ᾽ ἡ τύχη : 1311, infr.
1303. Dind. has struck out the words φεῦ φεῦ, δύστανος (for which
δύσταν is commonly read) before ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐσιδεῖν.
C2
64 SOPHOCLIS
1304. οὐδ᾽) Emphasizes ἐσιδεῖν.
1309. ποῖ yas κιτ. λ.} Cf. Eur. Hec. 1056 sqq.
1310. φθογγά) Cid., unaccustomed to his situation, is startled at the
sound of his own voice borne into space. διαπέταται) This word is
probably corrupt, and is accordingly omitted by Herm. and others.
1312, és δεινόν x.7.A.] In reply to ty ἐξήλλου ;
1313. ἰὼ---ἰμόν)] Cf. Aj. 394, ἰὼ σκότος, ἐμὸν φάος. Throughout the
following Commos the lamentations of (id. have nearly the character of
a soliloquy. It is not until 1321 that he manifests any consciousness
of the presence of the Chorus, and only at 1329 that he directly an-
swers them. From 1369 his tone becomes more calm, and the metre
changes accordingly,
1314. ἄφατον) To be taken closely with ἐπιπλόμενον.
1315. ἀδάματο»ν----ὅν)] Epexegesis of ἐπιπλόμενον ἄφατον. δυσού-
ριστην} Not, as the Schol., ὅρον μὴ ἔχον, nor, as Brunck, “incurable ;”
but ‘‘vento seviter secundo advectum,” Ellendt: “driven by a fatally
favourable wind,” Liddell and Scott aub voc. A kind of oxymoron.
1318. κέντρων) Supr. 1269.
1320. διπλᾶ σε πενθεῖν] Referring to 1316, 1317. διπλᾶ---κακά]
Referring to 1318. φορεῖν] Dind. and others suggest φέρειν.
1321. ἰὼ φίλος «.7.A.] Cf. Aj. 340.
1323. τὸν τυφλόν] For the use of the art., cf. (id. C. 21, κάθιζέ
νύν με καὶ φύλασσε τὸν τυφλόν. κηδεύων)] Linwood, on metrical
grounds, conjectures κηδεμών : in that case με depd. on dwopdvers, of, Cid.
C. 239.
1326. γε] Emphasizes τὴν αἦν.
1328. τοιαῦτα] Cogn. acc.
1329. ᾿Απόλλων x.7.A.] For the first time (id. directly answers the
Chorus. The words of Tiresias (supr. 377) rise to his recollection.
1331. δ᾽ Opposes the αὐτόχειρ to ᾿Απόλλων, the ultimate cause of his
misfortunes, αὐτόχειρ) Vid. ad 107 supr. otris} 1. 6. ἄλλος,
1335. ὅτῳ] Causal; therefore μηδέν. The sentiment is expanded in
the next speech of Cid., 1369 sqq.
1337. τί δῆτ᾽ ---ἧδονᾷ] A kind of zeugma, as ἀκούειν ἡδονᾷ (= μέθ᾽ ἧδο-
vis) is properly an epexegesis of προσήγορον alone: something similar
should be supplied with βλεπτόν and στερκτόν. τί δῆτ᾽ ἐμοὶ βλέπτον is
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 65
virtually a repetition of ὅτῳ-- γλυκύ, 1335; “Αγ, what indeed?” τί is
acc., depending on the verbal adjectives. ;
1340. ἐκτόπιον)] Cf. 166 supr. While the horror of the discovery,
and the remembrance of his own imprecations, (supr. 234 sqq.), are
still fresh in his mind, (id. desires to be driven from the country :
ef. 1409 —1414 infr.: Cid. C. 766 sqq., ὅτ᾽ ἦν μοι τέρψις ἐκπεσεῖν
χθονός.
1343. ὄλεθρον] So Turnebus: all the MSS. have ὀλέθριον, and some
have μέγα : hence Erfurdt conjectured τὸν μέγ᾽ ὀλέθριον, and is followed
by Schneidewin. τὸν ὄλεθρον μέγαν, the conj. of Elmsley is adopted
by Herm., Dind., and Linwood, of whom the first two defend the pe-
culiar collocation, by explaining the words 85 τὸν ὄλεθρον μέγαν ὄντα,
da. μέγ. being taken as the pred. of ὄντα : cf. Aristoph. Thesm. 394,
Tas μέγ᾽ ἀνδράσιν κακόν, an example which is due to Mr. Blayds.
1347. τοῦ νοῦ]-- τῆς συνέσεως, Schol.: alluding to the victory of Cid.
over the Sphinx, (cf. 380 supr.), which was the occasion of his mis-
fortunes.
1348. &s—wore] For ὥς σ᾽ 40. μήδ' ἀναγνῶναι ποτ᾽ ἄν, Dobree con-
jectured ὥς σ᾽ 40. μηδαμὰ γνῶναί wor’ ἄν. Cf. 1216 supr.
1350. voudd’] The conj. of Elmsley for γομάδος, (“‘ eating,” according
to Linw.): νομάδ᾽ is expl. by Herm., Dind., Wund., Schneidewin, &c.
“exposed ἐν νομαδιαίοις τόποις᾽ (from a gloss): cf. 1026 supr.
1351. ἔρυτο] Epic form, = ἐρρύσατο.
1355. 4] Vulg. ἦν: cf. 1123 supr.
1358. ἦλθον] ““ Prodiissem,” Linwood: ef. 1519 infr., ἀλλὰ θεοῖς γ᾽
ἔχθιστος ἥκω.
1359. ὧν] Vid. ad 1007 supr.: cf. 1361.
1360. ἄθεο5] The conj. of Elmsley for ἄθλιος.
1361. ὁμολεχής)] The conj. of Meineke for ducyerfs. Linwood, who
retains the vulg., explains it after Herm., as=dudoropos, 460 supr.
1365. πρεσβύτερον---κακόν] Cf. Ausch. Cho. 631, κακῶν δὲ πρεσβεύεται
τὸ Λήμνιον Adyy. ᾿ :
1367. κρείσσων For the constr., cf. Aj. 635, κρείσσων παρ᾽ “Aida
κεύθων ὁ νοσῶν μάτην. With the imperf. ἦσθα without ἄν, compare
the use οὗ χρῆν.
1369. ds μέν κι τ.λ.} A direct reply to the objection of the Cho. ;
66 SOPHOCLIS
but the entire speech is an expansion of thoughts already vented in the
Commos: cf. Aj. 430 sqq.
1371. ὄμμασιν ποίοι5] Cf. 1385 infr.
1374. κρείσσον᾽ Cf. Atsch. Agam. 1376, ὕψος κρεῖσσον ἐκπηδήμα-
τος. ἀγχόνη:] Cf. Eur. Heracl. 246, καὶ τόδ᾽ ἀγχόνης πέλας : Ari-
stoph. Ach. 125, ταῦτα δῆτ᾽ οὐκ ἀγχόνη ; εἰργασμένα] In the pass.
sign., as supr. 1369. Notanda rarior hujus verbi structura cum dativo
pro accusativo, ut apud Arist. Vesp. 1350, πολλοῖς yap ἤδη χἀτέροις αὔτ᾽
εἰργάσω: Dind. It is true that ἐργάζομαι in the act. sign. frequently
takes a dupl. acc. (especially in the sense of doing one a mischief), and,
on the analogy of other verbs which require a dupl. acc. with the act.,
might be expected to take an acc. with the pass. But the acc. with
pass. in such cases is always the acc. rei; whereas in this place oly
(which is simply the dat. incommodi) expresses the persons.
1375. ἀλλ᾽] Introducing an objection to be answered. δῆτ᾽]
Slightly ironical.
1376. βλαστοῦσ᾽ ὅπως ἔβλαστε] A kind of euphemism: cf. Cid. C.
273, ἱκόμην ἵν᾿ ἱκόμην : 336, εἰσ᾽ οὗπέρ εἰσι. For βλαστοῦσ᾽ we should
have expected βλαστόντων : vid. ad 1215, supr.
1377. τοῖς--- ὀφθαλμοῖς Instrumental.
1379. τῶν] Vid. ad 200 supr.
1380. ἀνὴρ els] Strengthens the superlative κάλλιστα τραφείς, cf. Aj.
1340, ἕν᾽ ἄνδρ᾽ ἰδεῖν ἄριστον ᾿Αργείων.
1381. αὐτὸς---ἅπαντας] Parenthetic: supr. 236 sqq.
1382. τὸν ἀσεβῆ, τόν x. τ. Δ.1] In app. with ἐμαυτόν.
1383. καὶ---Λαΐου] Acclimax. |
1385. ὀρθοῖ----ὁμμ.] Cf. 528 supr. tovrovs] The people of Thebes,
represented by the spectators: vid. ad 216 supr.
1386. ἔτ᾽] 1. 6. in addition to the deprivation of sight.
1389. ἵν᾽ 7] The particles ds, ὅπως, ἵνα, ὄφρα, are found without ἄν,
with the hist. tenses of the indic., to express the consequences which
would have happened from some hypothetical action, whiclr has not
taken place: ‘‘ so should I have been:” cf. 1392 infr.: Asch. Prom. V.
152, εἰ γάρ μ᾽ ὑπὸ yiv.... εἰς ἀπέραντον Τάρταρον ἧκεν.. .. ὧς μήτε θεὸς
μήτε τις ἄλλος τοῖσδ᾽ ἐπεγήθει : 753, τί δῆτ᾽ ἐμοὶ (ἣν κέρδος, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν
τάχει ἔρριψ' ἐμαυτὴν κ. τ. A... .. ὅπωξ.. .. τῶν πάντων πόνων ἀπηλλάγην.
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 67
1391. ἰὼ Κιθαιρών x.7.A.] (Βα. mourns over his whole life, divided
into four periods, each being introduced by an apostrophe : his exposure
on Cithseron (ἰὼ Κιθαιρών) ; his bringing up at Corinth (ὦ Πόλυβε κ. τ. A.
1394) ; his conflict with Laius (ὦ τρεῖς «. τ᾿ A. 1398) ; and his marrage
(ὦ γάμοι γάμοι, 1403).
1392. ws ἔδειξα] Vid. ad 1389.
1395. λόγῳ] To be taken with wdrpia.
1396. κάλλος] Proleptic: abstr. for concrete. κακῶν] Depd.
on ὕπουλον. ὕπουλον») Used properly of a wound healed over,
but festering beneath, and metaphorically of any thing specious, but
unsound : cf. Thuc. viii. 64, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ὕπουλον αὐτονομίαν
οὐ προτιμήσαντες.
1397. κακὸς---κακῶν] Explains κάλλος κακῶν ὕπονλον. ἐκ κακῶν (cf.
1360 supr., ἀνοσίων δὲ παῖς) refers chiefly to Joc., who shared his invo-
.luntary guilt. But κακός re κἀκ κακῶν (opp. to εὐγενὴς κἀξ εὐγενῶν,
Phil. 874) may also refer to the fears ascribed by Cid. to Joc., supr.
1079 sq.: cf. Aristoph. Eq. 185, ἐκ πονηρῶν : 218, γέγονας κακῶς.
1398. ὦ rpets—ddois] Snpr. 716.
1400. τοὐμόν] Not for τοὐμοῦ, as Dind., but because his father’s
blood was his own: τοὐμὸν αἷμα is brought forward, and sharply con-
trasted with τῶν ἐμ. x., and then πατρός is added for expl.
1401. 871] Pleonastic: cf. Ant. 2, dp’ οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι Ζεὺς τῶν ax’ Οἰδίπου
κακῶν ὁποῖον οὐχὶ.. .. τελεῖ;
1402. οἷ"---αὖθι:] Cf. El. 751, of ἔργα δράσας οἷα λαγχάνει κακά : Aj.
537, οἷος ἐξ οἵου ᾽τράφης. δράσας] The murder of Laius, opp. to
ἔπρασσον, his marriage : cf. 1272 supr. ὑμίν] Dat. incommodi, as
1373 supr. δρᾶν generally takes a dupl. acc. ; but the τρεῖς κέλευθοι
κι τ᾿ A. were not the immediate objects of his act.
1403. ὦ γάμοι) Explains ὅποῖ᾽ ἔπρασσον.
1404. ἐφύσαθ᾽ ----φυτεύσαντε5 Cf. 1190 supr., δοκεῖν καὶ δόξαντ᾽ ἀπο-
κλῖναι.
1408. Φαὐτόν] Schneidewin reads τοὐμόν : weak.
1406. πάτερας κ..τ. λ.] For the accumulation, cf.1284 supr. The pl.
generalizes, as usual (366 supr.) as none but Cid. and Joc. are spoken of.
1409. ἀλλ᾽ ---γάρ) Assigning a reason for breaking off. μηδέ]
Opposes αὐδᾶν to δρᾶν.
68 SOPHOCLIS
1410. ὅπως τάχ.---ἔτι] Cf. 1340 supr., 1436 infr. θαλάσσιον] Pro-
leptic : cf.166 supr., qvécar’ ἀκτοπίαν φλόγα: 1340 supr., ἀπάγετ᾽ ἐκτόπιον.
1412. μήποτ] With the fut., on account of the foregoing imperatives :
cf. 1427, 1437 infr.
1413. ἀξιώσατ᾽ ---θιγεῖν] Misfortune was thought to be contagious:
ef. Cid. Col. 1131, πῶς σ᾽ ἂν ἄθλιος γεγὼς θιγεῖν θελήσαιμ᾽ ἀνδρὸς, ᾧ τίς
οὐκ ἑνὶ κηλὶς κακῶν ξύνοικος ; Cid. assures the Cho. that his calamity is
too great to be communicable.
1416. ὧν ἐπαιτεῖ] Depd. on δέον. Supr. 1410-1415. Creon enters,
probably attended, from the city side. és δέον] Cf. Ant. 386, ὅδ᾽
ἐκ δόμων ἄἅψορρος εἷς δέον περᾷ.
1417. τὸ -- βουλεύειν] Epexegesis of ἐς δέον.
1418. μοῦνοΣ] The sons of Cid., Eteocles and Polynices, being still
minors.
1420. τὰ γὰρ wdpos] Supr. 532-677. The conscience of Md. re-
proaches him.
1422. oby—xaxdv] In relation to the last words of Cd., Creon as-
sures him that past disputes are forgotten.
1424. ἀλλ᾽ εἰ κι τ. A.] Addressed to the Chorus.
1426, αἰδεῖσθε] The verb takes an acc. of that towards which rever-
ence is felt, or an inf. of the act from which it deters : the constructions
are here combined.
1427. μήτε] Vid. ad 1412., supr.
1430. ἐν γένει] Cf. 1016 supr. μάλισθ" With εὐσεβῶς ἔχει.
1431. μόνοις τ᾽ ἀκούειν͵] Hyperbaton, - ἀκούειν τε μόνοις.
1422. ἐλπίδο5] In the indifferent sense: “expectation :” οἷ, 771 supr. :
Aj. 606, κακὰν ἐλπίδ᾽ ἔχων : 1381, πάντ᾽ ἔχω σ᾽ ἐπαινέσαι λόγοισι, καί μ'
ἔψενσας ἐλπίδος πολύ.
1433. κἀκιστον»͵] Cf. 1307 supr.
1434. πρὸς σοῦ] The emphatic words.
1438. ῥῖψον «. τ. A.) Cf. supr. 1410 864.
1437. μηδένος προσήγορος)] Cf. 238 supr. Φ
1438. ἔδρασ᾽---ἴσθ᾽ ἄν] Dind. and others expl. ἔδρασ᾽ ἂν (εὖ τοῦτ᾽ ἴσθ᾽),
ἐδρασ᾽ &v—: rather perhaps ἕδρασ᾽ &y,—ed τοῦτ᾽ ἴσθι μ᾽ ἂν δράσαντα,
making τοῦτ᾽ depd., not on ἴσθ᾽, but on δράσαντα.
1440. φάτι5] Supr. 100,
CEDIPUS ΤΥΒΑΝΝΌΝ. 69
1442. ἵν᾽ --- χρεία] Cf. Trach. 1145, σἴμοι, φρονῶ δὴ ξυμφορᾶς tv’
ἕσταμεν.
1444. ἀνδρὺς ἀθλίου] (ΕΔ. is now thoroughly humbled : οὗ 1421,1433,
supr.
1445. raf] ‘‘ Hven you, now :” alluding to the previous incredulity of
Cid. (supr. 964 9qq.) Τὸ is not a reproach, (cf. 1423 supr.), but an ex-
pression of religious feeling.
1446. καί] Opposes σοί to the σύ of the last verse. Wund., however,
suspects the verse. Υ Concedit CEdipus Creonti deo fidem esse
habendam.: Dind.
1447. τῆς μέν] Opp. to ἐμοῦ, 1449. The substance of the ἐπισκήπτω
τε καὶ xporp. is introduced without any connective particle: cf. 412,
449, 1235, supr. (Ed. will not utter the name of Jocaata.
1448. τῶν ye σῶν) Generalizing: vid. ad 366, supr. τελεῖς]
Future.
1449. μήποτ᾽ ἀξιωθήτω)] The aor. imperative with μή is rare: cf. Aj.
1180, μηδέ σε κινησάτω τις : 1334, μηδ᾽ ἡ Bla σε μηδαμῶς νικησάτω.
1451. ἔνθα κλήζεται) Cf. Trach. 639, ἔνθ᾽ Ἑλλάνων ἀγοραὶ Πυλάτιδες
κλέονται,
1452. Κιθαίρων)] The mention of Cith. recals the words οὗ Tir., supr.
421.
1453. ζῶντι---τάφον)] Antithesia. .
1454. t’—@dvw] Depd. on ναίειν. Cid. desires to falfil his parents’
wish. ἀπωλλύτην] Vid. ad 555 supr.
1458. καίτοι] Cid. checks himself by a reflexion of another kind. ἂν
-πέρσαι Potential.
1457. θνήσκων ‘ At the point of death,” (cf. Ausch. Agam. 803, θράσος
ἀκούσιον ἀνδράσι θνῆσκουσι κομίζων) : i.e. at the time of his exposure.
μὴ]-ε εἰ μή : cf. Aj. 950, οὐκ ἂν τάδ᾽ ἔστη τῇδε μὴ θεῶν μέτα.
1458. ὅποιπερ elo’ ἴτω] Cf. 1376 supr.
1459. παίδων δέ] Opp. to 4 μὲν ἡμῶν μ., and divided into τῶν μὲν dpo..,
and ταῖν δ᾽ ----ἐμαῖν, 1463.
1460. προθῇ] The conj. of Elmsley for προσθῇ, retained by Herm.,
Linw., Schneidewin. kvSpes—Blov} Parenthetic.
1462. ταῖν &—éduaiv] Depd. on either (1) προσθοῦ μέριμναν, under-
stood out of 1460, (Elmsley, Wund., Linw., Schneidewin) ; or (2) on
70 SOPHOCLIS
μέλεσθαι, 1466, (inf. for imperative), aly before μέλ. being a mere repe-
tition, after the long parenthesis, Dind. The latter is probably right.
1463. aly] Dativus commodi. βορᾶς] Depd. either (1) on χωρίς
(Dind.), which is scarcely consistent with ἄνευ----ἀνδρός, or (2) on τράπε(᾽
(Schneidewin compares τόλμης πρόσωπον, 533 supr.) χωρίς being used
absolutely, and expl. by ἄνευ---ἀνδρός : 2 is decidedly preferable.
1466. μάλιστα μέν] Generally opp. to εἰ δὲ μή, so that it means here,
“of possible.”
1469. Oryév] Conditional.
1471. τί φημί;) Antigone and Ismene are brought from the palace
by a side door. They are here represented as mere children, (cf. 1511
infr.), so that we must conceive of a considerable interval as elapsing
between the close of this play and the opening of Md. Col.
1472. tow—glaow] The dual masc. is often used for the fem. : cf.
Col. 1676, ἰδόντε καὶ παθούσα: Ant. 561, τὼ παῖδε φημὶ τώδε, τὴν μέν
κ. τ. λ.
1475. λέγω 713] Vid. ad 1140 supr.
1477. ho εἶχεν πάλαι) ““ Which (i. e. a similar pleasure to which)
used to possess thee formerly,” (Dind., Erf., Linw.) The var. lect. ἣν
εἶχες would come to the same thing. Wund. reads ἥ σ᾽ ἔχει πάλαι,
“‘ the pleasure which has long had possession of thee,” i. 6. in the form of
hope. Herm. approves of this reading, but takes πάλαι with γνούς,
which involves an awkward hyperbaton.
1478. ἀλλ᾽ εὐτυχοίης] Cf. Aisch. Cho. 1063, GAA’ εὐτυχοίης, καί σ᾽
ἐποπτεύων πρόφρων θεὸς φυλάσσοι καιρίοισι συμφοραῖς. ὁδοῦ] I. 6.
the coming of Ant. and Ism. For the gen., cf. did. C. 1505, καί σοι
θεῶν τύχην τις ἐσθλὴν τῆσδ᾽ ἔθηκε τῆς ὁδοῦ.
1481. ὧς] With acc. τε εἰς or πρός, (a sign. arising from the use of ὡς
with a prep. to mark purpose), but generally where the terminus ad quem
is a person. This is only an apparent exception, as τὰς 43. χέρας vir-
tually =édué: cf. Trach. 365, ἥκει δόμους ὡς τούσδε, i.e. ὡς ὑμᾶς. τὰς
duds] Epexegesis οὗ τὰς 43. τάσδε.
1482. αἱ --ὄμματα] προξενεῖν is to supply, minister, (cf. (ΕΔ. Col. 466,
ὡς viv way τελοῦντι προξενεῖ : Trach. 726, ἐλπὶς, ἥτις καὶ θράσος τι
προξενεῖ), and so, here, to bring it about for one (-- εἰργάσαντο, αἴτιοι
ἐγένοντο, Schol. rec.) : ὑμίν, then, in any case, depends upon προὐξ., and
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. 71
is not a mere dat. incommodi. The subj. of ὁρᾶν is either (1) ὑμᾶς, ὄμ-
ματα being the obj., and ὧδ᾽ (sc. ὄντα) the secondary predicate, “as they
are,” (Schneidewin, Dind.): or (2) ὄμματα, ὧδ᾽ ὁρᾶν, being ironical,(=
τυφλώττειν, Schol. rec.), cf. 1273 supr.; Phil. 856 sqq., ἁνὴρ δ᾽ dvép-
paros.... ἐκτέταται γύχιος,.. .. ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τίς σ᾽ ’Aldg παρακείμενον δρᾷ : 80
Linw. The οὔθ᾽ ὁρῶν of the next line makes 2 preferable. _
1483. 8s] Refers to ἐγώ implied, not in ἐμάς 1481, (as Dind., Schnei-
dewin), but in rod gut. πατρός, which is echoed by πατὴρ ἐφάνθην, as
ὧδ᾽ ὁρᾶν is by οὔθ᾽ ὁρῶν.
1484. δρῶν] Alludes to ὧδ᾽ ὁρᾶν, but is figurative, (cf. 413 supr., σὺ
καὶ δέδορκας κοὐχ ὁρᾷς ἵν᾽ εἶ κακοῦ x.7.A.): οὔθ᾽ ἱστορῶν is added in order
to limit its signification.
1485. ἔνθεν) -- ἐκεῖθεν ἔνθεν. ἠρόθην] Vid. ad 1211 sup.: cf.
1497 infr.
1486. προσβλέτπειν---σθένω] Parenthetic. The eyes manifest the feel-
ings : Wund. compares Eur. Phoen. 1440.
1489. ποίας] I. 6. οὔτινας.
1491. THs] Because θεωρία is implied in ἑορτάς.
1493. tls—tora] Sc. ὅστις λήψεται, but the constr. is interrupted.
παραρρίψει)] Generally with acc. rei ; here intrans.
1494. dveidn] Abstr. for concr. λαμβάνων) Gerundial.
1495. γονεῦσιν] Especially Joc.: cf 366 supr., 1498 infr., ἐκ τῶν
ἴσων. σφῷν] Gen. (sc. γονεῦσι») coupled with ὁμοῖς by &.
1496. τί----ξέφυ] Expl. of ὀνείδη.
1497. ἤροσεν---ἐσπάρη)] Vid. ad 1211 supr.
1498. τῶν ἴσων]-- τῶν αὑτῶν. Cf. 425 supr.
1500. ὀνειδιεῖσθ᾽ Fut. med. in pass. sign. κᾷἄτα] Adversative.
1505. 6AdAauer] One literally, and the other virtually. δύ᾽ ὄντε]
Opp. to μόνος, 1503. mepitdns] The conj. of Dawes for παρίδῃς :
‘“negligas.”
1506. éxyeveis] The conj. of Wund. for ἐγγενεῖς (-ε- προσηκούσας σοι
κατὰ γένος, Schol. rec.: of. 1168 supr.), which seems out of place be-
tween rrwx., dvdv3., and the part. ἀλωμένας, with which they are closely
connected. But Erfurdt defends the collocation by Eur. Heracl. 224
8qq., σοὶ γὰρ τόδ᾽ aioxpdv.. .. ἱκέτας ἀλήτας, συγγενεῖς (οἴμοι κακῶν" βλέ:-
Yor πρὸς αὐτοὺς, βλέψον,) ἕλκεσθαι Blg. ἐκγενεῖς does not occur else-
72 SOPHOCLIS
where: as to the sign., Dind. says, ““ ἐκγενεῖς ἀλώμεναι autem puellz
dicuntur que peregrina in terra oberrant cognatorum presidio desti-
tute, quales Anglice wnprotected females dicimus”(!). He compares
Trach. 299, ταύτας ὁρώσῃ δυσπότμους ἐπὶ ξέρης χώρας ἀοίκους ἀπάτοράς
τ᾽ ἀλωμένας. The alteration seems needless. bAwpévas] περιορᾶν is
followed by a part., on the analogy of dpay.
1507. ἐξισώσῃς.) Cf. 425 supr.
1508. ὧδε] With πάντων ἐρήμους. τηλικάσδ᾽ ““Ταην tenera
etate puellas.” Dind.
1510. of—xepl] Cf. Ed. C. 1632, δός μοι χερὸς σῆς πίστιν ἀρχαίαν.
1511. elxérnv}] Att. form. of 2 dual imperf. : cf. Eur. Alc. 661, χάριν
τοιάνδε καὶ σὺ xh τεκοῦσ᾽ ἡλλαξάτην.
1512. ηὔχθω μόνον] The conj. of Dind. for εὔχεσθέ μοι, which seems
inconsistent with εἰ---φρένας : for the form, he compares Trach. 610,
οὕτω γὰρ ηὔγμην : Plat. Phedr. p. 279 C., ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ μετρίως ηὗκται.
Schneidewin reads εὔχεσθ᾽ ἐμοί, to which he refers of —{ijv, (cf. 1415
supr.), and opposes ὑμᾶς, 1514.
1513. ἐξ] Dind. for def: ἐξ is a monosyllable, as ἔα, 1451 supr.
1515. ἅλις ἵνἾ Cf. Hom Od. ii. 312, ἢ οὐχ ἅλις ὡς τὸ πάροιθεν exelpere
πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλὰ κτήματ᾽ ἐμά ; δακρύων) Supr. 1467. ἀλλ᾽----
ἔσω] Cf. 1424—1431 supr.
1517. ἐφ᾽ ofs] ‘ Qua lege:” i. 6. yijs—Brrorroy, 1518. Agters—
κλύων] Cf. Aisch. Sept. 263, λέγοις ἂν ds τάχιστα καὶ τότ᾽ εἴσομαι : Eum.
420, μάθοιμ᾽ ἂν, εἰ λέγοι τις ἐμφανῆ λόγον.
1518. γῆς κι τ. λ.} Supr. 1340 sqq., 1410 864., 1436 sq.
1510. ἀλλὰ θεοῖς x.7.A.] Creon had referred to the gods: Cid. replies
that the gods hate him, and would therefore sanction his banishment.
1520. ἃ---μάτην] Cf. 569 supr., ἐφ᾽ οἷς γὰρ μὴ φρονῶ σιγᾶν φιλῶ.
1524. ὦ πάτρας «.7.A.]| The Cho. addresses the spectators in their
character as Theban citizens: vid.ad 216 supr. The verses are assigned
to Cid. by the Schol.
1526. ὅστι----ἐπίβλεπων)] If the reading of MSS. is to be retained,
we must conceive that after the relative clause $s—avfp, the poet re-
peated the subj. of ἐλήλυθεν, writing ὅστις, as if Οἰδίπουν τόνδε had pre-
ceded. So apparently Dind., who seems to take (hag πολιτῶν (Chay
trumental dat., and πολιτῶν gen. obj.), and τύχαις ἐπιβλέπων as co-
CEDIPUS TYRANNUS. _ 73
ordinate clauses connected by καί. Erfurdt explains ζήλῳ (cf. Aj. 503, οἵας
λατρείας ἀνθ᾽ ὅσον ζῆλον τρέφει) καὶ τύχαις by hendiadys, = ζηλωταῖς τύ-
χαις, both depd. on ἐπιβλέπων. Various emend. have been proposed, as
ὃν τίς ob ζηλῶν πολιτῶν Kal τύχαις ἐπιβλέπων; (Herm.): ὃν τίς ob ζήλῳ
πολιτῶν τῆς τυχῆς ἐπέβλεπεν ; (Musgrave): οὗ τίς οὐ ζήλῳ πολιτῶν ταῖς
τύχαις ἐπέβλεπεν ; (Hartung).
1528. ὥστε---ὀλβίζειν] With the vulg., ἐπισκόπουντα ἰδεῖν (“ expectan-
tem ut videat,” Erfurdt) is in appos. with θνητὸν ὄντ᾽ ,---ἐκείνην τὴν τελ.
ἡμέραν depd. on ideiv,—and ὥστε ὀλβίζειν depd. either on Aebower’ 1524,
or ἐλήλυθεν. But it is doubtful whether émox. can bear the meaning
assigned to it. For ἰδεῖν, ἔδει has been suggested, as a smaller change
than xpéwy, and idiomatic. In this case, ἐκείνην τὴν τελ. Hp. will depd.
on ἐπισκοποῦντα, and ἐπισκ. will agree with the subj. of ὀλβίζειν, and
the force of ἔδει will virtually extend to ἐπισκ. (-- ἔδει ἐκ. τ. τ. Tu. ἐπι-
σκοπεῖν καὶ μηδέν᾽ ὀλβ. Ov. ὄντα). The sentiment is common. Cf. Trach.
I 8qq., λόγος μὲν ἔστ᾽ ἀρχαῖος ἀνθρώπων φανεὶς, ws οὐκ ἂν aia’. ἐκμάθοις
βροτῶν πρὶν ἂν θάνῃ τις : the λόγος ἀρχαῖος is probably that of Solon, re-
corded by Herodotus (whose influence upon Soph. has been elsewhere
noticed: vid. ad 981 supr.) i. 32, σκοπέειν χρὴ παντὸς πράγματος τὴν
τελευτὴν κῇ ἀποβήσεται. The σκοπέειν τὴν τελευτὴν of the historian
may have suggested the ἐπισκοποῦντα τὴν τελευταίαν ἡμέραν of the poet.
Cf. Eur. Androm. 202: Arist. Eth. Nic. I. 11.
THE END.
Ἱ
May, 1867.]
Clarendon Press Series,
In course of Preparation.
L. Cuassics.
1. Sophocles. By the Rev. Lewis Camrsztt, M.A.,
fessor of Greek at St. Andrews, formerly Fellow of Queen’s
College, Oxford.
2, Homer, Iliad I-XII. By Ὁ. B, Monno, M.A.,
: Fellow and Tutor of Oriel College, Oxford.
2 ——— XITI-XXIV.
4. Homer, Odyssey i1-XII. By the Rev. W. W.
Mary, Fellow and Lecturer of Lincoln College, Oxford ; and
the late Rev. J. Rmpr, M.A., Fellow of Balliol College.
.— - XIU-XXIV. By Rosmson Ets,
M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Oxford.
6. A Golden Treasury of Greek Prose, being a collection
of the finest passages in the principal Greek Prose Writers,
with Introdu Notices and Notes. By BR. 5. Wrieut,
M.A., Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford, and J. E. L. SHADWELL,
B.A., Student of Christ Church.
4. Horace. With English Notes and Introduction.
By the Rev. E. Wicxuam, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of New
College, Oxford. Also a small Edition for Schools.
8. Livy I-X. By J. R. Seurny, M.A., Fellow of
Christ’s Oollege, Cambridge; Professor of Latin, University
. College, London. Also a small edition for Schoola.
9. Cicero. Select Letters. By the Rev. A. Watson,
M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Brasenose College, Oxford.
10. Cicero. The Phihppic Orations. By the Rev. J. R.
Kina, M.A., formerly Fellow and Tutor of Merton College,
Oxford.
CLARENDON PRESS SERIES.
11, A Silver Treasury of Latin Poetry, being a collection
of passages from the less known. Latin Poets. By the Rev.
Nortm Pinper, M.A., ΤΟΠΏΘΗΥ͂ Fellow .of Trinity College,
Oxford. [In the Press.
12. Selections from Xenophon (for Schools). With
English Notes and Maps, by J. S. PHILLPOTTS, B.C.L., Fellow
of New College, Oxford ; Assistant Master in Rugby School.
13. The Commentaries of C. Jul. Caesar (for Schools).
Part I. The Gallic War, with English Notes, &c., by CHARLES
E. Moserty, M.A., Assistant Master in Rugby "School ; for-
merly Scholar of Balliol.
Also, to follow: Part 11. The Civil War: by the same Editor.
14. Select Epistles of Cicero and Pliny (for Schools).
With English Notes, by me Rev. C. E. PricHarD, M.A., for-
merly Fellow of Balliol.
15. Selections from Plato (for Schools). With English
Notes, by the Rev. B. Jowrert, M.A., Regius Professor of Greek,
and J. PURVES, B.A., Fellow and Lecturer of Balliol College.
16. The Elements of Greek Accentuation, (for Schools) :
abridged from his larger work by H. W. Cuanpier, M.A.,
Fellow and Tutor of Pembroke College, Oxford. [Nearly ready.
17. Cornelius Nepos (for Schools). With English Notes,
by Oscak Brownine, M.A., Fellow of King’s College, Cam-
bridge, and Assistant Maater at Eton College.
18. Theocritus (for Schools). With English Notes, by
the Rev. H. Snow, M.A., Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge,
and Aasistant Master at Eton College.
19. Aristotle’s Politics. By W. L. Newman, M.A.,
Fellow and Lecturer of Balliol College, Oxford.
20. Thucydides. By H. Nerrizsuip, M.A., Fellow and
Tutor of Lincoln College, Oxford.
21. Ovid. Selections for the use of Schools. Bemg a
new edition of a work by the late Professor Ramsay. Edited
by G. G. Ramsay, M.A., The College, Glasgow.
[In the Press.
CLARENDON PRESS SERIES.
11. Paystcat Scrence.
1. Natural Philosophy. In four Volumes. By Sir W.
Tomson, LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.8., Professor of Natural
Philosophy, Glasgow, and P. G. Tarr, M.A., Professor of Na-
tural Philosophy, Edinburgh ; formerly Fellows of St. Peter's
College, Cambridge. { Vol. I. nearly ready.
2. By the same Authors, a smaller Work on the same
subject, forming a complete Introduction to it, so far as it
can be carried out with Elementary Geometry and Algebra.
[In the Press.
3. Forms of Animal Life. By G. Rotieston, M.D.,
F.R.S8., Linacre Professor of Physiology, Oxford. Illustrated
by Descriptions and Drawings of Dissections. [In the Press.
4. On Laboratory Practice. By A. Vernon Harcourt,
M.A., Lee’s Reader in Chemistry at Christ Church, and H. G.
Manan, M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford.
5. Geology. By J. Puites, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D.,
F.R.S., Professor of Geology, Oxford.
6. Mechanics. By the Rev. B. Price, M.A., F.RS.,
F.R.A.8., Fellow of Pembroke College, Oxford, and Sedleian
Professor of Natural Philosophy.
7. Acoustics. By W. F. Donxin, M.A., F.B.S.,
Savilian Professor of Astronomy, Oxford.
8. Optics. By R. B. Crirron, M.A., F.R.A.8., Pro-
. fessor of Experimental Philosophy, Oxford; formerly Fellow
of St. John’s College, Cambridge.
9. Electricity. By W. Esson, M.A., Fellow and
Mathematical Lecturer of Merton College, Oxford.
10. Crystallography. By M. H.N. ΘΤΟΕΥ. ΜΑΒΚΕΙΥ͂ΝΕ,
M.A., Professor of Mineralogy, Oxford ; and Deputy Keeper,
British Museum.
11, Mineralogy. By the same Author.
CLARENDON PRESS SERIES.
12. Physiological Physics. By G. Grirrirn, M.A.,
Secretary to the British Association, and Natural Sciauée
Master at Harrow School. :
13. Mapnetism.
ΠῚ. Frencu Ctrasstcs.
By Gustave Masson, B.A., Univ. Gallic.,
Assistant Master in Harrow School.
1. Vol. I. Corneille: Cinna. Moliére: Les Femmes
Savantes. With Fontenelle’s Life of Corneille and Notes...
[Nearly ready.
2. Vol. II. Racine: Athalie. Corneille: Le Menteur.
With Louis Racine’s Life of his Father.
3. Vol. IIT. Moliére: Les Fourberies de Scapin.
Racine: Andromaque. With Voltaire’s Life of Molitre.
4. Selections from the Correspondence of Madame de
Sévigné. (Intended more especially for girls’ schools.) :
5. Selections from modern French Authors.
IV. Arr.
1. A Treatise on Harmony. By the Rev. Sir F. A.
GoRE OUSELEY, Bart., M.A., Mus. Dec., Professor of Musio,
Oxford. [15 the Press.
2. A Treatise on Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue, based
upon that of Cherubini. By the same Auther.
3. A Handbook of Pictorial Art, with numerous Tlustra-
tions, and Practical Advice. By the Rev. R. Sr. J. Tykwairt,
M.A., formerly Tutor of Christ Ohurch. {in the Press.
‘y
Φ
4 : :
rt +3 = = τ Ξε Ξεστοι -
= aa ee aes SE εν SE SS FESS SSSS = 5255 Seren, . eee SEE oe re ee = = anne mene SEVER SESE Sy Pe να -
Gs 31.525
Widener 7
| Ι] iil) HH] | I)
"})}}}7}} "Π]! :
Ἰ | uh Ht | Ul
3 2044 085 167 021
τ
ἢ
he
th
el
ἢ
Ι
ἱ
Ϊ
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11